Pile Man

Design of diaphragm and sheet pile walls
D-Sheet Piling
User Manual
D-S HEET P ILING
Design of diaphragm and sheet pile walls
User Manual
Version: 16.1
Revision: 00
19 February 2016
D-S HEET P ILING, User Manual
Published and printed by:

Deltares telephone: +31 88 335 82 73
Boussinesqweg 1 fax: +31 88 335 85 82
2629 HV Delft e-mail: info@deltares.nl
P.O. 177 www: https://www.deltares.nl
2600 MH Delft
The Netherlands
For sales contact: For support contact:

telephone: +31 88 335 81 88 telephone: +31 88 335 81 00
fax: +31 88 335 81 11 fax: +31 88 335 81 11
e-mail: sales@deltaressystems.nl e-mail: support@deltaressystems.nl
www: http://www.deltaressystems.nl www: http://www.deltaressystems.nl
Copyright 2016 Deltares

All rights reserved. No part of this document may be reproduced in any form by print, photo
print, photo copy, microfilm or any other means, without written permission from the publisher:
Deltares.
Contents
Contents
1 General Information 1
1.1 Preface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
1.2 Features in Standard module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
1.2.1 Sheet Piling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
1.2.2 Anchors and Struts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
1.2.3 Soil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
1.2.4 Loads and Supports . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
1.2.5 Staged Construction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
1.2.6 Design Procedures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
1.2.7 Results . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
1.3 Features in Additional modules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
1.3.1 Culmann module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
1.3.2 Eurocode 7 Verification module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
1.3.3 Single Pile module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
1.3.4 Plastic module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
1.3.5 Feasibility module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
1.3.6 Settlement by vibration module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
1.4 History . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
1.5 Limitations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
1.6 Minimum System Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
1.7 Definitions of Symbols and Symbols . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
1.8 Getting Help . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
1.9 Getting Support . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
1.10 Deltares . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
1.11 Deltares Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
1.12 Rijkswaterstaat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
1.13 On-line software (Citrix) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
2 Getting Started 13
2.1 Starting D-S HEET P ILING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
2.2 Main Window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
2.2.1 Menu bar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
2.2.2 Icon bar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
2.2.3 Input Diagram window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
2.2.4 Stage Composer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
2.2.5 Info bar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
2.2.6 Title panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
2.2.7 Status bar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
2.3 Files . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
2.4 Tips and Tricks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
2.4.1 Keyboard shortcuts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
2.4.2 Exporting figures and reports . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
2.4.3 Copying part of a table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
3 General 23
3.1 File menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
3.2 Tools menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
3.2.1 Program Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
3.2.2 Profiles Library . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
3.3 Help menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
3.3.1 Error Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
3.3.2 Manual . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
Deltares iii
3.3.3 Deltares Systems Website . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29

3.3.4 Support . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
3.3.5 About D-S HEET P ILING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
4 Input 31
4.1 Project menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
4.1.1 Model . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
4.1.2 User Defined Partial Factors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
4.1.2.1 Eurocode 7 General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
4.1.2.2 Eurocode 7 Dutch Annex . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
4.1.2.3 Eurocode 7 Belgian Annex . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
4.1.2.4 CUR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38
4.1.3 Project Properties . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40
4.1.4 View Input File . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43
4.2 Construction menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43
4.2.1 Sheet Piling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43
4.2.1.1 Sheet Piling Elastic Calculation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43
4.2.1.2 Sheet Piling Plastic Calculation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46
4.2.2 Combined wall wizard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48
4.2.3 Profiles Library . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50
4.2.3.1 Profiles Library from manufacturers/distributors . . . . . . . 50
4.2.3.2 User Defined Profiles Library . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53
4.2.4 Single Pile . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55
4.2.4.1 Single Pile Elastic Calculation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55
4.2.4.2 Single Pile Plastic Calculation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57
4.2.5 Diaphragm Wall . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60
4.3 Soil menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61
4.3.1 Surfaces . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61
4.3.2 Soil Materials for Sheet Piling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62
4.3.2.1 General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63
4.3.2.2 Earth pressure coefficients . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64
4.3.2.3 Curve Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64
4.3.2.4 Modulus of subgrade reaction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65
4.3.2.5 Settlement by vibration coefficients . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68
4.3.3 Soil Materials for Single Pile . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68
4.3.3.1 Soil Materials for Single pile loaded by forces . . . . . . . . 69
4.3.3.2 Soil Materials for Single pile loaded by user-defined soil dis-
placements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70
4.3.3.3 Soil Materials for Single pile loaded by calculated soil dis-
placements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71
4.3.4 Soil Profiles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72
4.3.4.1 Adding Soil Profiles Manually . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73
4.3.4.2 Adding Soil Profiles from CPT CPT Selection . . . . . . . 74
4.3.4.3 Adding Soil Profiles from CPT CPT Interpretation . . . . . 76
4.3.5 Water Levels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79
4.3.6 Water Properties . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80
4.4 Loads menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80
4.4.1 Uniform Loads . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80
4.4.2 Surcharge Loads . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81
4.4.3 Horizontal Line Loads / Horizontal Forces . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83
4.4.4 Moments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85
4.4.5 Normal Forces . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86
4.4.6 Soil Displacements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86
4.5 Supports menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87
iv Deltares
Contents
4.5.1 Anchors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87
4.5.2 Struts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89
4.5.3 Spring Supports . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90
4.5.4 Rigid supports . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91
4.6 Stages menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91
4.6.1 Stages Manager . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92
4.6.2 Stage(s) Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92
4.6.2.1 Stages Overview for Sheet Piling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92
4.6.2.2 Stage Overview for Single Pile . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95
5 Calculations 97
5.1 Calculation Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97
5.1.1 Possibilities and limitations of the option First stage represents initial
situation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97
5.1.2 Coarse vs. Fine calculation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98
5.2 Start Calculation for Sheet Piling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98
5.2.1 Standard Calculation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98
5.2.1.1 Fictive Earth Pressure Coefficients . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99
5.2.1.2 Calculation Progress . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100
5.2.2 Design Sheet Piling Length . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100
5.2.2.1 Design Sheet Piling Length (standard) . . . . . . . . . . . 100
5.2.2.2 Design Sheet Piling Length acc. to Eurocode 7 (General) . . 102
5.2.2.3 Design Sheet Piling Length acc. to CUR and Eurocode 7
(NL Annex) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104
5.2.2.4 Design Sheet Piling Length acc. to Eurocode 7 (Belgian
Annex) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105
5.2.3 Verify Sheet Piling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105
5.2.3.1 Verify Sheet Piling acc. to Eurocode 7 (General) . . . . . . 106
5.2.3.2 Verify Sheet Piling acc. to CUR and Eurocode 7 (NL Annex) 106
5.2.3.3 Verify Sheet Piling acc. to Eurocode 7 (Belgian Annex) . . . 109
5.2.4 Allowable Anchor Force . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110
5.2.4.1 Verification Anchor Force . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111
5.2.4.2 Allowable Anchor Force Results Diagram . . . . . . . . . . 112
5.2.5 Overall Stability . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113
5.2.5.1 Overall Stability acc. to Eurocode 7 (General) . . . . . . . 114
5.2.5.2 Overall Stability acc. to Eurocode 7 (NL Annex) . . . . . . 114
5.2.5.3 Overall Stability acc. to CUR 166 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115
5.2.5.4 Overall Stability acc. to Eurocode 7 (Belgian Annex) . . . . 115
5.3 Start Calculation for Single Pile . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116
5.4 Batch Calculation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116
5.5 Error Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117
6 View Results 121

6.1 Report Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121
6.2 Report . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121
6.2.1 Report for a standard calculation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122
6.2.2 Report for a Verify Sheet Piling calculation acc. CUR and EC7 NL . . 127
6.2.3 Report for a Verify Sheet Piling calculation acc. EC7 General and EC7 B128
6.3 Moments, Forces and Displacements Charts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129
6.3.1 Charts for a Standard calculation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129
6.3.2 Charts for a Verify Sheet Piling calculation acc. CUR and EC7 NL . . 131
6.3.3 Charts for a Verify Sheet Piling calculation acc. EC7 General and EC7 B131
6.4 Stress Charts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134
6.5 Stress Diagrams . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135
Deltares v
6.6 Settlement by Vibration Charts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136

6.6.1 Settlements during installation of the sheet piling . . . . . . . . . . . 137
6.6.2 Settlements during removal of the sheet piling . . . . . . . . . . . . 137
6.6.3 Total settlement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138
6.7 Slide Planes C, Phi, Delta Calculation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139
7 Feasibility 141
7.1 Settlement by vibration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141
7.2 Sheet Pile Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142
7.2.1 Sheet Pile Installation based on NVAF lines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143
7.2.2 Sheet Pile Installation based on GeoBrain Experiences . . . . . . . . 144
7.3 GeoBrain Drivability Prediction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145
7.3.1 GeoBrain Prediction Menu bar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147
7.3.2 GeoBrain Prediction Geotechnics menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147
7.3.3 GeoBrain Prediction Sheet pile menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 149
7.3.4 GeoBrain Prediction Installation menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151
7.3.5 GeoBrain Prediction Result menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 152
7.3.6 GeoBrain Prediction Prediction Report . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 152
7.4 GeoBrain Drivability Experiences . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 153
7.4.1 GeoBrain Experiences Search on Sheet Piling . . . . . . . . . . . 155
7.4.2 GeoBrain Experiences Search on CPT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157
7.4.3 GeoBrain Experiences Search on Location . . . . . . . . . . . . . 159
8 Tutorial 1: Excavation using Ka , K0 and Kp 163

8.1 Introduction to the case . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 163
8.2 Project . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164
8.2.1 Model . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164
8.2.2 Project Properties . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165
8.3 Construction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 166
8.4 Soil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167
8.4.1 Surfaces . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167
8.4.2 Soil Materials . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169
8.4.3 Soil Profiles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 173
8.4.4 Water Levels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 174
8.5 Loads and Supports . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 176
8.6 Stages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 176
8.7 Calculation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 176
8.7.1 Calculation Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 176
8.7.2 Start Calculation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 177
8.8 Results . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 177
8.8.1 Moment/Force/Displacement Charts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 178
8.8.2 Stress Charts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 179
8.8.3 Stress Diagrams . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 180
8.9 Conclusion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 180
9 Tutorial 2: Excavation using c, phi and delta 181

9.2 Changing the Model . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 182
9.3 Soil profile deduced from a CPT file . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 183
9.3.1 Soil Profile from importation of a CPT-GEF file . . . . . . . . . . . . 183
9.3.2 Soil Materials . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 186
9.4 Non-horizontal surface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 187
9.5 Input for vertical balance check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 188
vi Deltares
Contents
9.6 Calculation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 189

9.7 Results . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 190
9.7.2 Report Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 192
9.7.3 Report . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 193
9.8 Conclusion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 194
10 Tutorial 3: Staged excavation with pre-stressed anchor 195

10.2 Surfaces . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 196
10.3 Water Levels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 197
10.4 Anchors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 197
10.5 Staged Construction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 198
10.5.1 Stages Manager . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 198
10.5.2 Stages Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 199
10.6 Calculation and Results . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 199
10.6.2 Report . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202
10.7 Conclusion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202
11 Tutorial 4: Applying loads 203

11.2 Inputting Loads . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 204
11.2.1 Surcharge Loads . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 204
11.2.2 Horizontal Line Loads . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 204
11.3 Using Surcharge Loads . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 205
11.4 Results . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 206
11.5 Conclusion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 207
12 Tutorial 5: Design of required sheet piling length 209

12.2 Design Sheet Piling Length . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 209
12.3 Conclusion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211
13 Tutorial 6: Submerged construction of concrete floor 213

13.2 Modeling an underwater concrete floor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 215
13.3 General input . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 215
13.3.1 Soil Materials . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 216
13.3.2 Soil Profiles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 217
13.3.3 Water Levels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 218
13.3.5 Uniform Loads . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 219
13.3.6 Anchors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 219
13.4 Stages implementation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 219
13.5 Calculation and results . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 220
13.6 Conclusion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 222
14 Tutorial 7: Design code checking acc. CUR 166 223

14.2 Model . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 225
14.3 Soil Materials . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 225
14.4 Temporary surcharge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 226
14.5 Sheet Piling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 228
14.6 Partial factors and level variations acc. to CUR 166 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 228
Deltares vii
14.7 Determine the minimum length (Steps 5 and 6 of the CUR 166 design procedure)229
14.8 Verify the modified sheet piling length according to CUR 166 design proce-
dure, method A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 231
14.8.1 Verification Calculation (Method A) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 231
14.8.2 Verification Report . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 232
14.8.3 Verification Charts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 233
14.8.4 Stability Verification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 234
14.9 Verify the modified sheet piling length according to CUR 166 design proce-
dure, method B . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 235
14.9.1 Verification Calculation (Method B) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 235
14.9.2 Verification Report . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 236
14.10 Comparison between Methods A and B . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 237
14.11 Conclusion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 238
15 Tutorial 8: Verify anchor stability (Kranz method) 239

15.2 Allowable anchor force . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 240
15.3 Conclusion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 241
16 Tutorial 9: Modeling of combi-walls 243

16.2 General input . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 245
16.3 Combined Wall . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 245
16.4 Soil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 246
16.5 Results . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 247
16.6 Conclusion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 248
17 Tutorial 10: Non-hydrostatic pore pressure distribution 249

17.2 Additional pore pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 250
17.3 General input . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 251
17.3.1 Model . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 251
17.3.2 Sheet Piling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 251
17.3.3 Soil Surfaces . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 251
17.3.4 Soil Materials . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 252
17.3.5 Soil Profiles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 252
17.3.6 Water Levels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 252
17.3.8 Struts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 253
17.3.9 Stages Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 253
17.4 Water pressure results . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 253
17.5 Conclusion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 255
18 Tutorial 11: Modeling of loads with limited dimensions 257

18.2 General input . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 258
18.3 Modeling of load with limited size parallel to the sheet piling . . . . . . . . . . 259
18.4 Results . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 260
18.5 Conclusion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 262
19 Tutorial 12: Prediction of feasibility using experience data 263

19.2 Changing input . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 264
19.2.1 Sheet Piling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 264
19.2.2 Surcharge load . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 265
viii Deltares
Contents
19.2.3 Soil profile deduced from a CPT file . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 265

19.2.4 New calculation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 267
19.3 Sheet Pile Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 267
19.3.1 Sheet Pile Installation based on GeoBrain Experiences . . . . . . . . 267
19.3.2 Sheet Pile Installation based on NVAF Lines . . . . . . . . . . . . . 268
19.4 GeoBrain Drivability Prediction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 269
19.4.1 GeoBrain Drivability Prediction First prediction . . . . . . . . . . . 270
19.4.2 GeoBrain Drivability Prediction Second prediction . . . . . . . . . . 275
19.5 GeoBrain Drivability Experiences . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 276
19.5.1 GeoBrain Experiences Search on Sheet Piling . . . . . . . . . . . 278
19.5.2 GeoBrain Experiences Search on CPT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 280
19.5.3 GeoBrain Experiences Search on Location . . . . . . . . . . . . . 281
19.6 Conclusion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 283
20 Tutorial 13: Horizontally loaded pile (mooring post) 285

20.2 Pile loaded by forces . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 286
20.3 Soil Profile . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 287
20.4 Horizontal Force . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 288
20.5 Results . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 288
20.6 Conclusion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 289
21 Tutorial 14: Horizontal pile deformation caused by embankment 291

21.2 Pile loaded by soil displacements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 292
21.3 Soil input . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 293
21.4 Surcharge Load . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 293
21.5 Rigid Support . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 294
21.6 Results . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 295
21.7 Conclusion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 296
22 Tutorial 15: Design code checking acc. to EuroCode 7 297

22.2 Introduction to Eurocode 7 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 298
22.3 Partial factors according to Eurocode 7 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 298
22.4 Determine the minimum length using partial factors from Eurocode 7 . . . . . 299
22.4.1 Design Approach 1 set 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 299
22.4.2 Design Approach 1 set 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 301
22.4.3 Design Approach 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 302
22.4.4 Design Approach 3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 302
22.4.5 Results overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 303
22.5 Design calculation using Verify Sheet Piling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 304
22.5.1 Verification calculation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 304
22.5.2 Results overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 305
22.5.3 Charts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 305
22.6 Conclusion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 306
23 Tutorial 16: Prediction of surface settlements during sheet pile installation 307
23.2 Model . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 308
23.3 Sheet Piling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 308
23.4 Soil Materials . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 310
23.5 Calculation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 310
23.6 Results . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 310
23.7 Conclusion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 313
Deltares ix
24 Tutorial 17: Design length of a synthetic wall 315

24.2 Design at long term (Tutorial-17a) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 318
24.2.1 Project . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 318
24.2.2 Synthetic wall with wooden piles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 318
24.2.3 Soil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 319
24.2.3.1 Surfaces . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 319
24.2.3.2 Soil Materials . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 321
24.2.3.3 Soil Profiles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 321
24.2.3.4 Water Levels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 321
24.2.4 Model selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 321
24.2.5 Calculation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 321
24.2.6 Results . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 322
24.2.7 Manual design of the wall length . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 323
24.3 Design at short term (Tutorial-17b) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 325
24.3.1 Adapting the properties of the wall . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 325
24.3.2 Adding a uniform load . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 326
24.3.3 Results . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 327
24.4 Conclusion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 328
25 Tutorial 18: Modeling of synthetic wall with anchorage 329

25.2 Design at long term (Tutorial-18a) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 334
25.2.1 Project . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 334
25.2.2 Synthetic wall with wooden piles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 334
25.2.3 Soil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 335
25.2.3.1 Surfaces . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 335
25.2.3.2 Soil Materials . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 335
25.2.3.3 Soil Profiles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 336
25.2.4 Anchor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 336
25.2.5 Calculation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 338
25.2.6 Results . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 338
25.3 Design at short term (Tutorial-18b) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 340
25.3.1 Adapting the properties of the wall . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 340
25.3.2 Adding a uniform load . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 340
25.3.3 Results . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 341
25.4 Conclusion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 341
26 Tutorial 19: Horizontal pile deformation with elasto-plastic behaviour 343

26.2 Pile loaded by user defined soil displacements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 345
26.3 Pile . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 346
26.4 Soil input . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 349
26.5 Spring Support . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 349
26.6 Rigid Support . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 350
26.7 Soil Displacements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 351
26.8 Results . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 352
26.9 Conclusion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 352
27 Governing Equation 353
28 Lateral Earth Pressure Ratio 355

28.1 At rest earth pressure coefficient . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 355
28.2 Passive and active earth pressures coefficients . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 355
28.2.1 Culmann . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 356
x Deltares
Contents
28.2.2 Mller-Breslau (straight slip surface) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 356

28.2.3 Ktter (curved slip surfaces) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 357
28.3 Surcharge according to Boussinesq . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 357
29 Soil Strength and Stiffness 359

29.1 Strength . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 359
29.2 Stiffness . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 359
29.3 Construction Stages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 360
30 CPT Interpretation 363

30.1 CPT Filtering Method . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 363
30.2 CPT Interpretation Rules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 363
30.2.1 CPT interpretation acc. CUR 162 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 364
30.2.2 CPT interpretation acc. NEN 6740 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 364
30.2.3 CPT interpretation for Feasibility module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 365
30.3 Soil Materials Properties . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 365
30.3.1 General soil properties acc. NEN 6740 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 365
30.3.2 Secant moduli of subgrade reaction acc. CUR 166 . . . . . . . . . . 366
31 Allowable Anchor Force 369

31.1 Short anchorage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 369
31.2 Long anchor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 370
32 Overall Stability 373
33 Vertical Force Balance 375
34 The CUR 166 step-by-step design procedure 379

34.1 Semi-probabilistic approach . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 379
34.2 Support of the CUR 166 step-by-step procedure by D-S HEET P ILING . . . . . 380
34.3 Partial Safety Factors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 384
34.3.1 Partial safety factors On all stages (method A) or one stage (method B)384
34.3.2 Partial safety factors and Geometry modifications . . . . . . . . . . . 384
35 Design according to Eurocode 7 385

35.1 General Eurocode 7 (EN 1997-1) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 385
35.1.1 General EC 7 Design approaches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 385
35.1.2 General EC 7 Partial factors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 385
35.1.3 General EC 7 Geometrical data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 386
35.1.4 General EC 7 Determination of earth pressures . . . . . . . . . . . 386
35.1.5 General EC 7 Overall Stability . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 387
35.2 Dutch Annex of the Eurocode 7 (NEN-EN 1997-1/NB) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 387
35.2.1 Dutch Annex EC 7 Reliability Classes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 388
35.2.2 Dutch Annex EC 7 Step-by-step procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . 388
35.2.3 Dutch Annex EC 7 Partial factors and Geometry modifications . . . 388
35.2.4 Dutch Annex EC 7 Overall Stability . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 389
35.3 Belgian Annex of the Eurocode 7 (NBN-EN 1997-1 ANB) . . . . . . . . . . . 389
35.3.1 Belgian Annex EC 7 Limit States . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 389
35.3.2 Belgian Annex EC 7 Partial factors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 389
35.3.3 Belgian Annex EC 7 Geometrical data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 390
35.3.4 Belgian Annex EC 7 Determination of earth pressures . . . . . . . 390
35.3.5 Belgian Annex EC 7 Overall Stability . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 390
36 Initial Stage 391
Deltares xi
37 Analysis of Single Piles 393

37.1 Loading by soil deformations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 393
37.1.1 Calculation of the soil displacements using the De Leeuw method . . 393
37.1.2 Determination of the displacements, moments and forces in the pile . 395
37.2 Loading by forces and moments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 396
37.2.1 Brinch-Hansen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 396
37.2.2 Mnard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 397
38 Special Cases 399

38.1 Combination with piles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 399
38.1.1 Acting width . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 399
38.1.2 Modified soil reaction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 399
38.2 Surcharge with limited size parallel to the sheet piling . . . . . . . . . . . . . 400
38.2.1 Simple load (constant dimensions in both directions) . . . . . . . . . 401
38.2.2 Complex load . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 402
38.3 Modeling concrete under water . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 402
38.4 Difference in pressure heads on both sides of the sheet pile wall . . . . . . . 403
38.5 Stiffness of particular sheet pile walls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 405
38.5.1 Contiguous bored-pile wall . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 405
38.5.2 Secant bored-pile wall . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 406
38.5.3 Pile walls with reinforced concrete piles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 406
39 Settlements by vibration 409

39.1 Model description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 409
39.2 Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 409
40 Benchmarks 411
Bibliography 413
xii Deltares
List of Figures
List of Figures
1.1 D-S HEET P ILING Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
1.2 Stress-Strain Relationship for Anchors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
1.3 Soil Stress versus Displacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
1.4 Hydrostatic pressure with additional pore pressures (in excess) . . . . . . . . 3
1.5 Deltares Systems website (www.deltaressystems.com) . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
1.6 Support window, Problem Description tab . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
1.7 Send Support E-Mail window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
2.1 Modules window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13

2.2 D-S HEET P ILING main window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
2.3 D-S HEET P ILING menu bar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
2.4 D-S HEET P ILING icon bar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
2.5 Input Diagram window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
2.6 Stage Composer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
2.7 Pop-up menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
2.8 Selection of different parts of a table using the arrow cursor . . . . . . . . . . 22
3.1 Program Options window, View tab . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24

3.2 Program Options window, General tab . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
3.3 Program Options window, Locations tab . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
3.4 Program Options window, Language tab . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
3.5 Program Options window, Modules tab . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
3.6 Error Messages window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
4.1 Model window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31

4.2 User Defined Partial Factors window, EC7 General tab . . . . . . . . . . . . 33
4.3 User Defined Partial Factors window, EC7 NL tab . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
4.4 User Defined Partial Factors window, EC7 B tab . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
4.5 User Defined Partial Factors window, CUR tab . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39
4.6 Project Properties window, Identification tab . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40
4.7 Project Properties window, Diagram Settings tab . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
4.8 Project Properties window, Chart Settings tab . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42
4.9 Sheet Piling window for Elastic calculation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43
4.10 Sheet Piling window for Plastic calculation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46
4.11 Moment-Curvature Diagram (M-N-Kappa) window for a plastic sheet piling cal-
culation (2 branches) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47
4.12 Moment-Curvature relationship using 2 branches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48
4.13 Design Combined Wall window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49
4.14 Sheet Piling window, Result of using the combined wall wizard (per center-to-
center distance) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50
4.15 Sheet Piling Profiles Library window, Hot rolled sheet piles tab . . . . . . . . 51
4.16 Sheet Piling Profiles Library window, Cold formed sheet piles tab . . . . . . . 51
4.17 Sheet Piling Profiles Library window, Synthetic sheet piles tab . . . . . . . . 52
4.18 Sheet Piling Profiles Library window, Combined sheet piles tab . . . . . . . . 52
4.19 Sheet Piling Profiles Library window, Piles tab . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53
4.20 Sheet Piling Profiles Library window, User defined piles tab . . . . . . . . . . 54
4.21 Piles library, Add Pile to user defined . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54
4.22 Pile window for Elastic calculation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55
4.23 Pile window for Plastic calculation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57
4.24 Moment-Curvature Diagram (M-N-Kappa) window for a plastic pile calculation
(4 branches) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58
4.25 Moment-Curvature relationship using 4 branches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59
4.26 Diaphragm Wall window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60
Deltares xiii
4.27 Moment-Curvature Diagram (M-N-Kappa) window for a diaphragm wall calcu-

lation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61
4.28 Surfaces window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61
4.29 Soil Materials window for the Ka , K0 , Kp soil parameters or Mixed models . . . 62
4.30 Soil Materials window for the c, , soil parameters model . . . . . . . . . . 63
4.31 Soil Materials window, General sub-window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63
4.32 Soil Materials window, Earth pressure coefficients sub-window . . . . . . . . 64
4.33 Curve Settings (for all Materials) window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64
4.34 Soil Materials window, Modulus of subgrade reaction Secant sub-window . . 65
4.35 Secant definition of stress-displacement diagram (CUR 166) . . . . . . . . . 66
4.36 CUR 166 (Table 3.3) window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66
4.37 Soil Materials window, Modulus of subgrade reaction Tangent (D-Sheet Pil-
ing Classic) sub-window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67
4.38 Tangent definition of stress-displacement diagram (D-Sheet Piling classic) . . 67
4.39 Soil Materials window, Settlement by vibration sub-window . . . . . . . . . . 68
4.40 Soil Materials window for Single Pile loaded by forces . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69
4.41 Soil Materials window, Modulus of subgrade reaction sub-window (Pile loaded
by forces) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70
4.42 Soil Materials window for Single pile loaded by user-defined soil displacements 70
4.43 Soil Materials window for Single pile loaded by calculated soil displacements . 71
4.44 Soil Profiles window showing empty profile . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72
4.45 Soil Profiles window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73
4.46 Select CPT window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74
4.47 Select CPT for D-Sheet Piling window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75
4.48 Select CPT for D-Sheet Piling window after zoom in . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76
4.49 CPTip window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77
4.50 Soil Profiles window after importing a CPT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78
4.51 CPT window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79
4.52 Water Levels window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79
4.53 Water Properties window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80
4.54 Uniform Loads window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80
4.55 Distribution of uniform load . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81
4.56 Surcharge Loads window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82
4.57 Distribution of surcharges according to the inputted values of Figure 4.56 . . . 83
4.58 Horizontal Line Loads window (Sheet piling model) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83
4.59 Horizontal Forces window (Single pile model) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83
4.60 Example of a positive horizontal line load . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84
4.61 Moments window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85
4.62 Example of a positive moment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85
4.63 Normal Forces window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86
4.64 Soil Displacements window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87
4.65 Anchors window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87
4.66 Stress-strain diagram for an anchor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88
4.67 Struts window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89
4.68 Stress-strain diagram for a strut . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90
4.69 Spring Supports window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90
4.70 Rigid Supports window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91
4.71 Stages Manager window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92
4.72 Stages Overview window for Sheet Piling model . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93
4.73 Stage Overview window for Single Pile model . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95
5.1 Calculation Options window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97

5.2 Start Calculation window, Standard tab . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98
5.3 Fictive Earth Pressure Coefficients window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99
xiv Deltares
List of Figures
5.4 Calculation Progress window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100

5.5 Start Calculation window, Design Sheet Piling Length tab . . . . . . . . . . . 101
5.6 Design using representative values . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102
5.7 EC7 General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103
5.8 Start Calculation window, Design Sheet Piling Length tab - Output . . . . . . 103
5.9 Start Calculation window, Design Sheet Piling Length tab EC7 NL / CUR . . 104
5.10 Start Calculation window, Design Sheet Piling Length EC7 B . . . . . . . . 105
5.11 Start Calculation window, Verify Sheet Piling tab EC7 General . . . . . . . 106
5.12 Start Calculation window, Verify Sheet Piling tab for EC7 NL and CUR meth-
ods with Partial factors in all stages (method A) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107
5.13 Start Calculation window, Verify Sheet Piling tab for EC7 NL and CUR meth-
ods with Partial factors in verified stage only (method B) . . . . . . . . . . . 108
5.14 Start Calculation window, Verify Sheet Piling tab - EC7 B . . . . . . . . . . . 109
5.15 Start Calculation window, Allowable Anchor Force tab . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110
5.16 Start Calculation window, Allowable Anchor Force tab showing results . . . . 111
5.17 Allowable Anchor Force Results Diagram window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112
5.18 Start Calculation window, Overall Stability tab . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113
5.19 Start Calculation window, Overall Stability tab - EC7 General . . . . . . . . . 114
5.20 Start Calculation window, Overall Stability tab - EC7 NL . . . . . . . . . . . . 114
5.21 Start Calculation window, Overall Stability tab - CUR . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115
5.22 Start Calculation window, Overall Stability tab - EC7 B . . . . . . . . . . . . 115
5.23 Overall Stability Diagram window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116
5.24 Run window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116
5.25 Start Batch Calculation window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117
5.26 Error Messages window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117
6.1 Report Selection window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121

6.2 Report window, Summary section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122
6.3 Report window, Input Data Left/Right section for Ka , K0 , Kp method . . . . . . 123
6.4 Report window, Input Data Left/Right section for Culmann method . . . . . . 124
6.5 Report window, Soil Collapse section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125
6.6 Report window, Vertical Force Balance section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125
6.7 Report window, Anchors/Struts section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125
6.8 Report window, Settlement by Vibration - Surface settlement section . . . . . 126
6.9 Report window, Settlement by Vibration - Settlement in requested point section 126
6.10 Report window, Summary section for a CUR or EC7 NL verification . . . . . . 127
6.11 Report window, Summary section for a EC7-General verification . . . . . . . 128
6.12 Moment/Force/Displacement Charts window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129
6.13 Chart Data window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130
6.14 Moment/Force/Displacement Charts window for a CUR verification . . . . . . 131
6.15 Moment/Force/Displacement Charts window for a EuroCode verification . . . 132
6.17 Stress State Charts window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134
6.19 Stress Diagrams window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136
6.20 Settlements by Vibration Charts window, During installation . . . . . . . . . . 137
6.21 Settlements by Vibration Charts window, During removal . . . . . . . . . . . 138
6.22 Settlements by Vibration Charts window, Total settlement . . . . . . . . . . . 138
6.23 Active Planes Diagram window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139
7.1 Positions Vibration Settlement window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142

7.2 Options under Feasibility menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142
7.3 Calculation progress window during Settlement by vibration calculation . . . . 142
7.4 textitE-Consult Sheet Pile Installation window, Show NVAF lines option . . . . 143
Deltares xv
7.5 Experience lines NVAF drop-down menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143

7.6 E-consult Sheet Pile Installation window, Show Experiences option . . . . . . 144
7.7 Region drop-down menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144
7.8 GeoBrain Prediction window, First page . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146
7.9 GeoBrain Prediction window, Menu bar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147
7.10 GeoBrain Prediction window, Geotechnics menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 148
7.11 GeoBrain Prediction window, Sheet pile menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150
7.12 GeoBrain Prediction window, Installation menu for the three methods of driving
(Vibrate, Drive and Pressing) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151
7.13 GeoBrain Prediction window, Result menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 152
7.14 GeoBrain Prediction window, Report menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 152
7.15 Prediction Report window, Results prediction section . . . . . . . . . . . . . 153
7.16 GeoBrain Experiences window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154
7.17 GeoBrain Experiences window, Type of similarity between the soil profile of
the GeoBrain database and the soil profile of the D-S HEET P ILING project . . 155
7.18 GeoBrain Experiences window, search on Sheet Piling . . . . . . . . . . . . 155
7.19 GeoBrain Experiences window, Detailed information on the selected project . . 156
7.20 Detailed view of the Refine Query . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157
7.21 GeoBrain Experiences window, Search on Sheet Piling GeoBrain Experi-
ences window, Search on CPT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158
7.22 GeoBrain Experiences window, Search on Location View the total per area . 159
7.23 View individual experiences . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160
7.24 GeoBrain Experiences window, search on Location . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 161
8.1 Single stage excavation (tutorial 1) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 163

8.3 Model window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165
8.4 Project Properties window, Identification tab . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165
8.5 Sheet Piling Profiles Library window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 166
8.6 Sheet Piling window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167
8.7 Surfaces window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 168
8.8 Stage Composer window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 168
8.9 Input Diagram with excavation level applied on the left hand side . . . . . . . 169
8.10 Empty Soil Materials window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 170
8.11 Soil Materials window, General sub-window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 170
8.12 Soil Materials window, Earth pressure coefficients sub-window . . . . . . . . 171
8.13 Curve Settings (for all Materials) window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 172
8.14 Soil Materials window, Modulus of subgrade reaction Tangent (D-Sheet Pil-
ing Classic) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 172
8.15 Soil Materials window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 173
8.17 Input Diagram window confirming the entered soil profile . . . . . . . . . . . 174
8.19 Input Diagram confirming the entered water level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175
8.20 Calculation Options window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 176
8.21 Start Calculation window, Standard tab to perform a standard calculation . . . 177
8.26 Effective Stress Diagram window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 180
9.1 Single stage excavation with a non-horizontal surface (Tutorial 2) . . . . . . . 181

9.2 CPT datas (Tutorial 2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 182
xvi Deltares
List of Figures
9.3 Model window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 183

9.4 Select CPT window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 183
9.5 Open window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 184
9.6 CPTip window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 184
9.7 Soil Profiles window after importation of the CPT 01 file . . . . . . . . . . . . 185
9.8 Input Diagram window with new soil profile from CPT . . . . . . . . . . . . . 185
9.9 Soil Materials window using the c, phi, delta model . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 186
9.10 Curve Settings window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 187
9.11 Soil Materials window with Secant moduli of subgrade reaction . . . . . . . . 187
9.12 Surfaces window with a non-horizontal surface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 188
9.13 Input Diagram window showing a non-horizontal surface . . . . . . . . . . . 188
9.14 Sheet Piling window showing additional parameters for the vertical balance
check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 189
9.15 Standard calculation using c, phi, delta model . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 190
9.19 Report Selection window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 192
9.21 Report window showing vertical force balance check results . . . . . . . . . 194
10.1 Final situation after excavation, installation of an anchor and lowering of the
water level (tutorial 3) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 195
10.2 Excavation stages shown separately (tutorial 3) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 196
10.3 Surfaces window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 197
10.5 Anchors window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 198
10.6 Stages Manager window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 198
10.7 Stages Overview window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 199
10.8 Moment/Force/Displacement Charts window for the second stage . . . . . . . 200
10.9 Moment/Force/Displacement Charts window for the third stage . . . . . . . . 200
10.10 Moment/Force/Displacement Charts window for the third stage with a new
sheet piling profile . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 201
11.1 Surcharge load and horizontal line load in the last stage (tutorial 4) . . . . . . 203
11.3 Horizontal Line Loads window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 205
11.4 Stages Overview window showing input for the fourth stage . . . . . . . . . . 205
11.5 Input Diagram window for the fourth stage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 206
11.6 Moment/Force/Displacement Charts window showing the effect the applied
loads . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 207
12.1 Single stage excavation as in tutorial 1 (tutorial 5) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 209

12.2 Start Calculation window, Design Sheet Pile Length tab . . . . . . . . . . . . 210
12.3 Start Calculation window, Design Sheet Piling Length tab, design calculation
results . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 210
12.5 Output report showing the mobilized resistance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211
13.1 Final situation after construction (tutorial 6) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 213

13.2 Overview of the construction stages (tutorial 6) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 214
13.3 Modeling concrete below the natural water level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 215
13.4 Soil Surfaces window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 216
13.5 Soil Profiles window, Soil profile before construction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 217
Deltares xvii
13.6 Soil Profiles window, Soil profile with concrete on the left side and additional
pore pressures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 218
13.7 Water Properties window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 218
13.8 Uniform Loads window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 219
13.9 Anchors window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 219
13.11 Input Diagram window for the last stage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 220
13.12 Stress State Charts window showing compression caused by the concrete floor 221
13.13 Moment/Force/Displacement Charts window for the last stage . . . . . . . . 222
14.1 Construction stages (tutorial 7) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 224

14.2 CUR 166 (Table 3.3) window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 226
14.6 User Defined Partial Factors window, CUR tab . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 229
14.7 Start Calculation window, Design Sheet Piling Length tab . . . . . . . . . . . 230
14.8 Start Calculation window, Design Sheet Piling Length tab: Results from 20 m
down to 12 m . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 230
14.9 Start Calculation window, Design Sheet Piling Length tab: Results from 14 m
down to 13 m . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 231
14.10 Start Calculation window, Verify Sheet Piling tab . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 232
14.13 CUR Step 6.3 window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 234
14.14 Report window, Overall Stability for the final stage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 235
14.15 Start Calculation window, Verify Sheet Piling tab (Tutorial-7b) . . . . . . . . . 236
14.16 Report window, Summary section (Tutorial-7b) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 237
15.1 Excavation showing anchor to be checked (tutorial 8) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 239

15.2 Start Calculation window, Allowable Anchor Force tab . . . . . . . . . . . . . 240
15.3 Allowable Anchor Force Results Diagram window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 241
16.1 One stage excavation with a combined wall . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 243

16.2 Combined wall example: dimensions and soil profile . . . . . . . . . . . . . 244
16.3 Design Combined Wall window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 245
16.5 Soil Materials window for Sand . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 246
16.6 Report window, Sheet Piling Properties section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 247
16.7 Report window, Modulus of Subgrade Reaction paragraph . . . . . . . . . . 248
16.8 Moment/Force/Displacement Chart window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 248
17.1 Pit excavation with water flow under the sheet pile wall (tutorial 10) . . . . . . 249
17.2 Water pressures distribution on both sides of sheet piling . . . . . . . . . . . 251
17.3 Soil Profiles window with additional pore pressures on left side . . . . . . . . 252
17.4 Soil Profiles window with additional pore pressures on right side . . . . . . . 252
17.5 Struts window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 253
17.7 Chart Data window, Water Pressure Left tab . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 254
17.8 Moment/Force/Displacement Charts window including the effects of the addi-
tional pore pressures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 255
18.1 Modeling a load with limited size parallel to the sheet piling (tutorial 11) . . . . 258
xviii Deltares
List of Figures
18.4 Moment/Force/Displacement Charts window, Results for the final stage . . . . 261
18.5 Moment/Force/Displacement Charts window, Results for the final stage with a
new sheet piling profile . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 261
19.1 CPT datas (Tutorial 12) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 264

19.3 CPTip window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 266
19.4 Soil Profiles window after importation of the CPT 02 file . . . . . . . . . . . . 266
19.5 Input Diagram window with new soil profile from CPT . . . . . . . . . . . . . 267
19.6 E-consult Sheet Pile Installation window showing GeoBrain Experiences . . . 268
19.7 E-consult Sheet Pile Installation window showing NVAF lines . . . . . . . . . 269
19.8 GeoBrain Prediction window, First page . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 270
19.9 GeoBrain Prediction window, Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 271
19.10 GeoBrain Prediction window, Geotechnics menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 272
19.11 GeoBrain Prediction window, Sheet pile menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 273
19.12 GeoBrain Prediction window, Installation menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 274
19.13 GeoBrain Prediction window, Result menu (first prediction) . . . . . . . . . . 274
19.14 GeoBrain Prediction window, Result menu (second prediction) . . . . . . . . 275
19.15 Prediction Report window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 276
19.16 GeoBrain Experiences window, First page . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 277
19.17 GeoBrain Experiences window, Search on Sheet piling . . . . . . . . . . . . 278
19.18 GeoBrain Experiences window, Search on Sheet piling after refinement . . . . 279
19.19 GeoBrain Experiences window, Detailed information on a project . . . . . . . 279
19.20 GeoBrain Experiences window, First page . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 280
19.21 GeoBrain Experiences window, Search on CPT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 281
19.22 GeoBrain Experiences window, Search on Location . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 282
19.23 GeoBrain Experiences window, Search on Location after zoom . . . . . . . . 283
20.1 Pile (mooring post) loaded horizontally (by a ship) Tutorial 13 . . . . . . . . 285
20.2 Model window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 286
20.3 Pile window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 286
20.6 Horizontal Forces window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 288
21.1 Horizontal pile loaded by (calculated) soil deformations caused by embank-

ment raise (tutorial 14) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 291
21.2 Model window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 292
21.8 Report window showing the calculated soil displacements . . . . . . . . . . 296
22.1 Construction stages (tutorial 15) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 297

22.2 User Defined Partial Factors window, EC7 General tab . . . . . . . . . . . . 298
22.3 Start Calculation window, Design Sheet Piling Length tab with an AZ 17/S430
profile . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 299
22.4 Start Calculation window, Design Sheet Piling Length tab with an AZ 25/S430
profile . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 300
22.5 Start Calculation window, Design Sheet Piling Length tab for DA 1 set 1 . . . . 301
22.6 Start Calculation window, Design Sheet Piling Length tab for DA 1 set 2 . . . . 301
22.7 Start Calculation window, Design Sheet Piling Length tab for DA 2 . . . . . . 302
Deltares xix
22.8 Start Calculation window, Design Sheet Piling Length tab for DA 3 . . . . . . 303
22.11 Report window, Summary section for Design Approach 1 . . . . . . . . . . . 305
23.1 Geometry of Tutorial 16 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 307

23.2 Model window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 308
23.3 Sheet Piling Profiles Library window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 309
23.5 Soil Materials window for Clay material . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 310
23.6 Calculation progress window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 310
23.7 Settlements by Vibration Charts window, Settlement during installation . . . . 311
23.8 Settlements by Vibration Charts window, Settlement during removal . . . . . . 311
23.9 Settlements by Vibration Charts window, Total settlement (installation + removal)312
23.10 Chart Data window for the Total settlement (installation + removal) . . . . . . 313
24.1 One stage excavation with a ProLock Sigma combined wall (Tutorial 17) . . . 315
24.2 Dimensions of a ProLock Sigma wall . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 316
24.3 Sheet Piling window at long term (Tutorial-17a) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 319
24.4 Surfaces window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 320
24.5 Stage Composer to assign the surface levels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 320
24.6 Soil Materials window for Sand moderate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 321
24.9 Report window - Summary for Tutorial-17a . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 323
24.10 Materials window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 324
24.11 Soil Profile window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 324
24.12 Moment/Force/Displacement Chart window for long term situation - Step 6.3 . 325
24.13 Sheet Piling window at short term (Tutorial-17b) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 326
24.14 Uniform Load window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 326
24.15 Stage composer to assign the uniform load . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 327
24.16 Moment/Force/Displacement Chart window for short term situation - Step 6.3 . 327
25.1 One stage excavation with a ProLock Omega combined wall (Tutorial 18) . . . 330
25.2 Dimensions of a ProLock Omega wall . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 331
25.3 Technical data for the MK-SR anchor wall (Tutorial 18) . . . . . . . . . . . . 333
25.4 Sheet Piling window at long term (Tutorial-18a) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 335
25.7 Anchors window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 337
25.8 Stage composer to activate the anchor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 337
25.10 Moment/Force/Displacement Chart window for long term situation - Step 6.3 . 339
25.11 Report window, Summary section for long term situation (Tutorial-18a) . . . . 339
25.12 Sheet Piling window at short term (Tutorial-18b) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 340
25.13 Moment/Force/Displacement Chart window for short term situation - Step 6.3 . 341
26.1 Horizontal pile loaded by soil deformations caused by pond digging (tutorial 19) 343
26.2 M-N-Kappa diagrams for cross-sections 1 and 2 (tutorial 19) . . . . . . . . . 344
26.3 Model window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 345
26.4 Moment-Curvature Diagram (M-N-Kappa) window for cross-section 1 (top) . . 347
26.5 Moment-Curvature Diagram (M-N-Kappa) window for cross-section 2 (bottom) 348
26.6 Pile window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 348
xx Deltares
List of Figures
26.8 Spring Supports window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 350

28.1 Lateral earth pressure using Culmanns method . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 356

28.2 Stress distribution under a load column . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 358
29.1 Elasto-plastic behavior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 360

29.2 Shift of horizontal stress values between stages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 361
30.1 Schematization of the CPT filtering method . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 363

30.2 CPT interpretation according to CUR 162 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 364
30.3 CPT interpretation according to NEN 6740 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 364
30.4 3-type rule with gravel from NEN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 365
31.1 Stability of anchor wall for a short anchor (Kranz theory) . . . . . . . . . . . 369
31.2 Stability of anchor wall for a long anchor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 370
32.1 Circular slip surface according to Bishop method . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 373
33.1 Assumed vertical friction forces . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 375

33.2 Plugged and unplugged sheet piling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 376
34.1 Low, nominal and high representative values . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 379

34.2 Schematic representation of the soil stiffness, surface levels and water levels
modifications according to step 6.1 of the CUR 166 design procedure . . . . . 382
34.7 Schematic representation of the anchor stiffness modification according to
step 9.1 of the CUR 166 design procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 383
36.1 Effect of a surcharge when not using the initial stage . . . . . . . . . . . . . 391
36.2 Effect of a surcharge when using the initial stage option . . . . . . . . . . . . 391
36.3 Soil stresses on both sides of the sheet pile wall, with and without the initial
stage option being used . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 392
37.1 Situations considered by De Leeuw method . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 394

37.2 Non-uniform load schematized as a uniform load . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 394
37.3 Lateral earth pressure and pile deformation by soil deformation . . . . . . . . 395
38.1 Soil reaction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 400

38.2 Load distribution . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 401
38.3 Calculated load (bottom) for a load shape that is not constant (top) . . . . . . 402
38.4 Water pressure on both sides of sheet piling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 404
38.5 Pressure diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 405
38.6 Tangent bored-pile wall . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 405
38.7 Spaced bored-pile wall . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 406
38.8 Secant bored-pile wall . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 406
Deltares xxi
xxii Deltares
List of Tables
List of Tables
2.1 Keyboard shortcuts for D-S HEET P ILING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
4.1 Relative density as a function of the consistency of the soil . . . . . . . . . . 68
5.8 Schematization of the calculation methods A and B according to EC7-NL and

CUR in case of 4 stages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105
5.11 Schematization of the calculation methods A and B according to EC7-NL and
CUR in case of 4 stages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107
5.15 Schematization of the calculation method according to table 21-4-9 of SB 260 . 109
8.1 Soil properties (tutorial 1) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164
10.1 Anchor properties . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 198

14.2 Comparison of methods A and B for the maximum values in stage 4 . . . . . 237
17.1 Soil properties (tutorial 10) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 250
19.1 Information for feasibility prediction (Tutorial 12) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 269
22.1 Overview of the Design Sheet Piling Length calculation for the different design
approaches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 303
23.1 Soil parameters for Tutorial 16 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 308

24.2 Properties of a ProLock Sigma profile (tutorial 17) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 317
24.3 Properties of the round wooden piles (tutorial 17) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 317
24.4 Properties of the ProLock Sigma wall (tutorial 17) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 318
24.5 Maximum calculated bending moments, per wall section (tutorial 17) . . . . . 328
25.1 Soil properties (Tutorial 18) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 331

25.2 Properties of a ProLock Omega profile (Tutorial 18) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 332
25.3 Properties of the round wooden piles (Tutorial 18) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 332
25.4 Properties of the ProLock Omega wall (Tutorial 18) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 333
25.5 Technical data for the GEWI Threadbar (Tutorial 18) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 334

26.2 Horizontal soil displacements after 30 years (tutorial 19) . . . . . . . . . . . 344
26.3 Moment and curvature values of the M-N-Kappa diagram of cross-section 1
(tutorial 19) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 345
26.4 Moment and curvature values of the M-N-Kappa diagram of cross-section 2
(tutorial 19) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 345
29.1 Angle of wall friction values for clay, loam, sand and gravel (acc. to Table 4 of
NEN 6740:2006) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 359
Deltares xxiii
30.1 General soil parameters from Table 1 of NEN 6740 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 366

30.2 Secant moduli of subgrade reaction from Table 3.3 of CUR 166 . . . . . . . . 367
34.1 Design values of soil properties according to Step 6 of the CUR 166 procedure 381
34.2 Design values of ground and water levels according to Step 6 of the CUR 166
procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 381
34.3 Partial factors applied to soil parameters according to Table 3.7 of the CUR 166
design procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 384
34.4 Level variations according to Table 3.7 of the CUR 166 design procedure . . . 384
34.5 Partial factors applied to loads according to CUR 166 . . . . . . . . . . . . . 384
35.1 Partial factors for retaining structures acc. to the general Eurocode 7 . . . . . 386
35.2 Partial factors for overall stability acc. to Eurocode 1997-1 . . . . . . . . . . 387
35.3 Partial factors according to the Dutch Annex of Eurocode 7 . . . . . . . . . . 388
35.4 Level variations according to the Dutch Annex of Eurocode 7 . . . . . . . . . 388
35.5 Partial factors (for overall stability) on soil parameters acc. to the Dutch Annex
of Eurocode 7 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 389
35.6 Partial factors acc. to the Belgian annex NBN-EN 1997-1 ANB . . . . . . . . 389
35.7 Partial factors for overall stability acc. to Eurocode 1997-1 . . . . . . . . . . 390
37.1 E-modulus vs. unit weight (De Leeuw & Timmermans) . . . . . . . . . . . . 395
37.3 Values of the rheological coefficient . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 398
xxiv Deltares
1 General Information
1.1 Preface
D-S HEET P ILING (formerly known as MSheet) is a tool used to design sheet pile and diaphragm
walls and horizontally loaded piles. D-S HEET P ILINGs graphical interactive interface requires
just a short training period, allowing the user to focus their skills directly on the input of sound
geotechnical data and the subsequent design of the wall or single pile. D-S HEET P ILING comes
as a standard module that can be extended with other modules to fit more advanced applica-
tions:
D-S HEET P ILING Standard module (earth pressure coefficients)

Culmann module
Eurocode 7 Verification module
Single Pile module
Feasibility module
Settlement by vibration module
1.2 Features in Standard module

This section contains an overview of the features available in D-S HEET P ILING for the design
of diaphragm and sheet pile walls. For more information on these topics, see the Reference
section and the Background section of this manual. A number of these options are indicated
in Figure 1.1.
Surcharge
Arbitrary Soil
Profiles
Excess Pore
Anchors Pressure
Struts
forces
Moments
Staged
Constructions
Figure 1.1: D-S HEET P ILING Options
1.2.1 Sheet Piling

D-S HEET P ILING models the sheet piling as an elasto-plastic beam on a foundation of uncou-
pled elasto-plastic springs (representing the soil).
Stiffness. Uniform or variable values can be used for the elastic bending stiffness and
normal stiffness along the beam axis. A library is available for quick selection of stan-
dard and user-defined sheet piling profiles. A special combined wall wizard calculates
the relevant values for walls made from a combination of sheet piling and piles.
Geometrical Non-linear. A compressive normal force will introduce additional bending.

The user can introduce normal forces and D-S HEET P ILING will calculate the additional
Deltares 1 of 416
moments and displacements that follow from the inputted normal force.
1.2.2 Anchors and Struts

D-S HEET P ILING models both anchors and struts using discrete springs.
tensile stress
limited capacity
pre- stress
zero pressure
condition tensile strain
Figure 1.2: Stress-Strain Relationship for Anchors
Anchors. Anchors are characterized by arbitrary direction, elastic normal stiffness, zero
pressure condition and limited capacity due to yielding or soil resistance (Figure 1.2).
Pre-tensioning of anchors is optional.
Struts. Struts are characterized by elastic normal stiffness, zero tension condition and
buckling force. Pre-compression of struts is optional.
1.2.3 Soil
Horizontal soil layers can be defined manually or automatically generated by D-S HEET P ILING
from a CPT interpretation, optionally in combination with a non-horizontal ground level. D-S HEET P ILING
models the stiffness of the soil as a series of discrete, independently acting, multi-linear
springs, forming an elastic foundation for a beam (which is used to model the wall).
horizontal effective stress
virgin
loading
passive yield
un- re-
active yield
loading loading
relative displacement
Figure 1.3: Soil Stress versus Displacement
Physical Non-linear. D-S HEET P ILING makes use of multi-linear relationships between
horizontal stress and displacement, with different values for active and passive yielding.
D-S HEET P ILING can determine these yield values from the well-established slip surface
theories of Culmann, Ktter or Mller-Breslau.
Elasto-Plastic. D-S HEET P ILING can accommodate the soil stiffness for the virgin load-
ing state and the unloading/reloading state.
Initial Stress. D-S HEET P ILING derives the initial horizontal stress from the approximate
initial vertical stress using Jkys equation for the lateral stress ratio K0 . D-S HEET P ILING
calculates additional stresses due to surcharge or a non-horizontal ground surface
based on Boussinesqs stress distribution theory.
2 of 416 Deltares
General Information
For detailed information see chapter 28 and chapter 29.
1.2.4 Loads and Supports

D-S HEET P ILING provides the following options for defining loads and supports:
Pore Fluid. Hydrostatic pore fluid pressure from the input of a phreatic surface position
on either side of the wall. Additional pore pressures can also be specified, varying
linearly within the relevant layers, as schematized in Figure 1.4.
hydrostatic pore excess pore pressure

pressure
Figure 1.4: Hydrostatic pressure with additional pore pressures (in excess)
Construction: Excavation or elevation of soil (see staged construction).

Surcharge: Discrete or infinitely extending surcharge at ground level. The surcharge
load can be specified as uniform or varying multi-linearly.
Forces: Line loads or distributed force loads, directed perpendicularly to the sheet pile
wall. Variable normal force along the beam axis.
Moments: Discrete bending moments directed out-of-plane.

Supports: Rigid supports or springs for displacement and rotation. The horizontal
displacement at the top of the sheet piling can also be defined.
1.2.5 Staged Construction

Construction sequences can be modeled using a step-by-step (phased) analysis. This means
that soil, loads, supports, anchors and struts can be added or removed, and the water table
changed, for each stage.
1.2.6 Design Procedures
Length optimization. D-S HEET P ILING can determine the critical length of the sheet
piling by reducing the length step-by-step until instability occurs or an admissible dis-
placement is exceeded.
Deltares 3 of 416
Anchor Force. D-S HEET P ILING checks whether the available soil resistance is sufficient
for the anchor force, using a slip surface theory according to Kranz (Kranz, 1953).
1.2.7 Results
D-S HEET P ILING can display a report with graphs and tables of displacements, bending mo-
ments, shear forces, pore pressures and soil stresses along the beam axis.
1.3 Features in Additional modules
1.3.1 Culmann module

As an alternative to the Ka , K0 , Kp method, the active and passive earth pressure coeffi-
cients can be determined using the c, phi, delta method based on Culmanns formulas (sec-
tion 28.2.1). This method can be used in combination with non-horizontal soil surfaces and
surcharge loads, unlike the Ka , K0 , Kp method.
1.3.2 Eurocode 7 Verification module

Three design procedures are implemented:
the Dutch design code CUR publication 166 (chapter 34)

the European design code Eurocode 7 (chapter 35), using the partial factors prescribed
by either:
the General rules (Part 1) of EuroCode 7 (NEN-EN, March 2005);

the Dutch Annex of Eurocode 7 (NEN, 2012).
Different design calculations can be performed:
Safety. D-S HEET P ILING verifies the sheet piling, according to CUR 166 and EuroCode
for a selected stage by applying certain partial safety factors.
Length optimization. D-S HEET P ILING can determine the critical length of the sheet
piling, according to CUR 166 and EuroCode, by reducing the length step-by-step until
instability occurs or an admissible displacement is exceeded the sheet piling length, by
applying certain partial safety factors.
Overall Stability. D-S HEET P ILING verifies a sheet piling against loss of overall stability
by means of a Bishop calculation, according to CUR 166 and Eurocode.
Two different methods for design calculation according to CUR 166 and Eurocode 7 (NL) are
implemented: one using the partial factors prescribed by the design approach in all construc-
tion stages (method A) and the second using them only for a selected stage (method B).
A verification report containing all results according to the CUR 166 or EuroCode 7 design
procedure is also available.
1.3.3 Single Pile module
Along the pile, several cross-sections with different widths and stiffness can be speci-
fied.
4 of 416 Deltares
General Information
The connection of the pile to a foundation can be modeled by defining a fixed support
or a spring support at a certain level. For the support conditions a distinction is made
between translation and rotation.
Several soil layers can be defined, divided by horizontal layer boundaries. Soil proper-
ties are input for each layer. The bottom soil layer is assumed to be infinitely thick.
The surface level on both sides of the pile must be identical and horizontal.
The water level determines the hydrostatic water pressure. Additional pore pressures
can also be introduced, varying linearly across each soil layer.
Externally calculated undisturbed soil displacements can be imposed on the pile. D-S HEET P ILING
can also calculate the influence of discrete bending moments and/or horizontal and nor-
mal forces on the pile.
The subgrade reaction is put to a minimum (active) and maximum (passive) pressure
on the pile by definition of earth pressure coefficients. Between these extreme values,
D-S HEET P ILING will apply a linear relation between the stress and the displacement, as
defined by a modulus of subgrade reaction. The earth pressure coefficients may be
calculated using the Brinch-Hansen method (Brinch-Hansen and Christensen, 1961)
or directly inputted. The modulus of subgrade reaction may be determined using the
Mnard theory (Mnard, 1971) (only for pile loaded by forces) or directly inputted.
1.3.4 Plastic module

The Plastic module enables to perform a plastic analysis of a diaphragm wall, a sheet pile wall
or a single pile by taking into account the flexural behavior of the cross-section. The moment-
curvature relationship of this cross-section is used to predict its stiffness. The moment-
curvature relationship has several branches:
2 branches for sheet piling

4 branches for diaphragm wall or single pile
Note: When using this module, the wall will be divided into 5 times more elements than in a
standard elastic calculation, to get accurate results for the stiffness.
1.3.5 Feasibility module

The Feasibility module enables users to compare their D-S HEET P ILING sheet pile wall design
against relevant execution experience data and Dutch NVAF lines. This may help to reduce
failure costs during pile driving/vibrating. Without license this module works in Demo mode.
Currently the experiences are mainly from Dutch locations; therefore their relevancy to other
locations in the world may be limited.
1.3.6 Settlement by vibration module

The Settlement by vibration module enables users to determine the settlements due to vibra-
tory installation and removal of sheet piles, mainly caused by densification of the sand and
by installation or removal of a sheet pile volume. The model implemented in D-S HEET P ILING
is based on the model developed by Meijers (Meijers and Tol, Juli 2010) (Meijers, december
2007). This model calculates the densification and excess pore pressures during the installa-
tion and removal of the sheet pile.
Deltares 5 of 416
1.4 History
MSheet release 1.0 (1990) was based directly on MSheets forerunner DAMWAND/3,
which analyzed the construction of vertical sheet piling with horizontal ground surfaces.
MSheet release 2.0 (1992) implemented options for non-horizontal ground surfaces
and non-uniform loads (surcharges).
MSheet release 3.0 (1995) featured a new option for normal forces in the sheet pile
wall and also implemented a new multi-linear stress-displacement relation for the soil.
MSheet release 4.0 (1997) featured specific design procedures, based on the CUR
design guide (CUR, 2005) for discovering the critical length and checking safety.
MSheet release 5.0 (1998) was the first Windows version of MSheet. The improved
user manual could now also be accessed using the online Help function.
MSheet release 5.4 (2001) featured the following new options: overall soil stability
analysis (Bishop), a sheet piling library, extended support of CUR 166, and a report
on the vertical force balance. Improvements to the user interface included user-friendly
graphical input and the Stages Overview dialog.
MSheet Release 5.7 (2002) featured a new option for a first stage with initially non-
horizontal surfaces or initial surcharges. The release also included modules for sepa-
rately licensed models. The new initial stage option necessitated a refinement of the
soil yield stress calculation, even when the option was not selected. Therefore results
from release 5.7 were different to the results of previous releases.
MSheet release 6.1 (2004) featured a new single pile module, which supports the anal-
ysis of horizontally loaded piles. The release also included a wizard for convenient
input of combined walls. The report content could now be selected, with reports bear-
ing graphs, and improved layout of tabular results. Reports could now be exported in
different formats, including pdf and rtf and graphical and report output for the CUR 166
verify sheet piling option was implemented and. The refined soil yield stress calcu-
lation was made optional when the initial stage option was not selected. The default,
faster, coarse method therefore yields results that are the same as the results of re-
leases prior to release 5.7.
MSheet release 6.2 (2005) featured the new E-Consult module that enables users to
check their MSheet design for sheet pile walls against relevant execution experience
data. This may help to reduce failure costs during pile driving/vibrating. Without license
this module works in Demo mode. Currently the experiences are mainly from Dutch
locations; therefore their relevancy to other locations in the world may be limited.
MSheet release 7.1 (2005) features the ability to perform a vertical balance check on
the sheet pile wall. It is now possible to specify partial factors, allowing MSheet to be
used with the Eurocode model. The updated CUR 166 procedure (2005) (CUR, 2005)
is fully integrated in this MSheet version.
MSheet release 7.7 (2007). The partial factors and the design approaches according
to Eurocode 7 are fully supported in this MSheet version. Partial factors for loads are
added for the CUR 166 procedure. The calculation of the K 0 is modified. A shell factor
is inputted to take into account the effect of arching.
MSheet release 7.9 (2008). Loads/Soil displacements is possible again with the mod-
ule sheet piling. The moduli of subgrade reaction are automatically multiplied with the
6 of 416 Deltares
General Information
shell factor. The allowable number of anchors, struts, surfaces, layers, profiles and sur-
charge loads has been increased. Presence of warnings is indicated in the progress
screen. hell factor. The allowable number of anchors, struts, surfaces, layers, profiles
and surcharge loads has been increased. Presence of warnings is indicated in the
progress screen.
MSheet release 7.10 (2009). With the E-Consult module it is now possible to determine
the drivability of the Sheet Piling design using a prediction made with GeoBrain and to
check the Sheet Piling design by comparing it with experiences from the GeoBrain
database.
MSheet release 8.2 (March 2010). Soil displacements calculated from De Leeuw ta-
bles are available for single pile. Importing CPT data in Geotechnical Exchange Format
(GEF) format is now possible: the automatic CPT interpretation includes two soil-type
dependent rules (acc. NEN 6740 or CUR 166), including all additional soil parame-
ters. The Verification (EC7/CUR) module now includes also verification according to
the partial factors and method prescribed by the Dutch Annex of the Eurocode 7 (NEN,
september 2009).
D-S HEET P ILING release 9.1 (January 2011). The name of the program has changed:
D-S HEET P ILING replaces MSheet. Performing calculations in batch is described in the
manual (section 5.4).
D-S HEET P ILING release 9.2.1.5 (November 2011). It is possible to calculate the settle-
ment due to vibration of the sheet piling (installing as well as uninstalling). The Belgian
annex NBN-EN 1997-1 ANB of the Eurocode 7 (NBN-EN, january 2011) is incorpo-
rated. Forces from layers acting on the sheet piling are given in the report. It is possible
to see the slide planes used to calculate the lambdas in c,phi,delta method. It is pos-
sible to change the colors of the materials. The stress state charts are available for a
verification calculation.
D-S HEET P ILING release 9.2.3.2 (February 2013). A new class, called RC0, is added
to the Dutch Eurocode calculation, corresponding to the CUR class I for the design a
simple constructions. For vertical balance, the vertical forces due to active and passive
forces are taken by 1 m (this used to be the coating area), as prescribed in the CUR 166
recommendations. During a settlement by vibration calculation, it is possible to find the
settlements at points situated below the surface as well. For the Kranz calculation,
the loading due to anchor angle is now correctly calculated. When calculating soil
displacements with single pile, a few extra points close to the boundaries with the elastic
soil are calculated.
D-S HEET P ILING release 9.3 (November 2013). For Eurocode 7 with Belgian annex,
it is possible to use design values in the selected stage but representative values in
the previous stages (see section 5.2.3.3), as prescribed in the Flemish norm "Stan-
daardbestek 260" (SB260, 2012) relevant for the projects executed for the Flemish gov-
ernment. The yield forces and buckling forces must be inputted as design values (see
section 4.5.1 and section 4.5.2). The Eurocode 7 verification according to the Dutch
annex refers to NEN-EN 9997+C1:2012 (NEN, 2012). The Sheet Piling Library (sec-
tion 4.2.3) has been updated with new profiles (Gooimeer, Heuvelman, ESC Pile China
LTD, Europile/STS, Gampet, Profextru). Two tutorials have been added in the user man-
ual describing how to design the length of a synthetic wall (Tutorial 17 in chapter 24)
and how to model a synthetic wall with anchorage (Tutorial 18 in chapter 25).
D-S HEET P ILING release 14.1.1.6 (July 2014). Several improvements concerns the Sheet
Piling Library:
Deltares 7 of 416
The Sheet Piling Library has been updated with new profiles (Europile/STS, Pro-

fextru).
Cold formed sheet piles profiles are now available in the library with three qualities:
S 235, S 275 and S 355.
The maximum moment of synthetic profiles in the library is now a characteristic

value (without safety factor). During its importation, two factors are applied (the
modification factor kmod and the partial material factor M ) to get the design value
used in the calculation, see Figure 4.9.
The Verification calculation for EC7-General has been improved (names in the overview
table of the report and selection of method A or B). A warning message when starting
the program is displayed to attract the attention of the user on the importance of a good
estimation of the relative density for the calculated Settlements by Vibration.
D-S HEET P ILING release 15.1. This version contains many small improvements and
solved bugs. The main improvement is the new module Plastic Wall, allowing a plastic
analysis of the wall (section 1.3.4) by the input of the Moment-curvature (M-N-Kappa)
diagram of the profile (Figure 4.27). A tutorial is added in this manual (chapter 26)
describing how to perform a plastic analysis of a pile.
D-S HEET P ILING release 16.1. With this version, license(s) can be borrowed for a certain
period allowing working without connection to the licence server (see Figure 3.5 for
more information). This version also contains small improvements and solved issues
(for a complete list, download the Release Notes from the Download Portal of Deltares).
For the Vertical Balance, a factor of 1.1 is applied to the vertical component of the
anchor force according to article 9.7.5(a) of NEN (2012) and according to CUR 166
step 9.3 (see chapter 33). The plastic moments of the Arcelor are added in the Sheet
Piling Profiles Library (section 4.2.3).
1.5 Limitations
When working with D-S HEET P ILING, the following limitations apply:
Vertical piling.
Horizontal soil layers.
Only diaphragm wall, sheet pile walls and single piles can be analyzed with D-S HEET P ILING.
To analyze pile groups, use the D-P ILE G ROUP program from Deltares Systems.
1.6 Minimum System Requirements

The following minimum system requirements are needed in order to run and install the D-S HEET P ILING
software, either from CD or by downloading from the Deltares Systems website via MS Inter-
net Explorer:
Operating systems:
Windows 2003,

Windows Vista,
Windows 7 32 bits
Windows 7 64 bits
Windows 8
Hardware specifications:
1 GHz Intel Pentium processor or equivalent

512 MB of RAM
400 MB free hard disk space
SVGA video card, 1024 768 pixels, High colors (16 bits)
8 of 416 Deltares
General Information
CD-ROM drive

Microsoft Internet Explorer version 6.0 or newer (download from www.microsoft.com)
For use of the Feasibility module an Internet connection is needed.
1.7 Definitions of Symbols and Symbols

h Total horizontal soil stress (positive in compression)
v Total vertical soil stress (positive in compression)
p, w Pore water pressure
0 Effective vertical soil stress (positive in compression)
h0 Effective horizontal soil stress (positive in compression)
v0 Effective vertical soil stress (positive in compression)
K, Lateral earth pressure ratio: the ratio between the horizontal and vertical
h
stresses: K = =
v
c Cohesion
The (Coulomb) friction angle of the soil (phi)
The (Coulomb) friction angle between the soil and sheet piling (delta)
Rotation of the sheet piling
K0 Lateral earth pressure ratio at initial stress state (rest) for a horizontal ground
level: K0 = 1 sin
Ka Lateral earth pressure ratio at active yielding (extension of soil)
Kp Lateral earth pressure ratio at passive yielding (compression of soil)
E Youngs Modulus
I Moment of inertia
k , kb Modulus of subgrade reaction; stiffness of the soil bedding
K0 Modulus of subgrade reaction for the unloading/reloading state
k1 , k2 . . . Descending values of the modulus of subgrade reaction during virgin loading
K Permeability
w Displacement
W Section modulus
X Co-ordinate along the axis of the sheet piling
B Acting width of the sheet piling
Fv Resulting vertical force
Fmax Vertical force capacity
Factor on the cone resistance
m;b Partial material factor
qc Representative cone resistance
pr;max;point Maximum point resistance
Asteel Cross-sectional area of sheet piling per running meter
1.8 Getting Help

From the Help menu, choose the Manual option to open the User Manual of D-S HEET P ILING
in PDF format. Here help on a specific topic can be found by entering a specific word in the
Find field of the PDF reader.
Clicking on the Help button situated at the bottom-right side of a window will open the User
Manual.
Deltares 9 of 416
1.9 Getting Support

Deltares Systems tools are supported by Deltares. A group of 70 people in software develop-
ment ensures continuous research and development. Support is provided by the developers
and if necessary by the appropriate Deltares experts. These experts can provide consultancy
backup as well.
If problems are encountered, the first step should be to consult the online Help at
www.deltaressystems.com menu Software. Different information about the program can be
found on the left-hand side of the window (Figure 1.5):
In Support - Frequently asked questions are listed the most frequently asked technical
questions and their answers.
In Support - Known issues are listed the bugs of the program.
In Release notes are listed the differences between an old and a new version.
Figure 1.5: Deltares Systems website (www.deltaressystems.com)
If the solution cannot be found there, then the problem description can be e-mailed (preferred)
or faxed to the Deltares Systems Support team. When sending a problem description, please
add a full description of the working environment. To do this conveniently:
Open the program.

If possible, open a project that can illustrate the question.
Choose the Support option in the Help menu. The System Info tab contains all relevant
information about the system and the software. The Problem Description tab enables a
description of the problem encountered to be added.
10 of 416 Deltares
General Information
Figure 1.6: Support window, Problem Description tab
After clicking on the Send button, the Send Support E-Mail window opens, allowing
sending current file as an attachment. Marked or not the Attach current file to mail
check-box and click OK to send it.
Figure 1.7: Send Support E-Mail window
The problem report can either be saved to a file or sent to a printer or PC fax. The document
can be emailed to support@deltaressystems.nl or alternatively faxed to +31(0)88 335 8111.
1.10 Deltares
Since January 1st 2008, GeoDelft together with parts of Rijkswaterstaat /DWW, RIKZ and
RIZA, WL |Delft Hydraulics and a part of TNO Built Environment and Geosciences are form-
ing the Deltares Institute, a new and independent institute for applied research and special-
ist advice. Founded in 1934, GeoDelft was one of the worlds most renowned institutes for
geotechnical and environmental research. As a Dutch national Grand Technological Institute
(GTI), Deltares role is to obtain, generate and disseminate geotechnical know-how. The in-
stitute is an international leader in research and consultancy into the behavior of soft soils
(sand clay and peat) and management of the geo-ecological consequences which arise from
these activities. Again and again subsoil related uncertainties and risks appear to be the key
factors in civil engineering risk management. Having the processes to manage these uncer-
tainties makes Deltares the obvious Partner in risk management for all parties involved in the
Deltares 11 of 416
civil and environmental construction sector. Deltares teams are continually working on new
mechanisms, applications and concepts to facilitate the risk management process, the most
recent of which is the launch of the concept "GeoQ" into the geotechnical sector.
For more information on Deltares, visit the Deltares website: www.deltares.nl.
1.11 Deltares Systems

Deltares objective is to convert Deltares knowledge into practical geo-engineering services
and software. Deltares Systems has developed a suite of software for geotechnical engineer-
ing. Besides software, Deltares Systems is involved in providing services such as hosting on-
line monitoring platforms, hosting on-line delivery of site investigation, laboratory test results,
etc. As part of this process Deltares Systems is progressively connecting these services to
their software. This allows for more standardized use of information, and the interpretation and
comparison of results. Most software is used as design software, following design standards.
This however, does not guarantee a design that can be executed successfully in practice, so
automated back-analyses using monitoring information are an important aspect in improving
geotechnical engineering results. The Feasibility module for D-S HEET P ILING confronts users
with experience data for vibrational sheet pile wall installation in practice. Feasibility mod-
ule, such as the one used with D-S HEET P ILING, are the result of Deltares R&D for GeoBrain.
GeoBrains objective is to combine experience, expertise and numerical results into one fore-
cast, using Artificial Intelligence, Neural Networks and Bayesian Belief Networks. For more
information about Deltares Systems geotechnical software, including download options, visit
www.deltaressystems.com.
1.12 Rijkswaterstaat
Rijkswaterstaat (RWS) is part of the Dutch Ministry for Traffic, Public Works and Water Man-
agement. RWSs tasks include the regulation, construction, management and maintenance
of public works. By supporting the development of D-S HEET P ILING, RWS is facilitating the
uniform and reliable design of sheet pile walls.
For more information on RWS, visit www.minvenw.nl.
1.13 On-line software (Citrix)

Besides purchased software, Deltares Systems tools are available as an on-line service. The
input can be created over the internet. Heavy duty calculation servers at Deltares guarantee
quick analysis, while results are presented on-line. Users can view and print results as well
as locally store project files. Once connected, clients are charged by the hour. For more
information, please contact the Deltares Sales team: sales@deltaressystems.nl.
12 of 416 Deltares
2 Getting Started
This Getting Started chapter aims to familiarize the user with the structure and user interface
of D-S HEET P ILING. The Tutorial section which follows uses a selection of case studies to
introduce the programs functions.
2.1 Starting D-S HEET P ILING

To start D-S HEET P ILING, click Start on the Windows menu bar and then find it under Programs,
or double-click a D-S HEET P ILING input file that was generated during a previous session. For
a D-S HEET P ILING installation based on floating licenses, the Modules window may appear at
start-up (Figure 2.1). Check that the correct modules are selected and click OK.
Figure 2.1: Modules window
Click the button to see which modules are (at this moment) in used and who (within
the company) is using them.
When D-S HEET P ILING is started from the Windows menu bar, the last project that was worked
on will open automatically, unless the program has been configured otherwise under Tools:
Program Options (Figure 3.3).
2.2 Main Window

When D-S HEET P ILING is started, the main window is displayed (Figure 2.2). This window
contains a menu bar (section 2.2.1), an icon bar (section 2.2.2), an Input Diagram window
(section 2.2.3) that displays the pre-selected or most recently accessed project, a stage com-
poser (section 2.2.4), an info bar (section 2.2.5), a title panel (section 2.2.6) and a status bar
(section 2.2.7).
The caption of the main window of D-S HEET P ILING displays the program name, followed by
the model. When a new file is created, the default model is Sheet Piling and the project name
is Project1.
Deltares 13 of 416
Figure 2.2: D-S HEET P ILING main window
2.2.1 Menu bar

To access the D-S HEET P ILING menus, click the menu names on the menu bar.
Figure 2.3: D-S HEET P ILING menu bar
The menus contain the following functions:
File Standard Windows options for opening and saving files as well as sev-
eral D-S HEET P ILING options for exporting and printing active windows
and reports (section 3.1).
Project Options for selecting the project model, defining partial factors and
properties, and viewing the input file (section 4.1).
Construction Options for defining the sheet pile/diaphragm wall, or single pile (sec-
tion 4.2).
Soil Options for defining ground surfaces, the properties and profiles of the
soil layers, water levels and water properties (section 4.3).
Loads Options for defining distributed surcharge, forces, moments and pre-
scribed soil displacements (section 4.4).
Supports Options for defining anchors, struts, rigid supports and springs (sec-
tion 4.5).
Stages Options for defining construction stages (for sheet pile walls) and view-
ing/defining the applied loads, supports and water levels for each stage
(section 4.6).
Calculation Analysis of the following, based on input values: resulting moments,
forces, displacements and stresses, stability analysis with decreasing
length of sheet piling; determining design values for the moment, an-
chor force and displacement according to the CUR step-by-step de-
sign procedure; checking anchor wall stability; checking overall stability
(chapter 5).
14 of 416 Deltares
Getting Started
Results Options for displaying and creating reports on moments, displace-

ments, shear forces, pore water pressures, effective horizontal stress
and total horizontal stress, in addition to the results of verification and
design calculations (chapter 6).
Feasibility Feasibility comparison of the project using NVAF lines or the GeoBrain
database of experiences (chapter 7).
Tools Options for editing D-S HEET P ILING program defaults and accessing the
piling library (section 3.2).
Window Default Windows options for arranging the D-S HEET P ILING windows
and choosing the active window.
Help Online Help options (section 1.8).
Detailed descriptions of these menu options can be found in the Reference section.
2.2.2 Icon bar

Use the buttons on the icon bar to quickly access frequently used functions (see below).
Figure 2.4: D-S HEET P ILING icon bar
Click on the following buttons to activate the corresponding functions:
Start a new D-S HEET P ILING project.
Open the input file of an existing project.
Save the input file of the current project.
Print the contents of the currently active window.
Display a print preview of the current contents of the Input Diagram window.
Open the Project Properties window. Here the project title and other identification
data can be entered, and the Diagram Settings and Graph Settings for the project
can be determined.
Open the Stages Overview window. The contents of each construction stage can be
composed here by selecting or deselecting the loads and supports that are available,
choosing the computation method, entering water levels, and more.
Open the Sheet Piling or Pile window (depending on the model being used), con-
taining the properties of the sheet pile wall or single pile.
Start the main calculation.
Display the contents of online Help.
Display the first page of the Deltares Systems website: www.deltaressystems.com
Deltares 15 of 416
2.2.3 Input Diagram window

The Input Diagram window graphically displays the input for a selected stage.
Figure 2.5: Input Diagram window
In the upper part of the window, select one of the stages defined previously. The selected
stage will also be used in the Stage Composer (see below). Click on the buttons in the upper
part to activate the corresponding functions:
Duplicate the current stage:

Click the plus button to copy the selected stage to a new stage.
Previous stage and Next stage:

Click the arrow buttons to browse through the stages.
Rename stage:
Click this button to rename the current stage.
Double clicking in the window on items such as layers, supports and loads will open the
corresponding input windows.
Note: In the Input Diagram window, only half of the inputted height of the anchor wall is drawn
(between the anchor rod and the bottom of the anchor wall).
Click on the buttons in the Edit or Tools panel to activate the corresponding functions:
16 of 416 Deltares
Getting Started
Select and Edit

In this mode, the left-hand mouse button can be used to select previously defined
supports, loads and layers in the Input Diagram. Items can then be deleted or
modified by dragging or resizing, or by clicking the right hand mouse button and
choosing an option from the menu displayed. Pressing the Escape key will return
the user to this Select and Edit mode.
Pan button
Click this button to move the drawing by clicking and dragging the mouse.
Zoom in button
Click this button to enlarge the drawing, and then click on the drawing on the part
which is to be at the center of the new image.
Zoom out button

Click this button, then click on the drawing, to reduce the drawing.
Zoom area button

Click this button then click and drag a rectangle over the area to be enlarged. The
selected area will be enlarged to fit the window.
Measure the distance between two points

Click this button, then click the first point on the Input Diagram window and place
the cross on the second point. The distance between the two points can be read at
the bottom of the Input View window. To turn this option off, click the escape key.
Add anchor button

Click this button to add an anchor.
Add strut button

Click this button to add a strut.
Add uniform load button

Click this button to add a uniform surface load.
Add surcharge load button

Click this button to add a non-uniform surface load.
Add horizontal line load button

Click this button to add a horizontal line load or horizontal force.
Add moment button

Click this button to add a moment load.
Add spring support button

Click this button to add a spring support to reduce horizontal displacement.
Add rigid support button

Click this button to add a rigid support to prevent horizontal displacement.
Undo Zoom button

Click this button to undo the zoom.
Zoom limits button

Click this button to display the complete drawing.
Deltares 17 of 416
For more information, see section 4.3.4, section 4.4 and section 4.5.
2.2.4 Stage Composer

Use the Stage Composer to connect input data to the stage selected in the Input Diagram
window. The Stage Composer can also be used to access input windows.
Figure 2.6: Stage Composer
The Stage Composer is part of the main window, and consists of two separate boxes:
Upper The upper box contains all of the input options. For loads and supports, this
Box: box also indicates the number of defined loads or supports applied in the
selected stage, in relation to the total number of loads defined.
Lower The lower box displays an overview of the input that has been defined. A
Box: check-mark indicates that the input data has been linked to the selected
stage.
Click this button to display the Help topic of the selected input option.
Connect to Stages
When one of the input options is selected in the upper box (single click), an overview of
available input will appear in the lower box. To connect input to a particular stage, select a
stage in the Input Diagram window and use the check-boxes in the lower box to select the
input that applies to the selected stage.
Note: The Stages Overview window (section 4.6.2) can also be used to connect input to
stages.
Opening Input windows

Double-click one of the input options in the upper box to display an input window in which
input data can be entered or adapted. The same menus are also available on the menu bar.
18 of 416 Deltares
Getting Started
Using the pop-up menu

Right-click anywhere in the lower box to open the pop-up menu. This menu presents four
options to quickly select or deselect check-boxes for the available stages.
Figure 2.7: Pop-up menu
Select All Selects all loads or supports of the type selected in the upper box for
the current construction stage. This action is equivalent to marking all
the check-boxes one by one.
Deselect All Deselects all loads or supports of the type selected in the upper box for
the current construction stage. This action is equivalent to unmarking
all the check-boxes one by one.
Apply to All Marks all the check-boxes for all construction stages exactly the same
Stages way as for the current stage.
Apply from this Marks all the check-boxes for all construction stages higher than the
Stages On current one exactly the same way as for the current stage.
2.2.5 Info bar

This bar situated at the bottom of the Input Diagram window displays the co-ordinates of the
current position of the cursor and the distance between two points when the icon Measure the
distance between two points is selected from the Edit panel.
2.2.6 Title panel

This panel situated at the bottom of the main window displays the project titles, as entered on
the Identification tab in the Project Properties window (section 4.1.3).
2.2.7 Status bar

This bar situated at the bottom of the main window displays a description of the selected icon
of the icon bar (section 2.2.2) or of the Input Diagram window (section 2.2.3).
2.3 Files
*.dis Displacement file (ASCII):
Contains the calculated displacements from De Leeuw tables.
*.dxf Drawing Exchange Format file (ASCII):
Export file, containing the image of the current window (input diagram or output
charts and diagrams) within an added picture frame. Files of this type can be
used to import the image into applications such as AutoCAD.
*.err Error file (ASCII):
If there are any errors in the input, they are described in this file.
*.gef Geotechnical Exchange Format file (ASCII): Contains CPT-data.
*.geo Geometry file (ASCII):
Export file for the Deltares Systems geo-softwares, containing a description of
the geometry.
Deltares 19 of 416
*.html HTML-files:
Export file for reports.
*.shd Dump file (ASCII):
Contains calculation results used for graphical and report output.
*.shi Input file (ASCII):
Contains the input with the problem definition. After interactive generation, this
file can be reused in subsequent D-S HEET P ILING analyses.
*.shl Earth pressure coefficient file (binary):
Working file with information on the lateral earth pressure coefficients.
*.sho Output file (ASCII):
After a calculation has been performed, all output is written to this file. If there
are any errors in the input, they are described in this file.
*.shs Setting file (ASCII):
Working file with settings data. This file doesnt contain any information that is
relevant for the calculation, but only settings that apply to the representation of
the data, such as the grid size.
*.sti D-G EO S TABILITY input file (ASCII):
Export file for D-G EO S TABILITY (formerly known as MStab), containing the input
data needed for a stability calculation in D-G EO S TABILITY.
*.pdf Adobe PDF-files:
*.rtf Rich text format\-files:
*.txt ASCII-text-files:
*.wmf Windows Meta File (binary):
Export file for images, for instance containing the image of the current Top View
Foundation window within an added picture frame. Files of this type can be used
to import the image into applications such as Microsoft Word.
2.4 Tips and Tricks
2.4.1 Keyboard shortcuts

Use the keyboard shortcuts given in Table 2.1 to directly open a window without selecting the
option from the menu bar.
20 of 416 Deltares
Getting Started
Table 2.1: Keyboard shortcuts for D-S HEET P ILING
Keyboard shortcut Opened window

Ctrl + N New
Ctrl + O Open
Ctrl + S Save
F12 Save As
Shift + Ctrl + C Copy Active Window to Clipboard
Ctrl + P Print Report
Ctrl + M Model
Ctrl + H Sheet Piling
Ctrl + U Surfaces
Ctrl + T Soil Materials
Ctrl + I Profiles
Ctrl + W Stages Overview
F9 Start Calculation
Ctrl + R Report
2.4.2 Exporting figures and reports

All figures in D-S HEET P ILING such as geometry and graphical output can be exported in WMF
(Windows Meta Files) format. In the File menu, select the option Export Active Window to
save the figures in a file. This file can be later imported in a Word document for example
or added as annex in a report. The option Copy Active Window to Clipboard from the File
menu can also be used to copy directly the figure in a Word document. The report can be
entirely exported as PDF (Portable Document Format) or RTF (Rich Text Format) file. To look
at a PDF file Adobe Reader can be used. An RTF file can be opened and edited with word
processors like MS Word. Before exporting the report, a selection of the relevant parts can be
done with the option Report Selection (section 6.1).
2.4.3 Copying part of a table

It is possible to copy part of a table in another document, an Excel sheet for example. If the
cursor is placed on the left-hand side of a cell of the table, the cursor changes in an arrow
which points from bottom left to top right. Select a specific area by using the mouse (see a)
in Figure 2.8). Then, using the copy button (or ctrl+C) this area can be copied.
Deltares 21 of 416
a) b)
c) d)
Figure 2.8: Selection of different parts of a table using the arrow cursor
To select a row, click on the cell before the row number (see b) in Figure 2.8). To select a
column, click on the top cell of the column (see c) in Figure 2.8). To select the complete table,
click on the top left cell (see d) in Figure 2.8). In some tables the button Copy is also present
at the left hand pane.
22 of 416 Deltares
3 General
This chapter contains a detailed description of the available menu options for inputting data
for a sheet pile or diaphragm wall project, and for calculating and viewing the results. The
examples in the tutorial section provide a convenient starting point for familiarization with the
program.
3.1 File menu

Besides the familiar Windows options for opening and saving files, the File menu contains a
number of options specific to D-S HEET P ILING:
Copy Active Window to Clipboard

Use this option to copy the contents of the active window to the Windows clipboard so
that they can be pasted into another application. The contents will be pasted in either
text format or Windows Meta File format.
Export Active Window

Use this option to export the contents of the active window (input diagram or output
charts and diagrams) as a Windows Meta File (*.wmf), a Drawing Exchange File (*.dxf)
or a text file (*.txt). After clicking the Save button in the Export to window, the Export
complete window opens displaying three choices:
Open to open the file containing the exported window;

Open Folder to open the folder where the file was saved;
Close to close the Export complete window.
Export Report
This option allows the report to be exported in a different format, such as pdf, rtf or html
format.
Page Setup
This option allows definition of the way D-S HEET P ILING plots and reports are to be
printed. The printer, paper size, orientation and margins can be defined as well as
whether and where axes are required for plots. Click Autofit to get D-S HEET P ILING to
choose the best fit for the page.
Print Preview Active Window

This option will display a print preview of the current contents of the Input Diagram or
Results window.
Print Active Window

This option prints the current contents of the Input Diagram or Results window.
Print Preview Report

This option will display a print preview of the calculation report.
Print Report
This option prints the calculation report.
3.2 Tools menu
Deltares 23 of 416
3.2.1 Program Options

On the menu bar, click Tools and then choose Options to open the corresponding input win-
dow. In this window, the user can optionally define their own preferences for some of the
programs default values.
View
Figure 3.1: Program Options window, View tab
Toolbar Status bar Mark the relevant check-box to display the toolbar and/or status
bar each time D-S HEET P ILING is started.
Title panel Mark this check-box to display the project titles, as entered on the
Identification tab, in a panel at the bottom of the Input Diagram
window.
General
24 of 416 Deltares
General
Figure 3.2: Program Options window, General tab
Start-up with Click one of these toggle buttons to determine how a project
should be initiated each time D-S HEET P ILING is started.
No project: Use the buttons in the toolbar or the options in the
File menu to open an existing project or to start a new one.
Last used project: The last project to be worked on is opened
automatically.
New project: A new project is created comprising a sheet pile
wall with a "dummy" soil layer on both sides.
Note that the Start-up with option is ignored when
D-S HEET P ILING is started by double-clicking on an input
file.
Save on calculation The toggle buttons determine how input data is saved prior to
calculation. It can either be saved automatically, using the same
file name each time, or a file name can be specified every time
the data is saved.
Use Enter key to Use the toggle buttons to determine the way the Enter key is
used in D-S HEET P ILING: either as an equivalent of pressing the
default button (Windows style) or to shift the focus to the next
item in a window (for users accustomed to the DOS version(s) of
the program).
Feasibility To use the Feasibility module, the user has to enter an identifica-
tion name under User ID and a Password. Both will be provided
by Deltares Systems only for users with a license including the
use of the Feasibility module. Please contact the support team
at support@deltaressystems.nl to get them.
Deltares 25 of 416
Locations
Figure 3.3: Program Options window, Locations tab
Working directory D-S HEET P ILING will start up with a working directory for selection
and saving of files. Either choose to use the last used directory,
or specify a fixed path.
Directory for user de- Define the location of the file DSheetPilingProfilesUser.xml. This
fined pile library file contains the user-defined library with piles and sheet piling
(section 4.2.3).
Language
In this tab, the language to be used in the D-S HEET P ILING windows and on printouts can be
selected.
26 of 416 Deltares
General
Figure 3.4: Program Options window, Language tab
Interface language Currently, the only available interface language is English.

Output language Three output languages are supported: English, Dutch and
French. The selected output language will be used in all ex-
ported reports and graphs.
Modules
For a D-S HEET P ILING installation based on floating licenses, the Modules tab can be used to
claim a license for the particular modules that are to be used. If the Show at start of program
check-box is marked then this window will always be shown at start-up.
For a D-S HEET P ILING installation based on a license dongle, the Modules tab will just show
the modules that may be used.
Refer to section 1.2 for more information about the D-Sheet Piling Standard module (earth
pressure coefficients) and refer to section 1.3 for more information about the other additional
modules.
Deltares 27 of 416
Figure 3.5: Program Options window, Modules tab
Click this button to see which modules are (at this moment) in used and
who (within the company) is using them.
Click this button to borrow the selected modules for a certain period. The
modules will be taken from the server pool and will be available on this
computer even if no connection to the license server is available. Set the
date and time for the expiration of the borrowing and press OK.
Click this button to end the borrow immediately.
3.2.2 Profiles Library

Refer to section 4.2.3 for a detailed description of this window.
3.3 Help menu

The Help menu allows access to different options.
3.3.1 Error Messages

If errors are found in the input, no calculation can be performed. Those errors must be cor-
rected before performing a new calculation. To display details about those error messages,
select the Error Messages option from the Help menu. They are also written in the *.err file.
They will be overwritten the next time a calculation is started.
28 of 416 Deltares
General
Figure 3.6: Error Messages window
A list of all possible error messages is given in section 5.5.
3.3.2 Manual
Select the Manual option from the Help menu to open the User Manual of D-S HEET P ILING in
PDF format. Here help on a specific topic can be found by entering a specific word in the Find
field of the PDF reader.
3.3.3 Deltares Systems Website

Select Deltares Systems Website option from the Help menu to visit the Deltares Systems
Website (www.deltaressystems.com) for the latest news.
3.3.4 Support
Use the Support option from the Help menu to open the Support window in which program
errors can be registered. Refer to section 1.9 for a detailed description of this window.
3.3.5 About D-S HEET P ILING

Use the About option from the Help menu to display the About D-S HEET P ILING window which
provides software information (for example the version of the software).
Deltares 29 of 416
30 of 416 Deltares
4 Input
Before analysis can be started, datas for the sheet pile wall, soil, loads and supports need to
be inputted.
4.1 Project menu

Each project starts with the selection of an analysis model and the entry of general details
about the project.
4.1.1 Model
On the menu bar, click Project and then choose Model to open the input window. In this
window the required analysis models can be selected.
Figure 4.1: Model window
Model Select the Sheet piling option for analysis of sheet pile.
or
Select the Single pile option for analysis of horizontally loaded piles. The
single pile option is only available in combination with the corresponding
module (section 3.2.1).
or
Select the Diaphragm wall option for analysis of diaphragm walls.
Elastic calculation
With models Sheet piling and Single pile you can choose between an
Elastic calculation or a none Elastic calculation (i.e. Plastic) of the piling.
If Plastic is chosen, the Moment - Curvature diagram (M-) of the piling
will contain 2 branches for Sheet piling (see Figure 4.11) and 4 branches
for Single pile (see Figure 4.24).
With models Diaphragm wall, a Plastic analysis is always performed with
4 branches in the Moment - Curvature diagram (M-) (see Figure 4.27).
Deltares 31 of 416
Sheet piling Soil parameters model

Select the method for input of the lateral earth pressure ratio:
the Ka , K0 , Kp basic model
the c, phi, delta model (Culmann)
the Mixed model to allow selection of the method for each stage and
side of the wall, using the Stages Overview window (section 4.6.2).
The Ka , K0 , Kp method gives constant earth pressure coefficients over
a soil layer, whilst the Culmann method allows them to vary. The Cul-
mann method also allows calculation for non-horizontal surfaces and
non-uniform loads. The c, phi, delta model is only available in combination
with the corresponding module (section 3.2.1).
Options
Mark the Check vertical balance check-box to perform a vertical balance
check.
Mark the Verification (EC7/CUR) check-box to enable the special calcu-
lation functions for sheet piling and diaphragm wall design according to
the Eurocode 7 and the CUR 166 model guidelines. This option is only
available in combination with the corresponding module (section 3.2.1).
Mark the Settlement by vibration check-box to calculate the surface
settlements during the installation of a sheet piling by vibration. Refer to
chapter 39 for background information.
Single pile Select the type of pile loading: forces or soil displacements. In case of pile
loaded by soil displacements, the soil displacements can be either user
input or automatically calculated using De Leeuw tables (section 37.1.1).
4.1.2 User Defined Partial Factors

On the menu bar, click Project and then choose User Defined Partial Factors. This option
is only available if the Verification (EC7/CUR) option has be selected in the Model window
(section 4.1.1). In this window the user-defined partial factors used for the design according
to the following standard can be defined:
(section 4.1.2.1) the general rules of the European standard EuroCode 7;

(section 4.1.2.2) the Dutch annex of the European standard EuroCode 7;
(section 4.1.2.3) the Dutch design code CUR 166;
(section 4.1.2.4) the Belgian annex of the European standard EuroCode 7.
4.1.2.1 Eurocode 7 General

In this window (Figure 4.2) the defaults partial factors prescribed in EuroCode 7, Part 1:
General rules (NEN-EN, March 2005) are given and can be modified by the user. Those
partial factors are used for the following verification methods according to EuroCode:
Design Sheet Piling Length (section 5.2.2)

Verify Sheet Piling (section 5.2.3)
Overall Stability (section 5.2.5)
The General document of the Eurocode 7 (NEN-EN, March 2005) distinguishes three different
design approaches: 1, 2 or 3.
32 of 416 Deltares
Input
Figure 4.2: User Defined Partial Factors window, EC7 General tab
Factors on loads Enter the user defined partial factor applied to the different kind of
loads:
permanent unfavorable load,
permanent favorable load,
variable unfavorable load,
variable favorable load.
Factors on effect Enter the user defined partial factor applied to the effect of the loads:
of the loads Factor on effect of load corresponds to the effect of permanent
loads (unfavorable and favorable) and variable favorable loads.
Factor on variable load, unfavorable corresponds to the effect of
variable unfavorable loads.
Material factors Enter the user defined partial factor applied to the cohesion and the
tangent value of the friction angle.
Overall stability Enter the user defined partial factor applied to:
factors the driving moment,
the cohesion,
the tangent value of the friction angle,
used during the Overall Stability verification (chapter 32).
Resistance fac- Enter the user defined partial factor applied to the bearing capacity and
tors the earth resistance.
Geometry modi- Enter the user defined surface level at the passive side: the level of the
fication resisting soil is lowered below the expected level by an amount equal
to the Increase retaining height percentage of the distance between
the lowest support and the excavation level, limited to a maximum (i.e.
Maximum increase retaining height).
Deltares 33 of 416
Vertical balance Enter the user defined partial factor on base resistance b applied on
factors the characteristic value of the base resistance of the ground Rb;k to get
the design value of the base resistance Rb;d (Equation 33.1):
Rb;d = Rb;k /b
This input is available only if the Check vertical balance check-box was
enabled in the Model window (section 4.1.1).
Click this button to reset all values to the default values prescribed in
the EuroCode 7 - Part 1: General rules.
Note: The default values prescribed by Eurocode 7 are written at the left of each input area
of the User Defined Partial Factors window. If modified, the value appears in red color.
Note: According to Eurocode 7 partial factors can be applied either on the loads themselves
or on their effect. D-S HEET P ILING allows the user to choose between those two options in the
Verify Sheet Piling tab of the Start Calculation window (section 5.2.3).
For background information on General EuroCode, see section 35.1.
4.1.2.2 Eurocode 7 Dutch Annex

In this window (Figure 4.2) the defaults partial factors prescribed in the Dutch Annex of the
Eurocode 7 (NEN, 2012) are given and can be modified by the user. Those partial factors are
used for the following verification methods according to Eurocode 7 NL:

The Dutch Annex of the Eurocode 7 distinguishes three different classes: RC 1, RC 2 or RC 3

(refer to section 35.2.1 for detailed information).
Next to those three official classes, an extra class called RC 0 is available corresponding to
Class I of the CUR procedure (see section 34.1) for the design a simple constructions.
34 of 416 Deltares
Input
Figure 4.3: User Defined Partial Factors window, EC7 NL tab
loads:
Material factors Enter the user defined partial factor applied to:
the cohesion,
the modulus of subgrade reaction.
Geometry modi- (Maximum) Increase retaining height

fication Enter the user defined surface level at the passive side: the level of the
resisting soil is lowered below the expected level by an amount equal
Change in phreatic line on passive side
Enter the user defined change in height applied to the phreatic line level
on the passive side.
Raise in phreatic line on active side
Enter the user defined increase in height applied to the phreatic line
level on the active side.
Deltares 35 of 416
Overall stability Enter the user defined partial factor applied to the soil properties:
factors the cohesion,
the (saturated and unsaturated) unit weight,
Rb;d = Rb;k /b
the Dutch Annex of the Eurocode 7.
Note: The default values prescribed by the Dutch Annex of the Eurocode 7 are written at
the left of each input area of the User Defined Partial Factors window. If modified, the value
appears in red color.
Note: The default values prescribed by the Dutch Annex of the Eurocode 7 for RC 1 and RC 2
correspond to those of safety classes respectively II and III of the CUR recommendations,
except for the factor on driving moment in case of overall stability.
For background information on the Dutch Annex of the EuroCode, see section 35.2.
4.1.2.3 Eurocode 7 Belgian Annex

In this window (Figure 4.4) the defaults partial factors prescribed in the Belgian Annex NBN-
EN 1997-1 ANB of the Eurocode 7 (NBN-EN, january 2011) are given and can be modified
by the user. Those partial factors are used for the following verification methods according to
EC7 B:

In its national annex, Belgium selected Design Approach 1. Therefore, verification is per-
formed only for the two combinations of DA1: set 1 and set 2.
36 of 416 Deltares
Input
Figure 4.4: User Defined Partial Factors window, EC7 B tab
loads:
permanent favorable load,- variable unfavorable load,
Factors on effect Enter the user defined partial factor applied to the effect of the loads:
of the loads Factor on effect of load corresponds to the effect of permanent
loads (unfavorable and favorable) and variable favorable loads.
Factor on variable load, unfavorable corresponds to the effect of
variable unfavorable loads.
Material factors Enter the user defined partial factor applied to the cohesion and the
tangent value of the friction angle.
Resistance fac- Enter the user defined partial factor applied to the bearing capacity and
tors the earth resistance.
Geometry modi- Enter the user defined surface level at the passive side: the level of the
fication resisting soil is lowered below the expected level by an amount equal
Overall stability Enter the user defined partial factor applied to the soil properties:
factors the cohesion,
the (saturated and unsaturated) unit weight,
Deltares 37 of 416
Rb;d = Rb;k /b
the Belgian Annex of the Eurocode 7.
Note: The default values prescribed by the Belgian Annex of the Eurocode 7 are written at
the left of each input area of the User Defined Partial Factors window. If modified, the value
appears in red color.
For background information on the Belgian Annex of the EuroCode, see section 35.3.
4.1.2.4 CUR
In this window (Figure 4.5) the defaults partial factors prescribed in the CUR 166 Dutch de-
sign code are given and can be modified by the user. Those partial factors are used for the
following verification methods according to CUR 166:

The CUR 166 Dutch design procedure distinguishes three different safety classes called
Class I, Class II and Class III which differ by their reliability indexes, see section 34.1.
38 of 416 Deltares
Input
Figure 4.5: User Defined Partial Factors window, CUR tab
loads:
Material factors Enter the user defined partial factor applied to:
the cohesion,
the modulus of subgrade reaction.
Geometry modi- Reduction in surface level on passive side

fication Enter the user defined reduction in height applied to the surface level
Change in phreatic line on passive side
Enter the user defined change in height applied to the phreatic line level
Raise in phreatic line on active side
Enter the user defined increase in height applied to the phreatic line
level on the active side.
Overall stability Enter the user defined partial factor applied to:
factors the driving moment,
the cohesion,
calculated or used during the Overall Stability verification (chap-
ter 32).
Deltares 39 of 416
Rb;d = Rb;k /b
CUR 166.
Note: The default values prescribed by CUR 166 (CUR, 2005) are written at the left of each
input area of the User Defined Partial Factors window. If modified, the value appears in red
color.
For background information on CUR 166 design method, see chapter 34.
4.1.3 Project Properties

On the menu bar, click Project and then choose Properties to open the input window. The
Project Properties window contains four tabs, which allow the settings for the current project
to be changed.
Project Properties Identification

Use the Identification tab to specify the project identification data.
Figure 4.6: Project Properties window, Identification tab
Titles Use Title 1 to give the project a unique, easily recognizable name. Title
2 and Title 3 can be added to indicate specific characteristics of the
calculation. The three titles will be included on printed output.
Date The date entered here will be used on printouts and graphic plots for
this project. Either mark the Use current date check-box to automati-
cally use the current date on each printout, or enter a specific date.
Drawn by Enter the name of the user performing the calculation or generating the
printout.
Project ID Enter a project identification number.
Annex ID Specify the annex number of the printout.
40 of 416 Deltares
Input
Mark the check-box Save as default to use these settings every time D-S HEET P ILING is started
or a new project is created.
Project Properties Diagram Settings

Use the Diagram Settings tab to specify the availability of components in the main window
and the layout settings for the Input Diagram window.
Figure 4.7: Project Properties window, Diagram Settings tab
Rulers Mark this check-box to display the horizontal and vertical rulers.
Large cursor Mark this check-box to use the large cross hair cursor instead of the
small one.
Info bar Mark this check-box to display the information bar at the bottom of the
Input Diagram window.
Grid Mark this check-box to display a grid in each Input Diagram window.
Snap to Grid Mark this check-box to ensure that objects align to the grid automat-
ically when they are moved or positioned in a drawing window. This
option applies only to graphical input.
Grid distance Use this field to set the distance between grid points.
Same scale for x Mark this check-box to use the same scale for the horizontal and verti-
and y axis cal directions.
Identification Mark this check-box to display the names of the soil layers in the Input
names Diagram window.
Loads Mark this check-box to display loads in the Input Diagram window. This
option is available only for a sheet pile wall or a pile loaded by forces.
Supports Mark this check-box to display supports in the Input Diagram window.
Level markers Mark this check-box to display the markers of the phreatic levels (right
and left) and the different layers levels.
Material colors Mark this check-box to display each soil material using a different color.
It is recommended that this option is deselected if printouts are to be
photo-copied or faxed.
Layers This option can only be used if the check-box Identification names has
been marked. Soil layers may be identified by their material name, their
index in the list of materials, or their index in the list of layers in the soil
profile.
Deltares 41 of 416
Overall scale Use these toggle buttons to indicate whether the calculated quantities
such as the stresses, displacements, moments and transverse forces
are to be displayed using a scale based upon the maximum values for
each phase (OFF) or the maximum values over all construction stages
(ON).
Project Properties Chart Settings

Use the Chart Settings tab to specify the display settings for the graphic representation of
calculation results chapter 6.
Figure 4.8: Project Properties window, Chart Settings tab
Layer bound- Mark this check-box to display dotted lines between soil boundaries.
aries
Material colors Mark this check-box to display material using different colors.
Draw layer over Mark this check-box to draw layers over the full width of the chart.
full width
Envelope dis- Mark this check-box to display a gray line showing the maximum and
playing overall minimum values for all stages.
minimum and
maximum
Draw level mark- Mark this check-box to display the markers of the phreatic levels (right
ers and left) and the different layers levels.
Draw sheet pil- Mark this check-box to display the sheet piling element, with its name
ing elements beside.
Identification Mark this check-box to display the names of the soil layers.
names
Overall scale Use these toggle buttons to indicate whether the calculated quantities
such as the stresses, displacements, moments and transverse forces
are to be displayed using a scale based upon the maximum values for
each phase (Off) or the maximum values over all construction stages
(On).
42 of 416 Deltares
Input
4.1.4 View Input File

On the menu bar, click Project and then choose View Input File to display an overview of the
input data.
The data will be displayed in the D-S HEET P ILING main window. Click on the Print Active
Window icon to print the file.
4.2 Construction menu

Every new analysis starts with the input of data on the sheet piling, combined wall, single pile
or diaphragm wall. This data will apply to every construction stage.
4.2.1 Sheet Piling

The Sheet Piling window is available in the Construction menu only if the Sheet piling model
in the Model window (section 4.1.1) is selected. On the menu bar, click Construction and then
choose Sheet Piling to open the input window for regular sheet piling. Combined walls can
also be generated via a special wizard (see section 4.2.2). The content of the window will be
different for an Elastic or a Plastic calculation.
4.2.1.1 Sheet Piling Elastic Calculation
First, the top level of the sheet piling is entered. Next, click the Insert row button to insert a
new row or click the Add row button to add one. The stiffness and/or acting width for each
section can be varied. Alternatively, use the Paste icon to paste the complete content from
an external source into the table.
Figure 4.9: Sheet Piling window for Elastic calculation
Sheet piling top Enter the top level of the sheet piling in relation to a freely chosen
level reference level.
See section 4.2.2.
Import profile This option allows the name and bending stiffness of the section to be
from library selected from a library. The library contains the standard profiles of dif-
ferent manufacturers and additional user-defined ones (section 4.2.3).
Name The default name of the section can be changed here if desired.
Deltares 43 of 416
Material type Select the material of the sheet piling from the available drop-down list:
User defined, Steel, Concrete, Wood, Synthetic. D-S HEET P ILING will
automatically determine the value of the material factor M as given in
the Dutch norm, except for User defined for which M must be entered
by the user.
Section bottom Enter the vertical co-ordinate of the bottom of the sheet piling, in rela-
level tion to the reference level. Use several sections if the bending stiffness
varies along the vertical axis of the sheet piling.
Note: Sheet piling length may not be larger than 100 m.
Elastic Enter the bending stiffness of the section (product of Youngs Modulus
stiffness EI E and moment of inertia I ) per running meter if it has not already been
imported from a library.
Acting width The acting width can be used when the effective width changes along
the sheet piling (section 38.1.1).
D-S HEET P ILING uses the acting width as a multiplication factor for the
sheet piling stiffness and all loads, supports and reactions, except the
normal force, see Equation 27.1 in chapter 27 .
Allow. elas. Enter the characteristic value (i.e. without safety factors) of the allow-
charac. moment able elastic moment Mcharac;EL .
Modification Enter the modification factor kmod to count for duration life of the syn-
factor thetic material. For long term situation, the Dutch norm NEN 6702
prescribes a modification factor of 0.45 and for short term situation, a
factor of 0.5.
Material Enter the partial safety factor M , only if the User defined material type
factor is selected. Otherwise, the program will automatically apply the follow-
ing factors (acc. to the corresponding Eurocode) to calculate the design
allowable moment:
Steel: M = Mo = 1, acc. to Eurocode 3 Part 5, art. 5.1.1(4) ;
Concrete: M = C = 1.1, acc. to Eurocode 2 Part 1.1, art. 3.1.6;
Wood: M = M,fi = 1 , acc. to Eurocode 5 Part 1-2, art. 2.3(1);
Synthetic: M = 1.2
Reduction factor Enter the reduction factor applied to the maximum allowable moment
maximum fMmax . This reduction factor can be for example factor B < 1 as
moment defined in article 5.2.2(2) of Eurocode 3 - Part 5 that takes account of
a possible lack of shear force transmission in the interlocks of a sheet
piling for single and double U-piles.
Allow. elas. The design value of the maximum allowable elastic moment Mdesign;EL
design moment is automatically calculated by the program using the following formula:
Mcharac;EL kmod fMmax
Mdesign;EL =
M
where:
kmod is the modification factor,
M is the material factor,
fMmax is the reduction factor applied to the maximum moment.
The limit value Mdesign;EL is used in the diagram of the moment

to help the user to check if the maximum design moment is reached or
not, see Figure 6.12 in section 6.3.1.
44 of 416 Deltares
Input
Reduction factor Enter the reduction factor fEI applied to the stiffness EI . The corrected
EI factor is EIcorrected = EI fEI . This reduction factor can be for
example factor D < 1 as defined in article 6.4(3) of Eurocode 3 - Part
5 accounting for the possible reduction due to insufficient shear force
transmission in the interlocks.
Note to reduction Enter a note to describe why a reduction factor is applied.
factor
If the Check vertical balance option in the Model window of (section 4.1.1) is selected, addi-
tional input data are needed for the vertical balance check:
Height The thickness of the sheet piling profile, i.e. the height of the cross-
section.
Coating area The area of coating of the sheet piling (> 1). This is defined as the
length of the perimeter of the sheet piling section per running meter of
wall.
Note: This parameter should be used for the vertical force balance
check (chapter 33) in the unplugged case. However, according to ar-
ticle 5.3 of the CUR 166 recommendations (part 1), the coating area
has to be used only in case of a single pie, not in case of a retaining
wall. Therefore, for unplugged case, the program uses a wall surface
of 1 m2 /m.
Section area The cross-sectional area of the sheet piling, per running meter.
Elastic section The section modulus (also called resisting moment in the Netherlands)
modulus W_el of the sheet piling, per running meter, used for a Feasibility control
(Feasibility) (chapter 7).
Max point The representative cone resistance of the soil at the bottom of the sheet
resistance piling. This is equal to the maximum point resistance qb;max as defined
(p_r;max;point) in article 7.6.2.3(e) of the Dutch Annex of Eurocode 7 (NEN, 2012), see
Equation 33.6 in chapter 33.
The maximum point resistance qb;max is used to calculate Rb;k ,
the characteristic value of the base resistance, according to article
7.6.2.3(5) of Eurocode 7:
Rb;cal Ab qb;max
Rb;k = =

where Ab is the base area under the (sheet) pile.
Xi factor The correlation factor as defined in article 7.6.2.3(5) of Eurocode 7
(according to (NEN-EN, March 2005):
EC7; depends Rb;cal + Rs;cal
Rc;k = Rb;k + Rs;k = =
on number of

CPTs) (Rc;cal )mean (Rc;cal )min
min ;
3 4
where:
Rc;k is the characteristic compressive resistance of the ground,
Rb;k is the characteristic value of the base resistance,
Rs;k is the characteristic value of the shaft resistance.
3 and 4 are correlation factors depending on the number n of CPTs.
For n = 1, = 1.40 acc. to Table A.10 of the general Eurocode 7
(NEN-EN, March 2005) and = 1.39 acc. to the Dutch Annex of the
Eurocode 7 (NEN, 2012) (default in D-S HEET P ILING).
Deltares 45 of 416
If the Settlement by vibration option in the Model window of (section 4.1.1) is selected, addi-
tional input data are needed:
Width of sheet The width of the sheet piles, used for the calculation of the settlements
piles due to vibratory installation and removal of sheet piles (chapter 39).
Number of The number of piles which are installed simultaneously (chapter 39).
simultaneously
installed piles
Note: If the acting width changes at the position of a load, anchor or support, D-S HEET P ILING
will use the width below this position as the acting width per meter for this load or support.
4.2.1.2 Sheet Piling Plastic Calculation

The content of the Sheet Piling window for a plastic calculation is identical to the elastic
calculation but with extra inputs.
Figure 4.10: Sheet Piling window for Plastic calculation
Edit moment This option opens the Moment-Curvature Diagram (M-N-Kappa) win-
curvature dow (Figure 4.11) in which the elasto-plastic behaviour of the sheet
diagram pile can be defined, using 2 branches. In this window, the moment-
curvature diagram is also displayed.
Plastic moment See Figure 4.11.
positive
Plastic moment See Figure 4.11.
negative
Admiss. plas. Enter the characteristic value (i.e. without safety factors) of the allow-
charac. moment able elastic moment Mcharac;PL .
46 of 416 Deltares
Input
Admiss. plas. The design value of the maximum allowable plastic moment Mdesign;PL
Mcharac;PL kmod fMmax
Mdesign;PL =
M
where:
The limit value Mdesign;PL is used in the diagram of the moment

See Figure 4.9 for the definition of the other parameters.
Figure 4.11: Moment-Curvature Diagram (M-N-Kappa) window for a plastic sheet piling
calculation (2 branches)
Thickness The thickness of the sheet piling profile, i.e. the height of the cross-
section.
Elastic Enter the flexural elastic stiffness of the section, called EIelastic in Fig-
stiffness EI ure 4.12, (product of Youngs Modulus E and moment of inertia I ) per
running meter if it has not already been imported from a library.
Plastic moment Enter the plastic moment of the positive part of the moment-curvature
positive diagram (in compression), called Mpl in Figure 4.12.
Symmetric Mark this option in case of a symmetric moment-curvature diagram.
Deltares 47 of 416
Plastic moment Enter the plastic moment of the negative part of the moment-curvature
negative diagram (in traction), called Mpl;neg in Figure 4.12. If option Symmetric
is marked, the Plastic moment negative is automatically equal to the
Plastic moment positive.
Figure 4.12: Moment-Curvature relationship using 2 branches
4.2.2 Combined wall wizard

In the Sheet Piling window (Figure 4.9 or Figure 4.10), click the button to open the
Design Combined Wall window (Figure 4.13). D-S HEET P ILING will use the properties of the
pile and the sheet piling to determine the effective bending stiffness and acting width of the
wall above and below the bottom of the sheet piling.
Note: The Combined Wall wizard will yield output of the bending moment for the center-to-
center distance between two piles, e.g. the discrete moment for a pile and the attached part
of the sheet piling. For a section with single piles, the soil reaction must be manually modified
to model the effect of arching, see section 4.3.2 and section 5.2.1.
For background information on this topic, see section 38.1.
48 of 416 Deltares
Input
Figure 4.13: Design Combined Wall window
Name Enter the profile name.

User defined, Steel, Concrete, Wood, Synthetic.
Bottom Level Enter the bottom level for the piles and the sheet pile.
Stiffness EI Enter the bending stiffness (product of Youngs Modulus E and moment
(Piles) of inertia I) of the single piles.
Stiffness EI Enter the bending stiffness (product of Youngs Modulus E and moment
(Sheet pile) of inertia I) of the sheet piling, per running meter.
Diameter Enter the diameter of the single piles.
Width Enter the width of one sheet pile.
Height Enter the thickness of the sheet pile profile, i.e. the height of the cross-
section.
Maximum Enter the admissible elastic characteristic moment. This limit value is
elastic moment used in the diagram of the moment to help the user to check if the
maximum elastic moment is reached or not, see section 6.3.1.
Maximum Enter the admissible plastic characteristic moment. This limit value is
plastic moment used in the diagram of the moment to help the user to check if the
maximum plastic moment is reached or not, see section 6.3.1.
Section area Enter the cross-sectional area for the piles and the sheet pile, per run-
ning meter.
Coating area Enter the area of coating of the sheet pile (> 1). This is defined as the
length of the perimeter of the sheet pile section per running meter of
wall.
Click the Import button to import the sheet pile or piles from the
D-S HEET P ILING library (section 4.2.3).
Deltares 49 of 416
Number of sheet Enter the number of sheet piles between each pair of single piles.
piles
Note: When using the Combined Wall wizard, the program assumes a material factor M
and a modification factor kmod of 1 (i.e. steel), see Figure 4.14. If other materials than steel
are used, the user has to enter its own values for M and kmod by selecting a User defined
material type.
Figure 4.14: Sheet Piling window, Result of using the combined wall wizard (per center-
to-center distance)
4.2.3 Profiles Library

The Sheet Piling window section 4.2.1, the Combined Wall window (section 4.2.2) and the
single Pile window (section 4.2.4) allow the import of sheet piling properties from a library.
Click the or buttons in these windows to open the Sheet Piling Profiles window
(Figure 4.15). In this window the properties of both sheet piling and single piles can be
selected.
The window (Figure 4.20) contains separate tabs for:
section 4.2.3.1 Steel/Concrete/Synthetic sheet pilings and piles from manufacturers/distributors;

section 4.2.3.2 User-defined sheet pilings and piles.
4.2.3.1 Profiles Library from manufacturers/distributors

The window contains separate tabs for hot rolled steel sheet piling, cold formed steel sheet pil-
ing, synthetic sheet piling and single piles from different manufacturers/distributors. There are
also separate tabs for user-defined sheet piling and user defined single piles, see Figure 4.20.
Hot rolled sheet piles
50 of 416 Deltares
Input
Figure 4.15: Sheet Piling Profiles Library window, Hot rolled sheet piles tab
EI The bending stiffness.

M elastic The maximum moment for elastic behavior at zero normal force. Sxxx
means steel with a yield stress of xxx N/mm2 .
M plastic The maximum moment for plastic behavior at zero normal force. Sxxx
means steel with a yield stress of xxx N/mm2 .
Section Area The cross sectional area of the profile. This value is not yet used by
D-S HEET P ILING.
Wel The section modulus (also called resisting moment in the Netherlands)
for elastic behavior. This value is used for a Feasibility control (chap-
ter 7).
Width The width of a single pile. D-S HEET P ILING uses this value for single pile
and combined wall analysis.
User defined profiles and groups can be added via the Add and the
Edit buttons (Figure 4.21), and deleted using the Delete button.
Cold formed sheet piles
Figure 4.16: Sheet Piling Profiles Library window, Cold formed sheet piles tab
This tab is identical to Hot rolled sheet piles tab except that the steel qualities are different:
Deltares 51 of 416
S235, S275 and S355.
See Figure 4.15 for the definition of the parameters.
Synthetic sheet piles
Figure 4.17: Sheet Piling Profiles Library window, Synthetic sheet piles tab
Combined sheet piles
Figure 4.18: Sheet Piling Profiles Library window, Combined sheet piles tab
52 of 416 Deltares
Input
Factor Enter the modification factor kmod to count for duration life of the synthetic
k_mod material. For long term situation, the Dutch norm NEN 6702 prescribes
a modification factor of 0.45 and for short term situation, a factor of 0.5.
This factor is used to determine the admissible design moment from the
admissible characteristic moment, using the following equation:
Mcharac kmod fMmax
Mdesign =
M
Factor Enter the partial safety factor M . This factor is used to determine the ad-
gamma_m missible design moment from the admissible characteristic moment, using
equation above.
Piles
Figure 4.19: Sheet Piling Profiles Library window, Piles tab
4.2.3.2 User Defined Profiles Library

All properties (except width) are given per running meter for Sheet piles, Concrete sheet piles
and User defined sheet piles. The properties for Piles and User defined piles are given per
single pile.
The location of the data file containing user defined profiles can be changed via the Tools
menu section 3.2.
Deltares 53 of 416
Figure 4.20: Sheet Piling Profiles Library window, User defined piles tab
EI The bending stiffness.

M elastic The maximum allowable moment for elastic behavior at zero normal
force.
M plastic The maximum allowable moment for plastic behavior at zero normal
force.
Section area The cross sectional area of the profile. This value is not yet used by
D-S HEET P ILING.
W_el The elastic section modulus Wel (also called resisting moment in the
Netherlands). This value is not yet used by D-S HEET P ILING.
Width The width of a single pile. D-S HEET P ILING uses this value for single pile
and combined wall analysis.
User defined profiles and groups can be added via the Add and the
Edit buttons (Figure 4.21), and deleted using the Delete button.
Figure 4.21: Piles library, Add Pile to user defined
54 of 416 Deltares
Input
Group name Select or enter a name for the group of profiles.

Profile name Enter the name of the profile.
Stiffness EI Enter the bending stiffness of the profile
Elastic moment Enter the maximum allowable moment for elastic behavior with zero
applied normal force.
Plastic moment Enter the maximum allowable moment for plastic behavior with zero
applied normal force.
Section area Enter the cross sectional area of the profile. This value is not currently
used by D-S HEET P ILING.
Resisting Enter the elastic section modulus Wel (also called resisting moment in
moment W the Netherlands). This value is not yet used by D-S HEET P ILING.
Width Enter the width of a single pile. D-S HEET P ILING uses this value when
performing a single pile or combined wall analysis.
4.2.4 Single Pile

The Pile option is available in the Construction menu only if the Single pile model in the Model
window (section 4.1.1) is selected. On the menu bar, click Construction and then choose Pile
to open the input window. The content of the window will be different for an Elastic or a Plastic
calculation.
4.2.4.1 Single Pile Elastic Calculation
First, the top level of the pile is entered. Next, click the Insert row button to insert a new
row or click the Add row button to add one. The stiffness and/or diameter can be varied
for each section. Alternatively, use the Paste icon to paste the complete content from an
external source into the table.
Figure 4.22: Pile window for Elastic calculation
Pile top level Enter the top level of the pile in relation to a freely chosen reference
level.
Import profile Click here to import the name, diameter and bending stiffness of the
from library section from the D-S HEET P ILING library (section 4.2.3).
Name Change the default name for the section, if desired.
Deltares 55 of 416
User defined, Steel, Concrete, Wood, Synthetic. D-S HEET P ILING will
automatically determine the value of the material factor M as given in
the Dutch norm, except for User defined for which M must be entered
by the user.
Section bottom Enter the vertical co-ordinate of the bottom of the pile, in relation to
level the reference level. Use several sections if the bending stiffness varies
along the depth.
Elastic Enter the elastic bending stiffness (product of Youngs Modulus E and
stiffness EI moment of inertia I ) of the pile for each section.
Diameter Enter the equivalent diameter of the pile. D-S HEET P ILING uses this
value as the acting width for the soil reaction.
Allow. elas. Enter the characteristic value (i.e. without safety factors) of the allow-
charac. moment able elastic moment Mcharac;EL .
Modification Enter the modification factor kmod to count for duration life of the syn-
factor thetic material. For long term situation, the Dutch norm NEN 6702
prescribes a modification factor of 0.45 and for short term situation, a
factor of 0.5.
Material Enter the partial safety factor M , only if the User defined material type
factor is selected. Otherwise, the program will automatically apply the follow-
ing factors (acc. to the corresponding Eurocode) to calculate the design
allowable moment:
Steel: M = Mo = 1, acc. to Eurocode 3 Part 5, art. 5.1.1(4) ;
Concrete: M = C = 1.1, acc. to Eurocode 2 Part 1.1, art. 3.1.6;
Wood: M = M,fi = 1 , acc. to Eurocode 5 Part 1-2, art. 2.3(1);
Synthetic: M = 1.2
Reduction factor Enter the reduction factor applied to the maximum allowable moment
maximum fMmax . This reduction factor can be for example factor B < 1 as
moment defined in article 5.2.2(2) of Eurocode 3 - Part 5 that takes account of
a possible lack of shear force transmission in the interlocks of a sheet
piling for single and double U-piles.
Allow. elas. The design value of the maximum allowable elastic moment Mdesign;EL
Mcharac;EL kmod fMmax
Mdesign;EL =
M
where:
The limit value Mdesign;EL is used in the diagram of the moment

Reduction factor Enter the reduction factor fEI applied to the stiffness EI . The corrected
EI factor is EIcorrected = EI fEI . This reduction factor can be for
example factor D < 1 as defined in article 6.4(3) of Eurocode 3 - Part
5 accounting for the possible reduction due to insufficient shear force
transmission in the interlocks.
Note to reduction Enter a note to describe why a reduction factor is applied.
factor
56 of 416 Deltares
Input
Note: Input data must be design values as no safety system is included with the Single Pile
module.
4.2.4.2 Single Pile Plastic Calculation

The content of the Single Pile window for a plastic calculation is identical to the elastic calcu-
lation but with extra inputs.
Figure 4.23: Pile window for Plastic calculation
Edit moment This option opens the Moment-Curvature Diagram (M-N-Kappa) win-
curvature dow (Figure 4.24) in which the elasto-plastic behaviour of the pile can
diagram be defined, using 4 branches. In this window, the moment-curvature
diagram is also displayed.
EI branch 2 See Figure 4.24 below.
positive
positive
negative
negative
Moment point 1 See Figure 4.24 below.
positive
positive
Plastic moment See Figure 4.24 below.
positive
negative
negative
Plastic moment See Figure 4.24 below.
negative
Admiss. plas. Enter the characteristic value (i.e. without safety factors) of the allow-
charac. moment able elastic moment Mcharac;PL .
Deltares 57 of 416
Admiss. plas. The design value of the maximum allowable plastic moment Mdesign;PL
Mcharac;PL kmod fMmax
Mdesign;PL =
M
where:
The limit value Mdesign;PL is used in the diagram of the moment

Figure 4.24: Moment-Curvature Diagram (M-N-Kappa) window for a plastic pile calcula-
tion (4 branches)
Elastic Enter the elastic flexural stiffness (branch 1), called EIelastic in Fig-
stiffness EI ure 4.25, which is the product of elastic Youngs Modulus E and mo-
ment of inertia I .
EI branch 2 Enter the flexural stiffness of the 2nd branch of the moment-curvature
positive diagram (in compression), called EI2 in Figure 4.25.
EI branch 3 Enter the flexural stiffness of the 3rd branch of the moment-curvature
positive diagram (in compression), called EI3 in Figure 4.25.
Moment point 1 Enter the limit moment of the of the 1st branch of the moment-curvature
positive diagram (in compression), called M1 in Figure 4.25.
58 of 416 Deltares
Input
Moment point 2 Enter the limit moment of the of the 2nd branch of the moment-curvature
positive diagram (in compression), called M2 in Figure 4.25.
Plastic moment Enter the plastic moment of the positive part of the moment-curvature
positive diagram (in compression), called Mpl in Figure 4.25.
Symmetric Mark this option in case of a symmetric moment-curvature diagram.
EI branch 2 Enter the flexural stiffness of the 2nd branch of the moment-curvature
negative diagram (in traction), called EI2;neg in Figure 4.25. If option Symmetric
is marked, the EI branch 2 negative is automatically equal to the EI
branch 2 positive.
EI branch 3 Enter the flexural stiffness of the 3rd branch of the moment-curvature
negative diagram (in traction), called EI3;neg in Figure 4.25. If option Symmetric
is marked, the EI branch 3 negative is automatically equal to the EI
branch 3 positive.
Moment point 1 Enter the limit moment of the of the 1st branch of the moment-curvature
negative diagram (in traction), called M1;neg in Figure 4.25. If option Symmetric
is marked, the Moment point 1 negative is automatically equal to the
Moment point 1 positive.
Moment point 2 Enter the limit moment of the of the 2nd branch of the moment-curvature
negative diagram (in traction), called M2;neg in Figure 4.25. If option Symmetric
is marked, the Moment point 2 negative is automatically equal to the
Moment point 2 positive.
Plastic moment Enter the plastic moment of the negative part of the moment-curvature
negative diagram (in traction), called Mpl;neg in Figure 4.25. If option Symmetric
is marked, the Plastic moment negative is automatically equal to the
Plastic moment positive.
Figure 4.25: Moment-Curvature relationship using 4 branches
The curvature of the three points of the moment-curvature relationship in Figure 4.25 is
Deltares 59 of 416
given by:
M1 M1;neg
1 = 1;neg = (4.1)
EIelastic EIelastic
M2 M1 M2;neg M1;neg
2 = 1 + 2;neg = 1;neg + (4.2)
EI2 EI2;neg
Mpl M2 Mpl M2;neg
3 = 2 + 3;neg = 2;neg + (4.3)
EI3 EI3;neg
4.2.5 Diaphragm Wall

The Diaphragm Wall option is available in the Construction menu only if the Diaphragm wall
model in the Model window (section 4.1.1) is selected. On the menu bar, click Construction
and then choose Diaphragm Wall to open the input window.
The content of the Diaphragm Wall window is identical to the Sheet Piling window for plastic
calculation but with extra inputs, as the elasto-plastic behaviour of the diaphragm wall contains
4 branches.
Figure 4.26: Diaphragm Wall window
See Figure 4.22 and for the definition of the parameters.
60 of 416 Deltares
Input
Figure 4.27: Moment-Curvature Diagram (M-N-Kappa) window for a diaphragm wall cal-
culation
Thickness The thickness of the sheet piling profile, i.e. the height of the cross-
section.
See Figure 4.24 and Figure 4.25 for the definition of the other parameters.
4.3 Soil menu

The Soil menu is used to enter the soil properties for the analysis.
4.3.1 Surfaces
On the menu bar, click Soil and then choose Surfaces. In the window displayed (Figure 4.28),
the positions of the various ground surfaces, that will occur on different sides of the sheet
piling during the different stages, can be specified. Use the Stage Composer or the Stages
Overview window to connect the surfaces (for each stage) to the left or right of the sheet pile
wall.
Figure 4.28: Surfaces window
Deltares 61 of 416
Up to 10 surfaces can be specified. To add a surface, click Add. The name of the new
surface is displayed in an appearing edit-box. Change the name as required. Enter the first
co-ordinate (horizontal in relation to the sheet piling, vertical in relation to the reference level).
Click the Add row button to add the next co-ordinate. Alternatively, use the Paste button
, to paste the complete content from an external source into the table.
Distance & Level Both the Distance from the sheet piling and Level of that part of the
surface are expressed in meters. The level is specified in relation to
the reference level.
D-S HEET P ILING can only convert a non-horizontal surface to horizon-
tal wall pressures in case of the c, phi, delta method (section 4.6.1).
The relevant calculation method must be selected for each construc-
tion stage.
4.3.2 Soil Materials for Sheet Piling

On the menu bar, click Soil and then choose Materials to open the input window. In this
window, the names and properties of the soil layers can be entered. Specify the names of the
soil materials in the left-hand table. The soil materials entered here can be connected to their
geometry using the Soil Profiles input window (section 4.3.4).
In the Soil Materials window, the following data can be added:
(section 4.3.2.1) General soil parameters for each material;

(section 4.3.2.2) Earth pressure coefficients for each material;
(section 4.3.2.3) Curve settings, to define the type of stress-displacement curve;
(section 4.3.2.4) Modulus of subgrade reaction for each material;
(section 4.3.2.5) Settlement by vibration coefficients for each material.
Figure 4.29: Soil Materials window for the Ka , K0 , Kp soil parameters or Mixed models
62 of 416 Deltares
Input
Figure 4.30: Soil Materials window for the c, , soil parameters model
Now the soil materials can be linked to the soil profiles and the water properties for the soil
can be determined, both described in section 4.3.
4.3.2.1 General
The general soil parameters for a particular soil material can be specified in this sub-window
(Figure 4.31).
Figure 4.31: Soil Materials window, General sub-window
Unsat. total unit weight Enter the weight of a unit volume of soil above the water table
(generally unsaturated).
Sat. total unit weight Enter the weight of a unit volume of soil below the water table
(generally saturated).
Cohesion Enter the drained cohesion.
Friction angle phi Enter the friction angle of soil.
Delta friction angle Enter the friction angle between soil and sheet piling. For back-
ground information, see section 29.1.
Shell factor Enter the shell factor of the soil to take into account the effect
of arching. This factor will be automatically applied on passive
and active earth pressure coefficients and on moduli of subgrade
reaction. For background information, see section 38.1.2.
Deltares 63 of 416
Overconsolidation ratio Enter the overconsolidation ratio of the soil.

(OCR)
Grain type Select the grain type: Fine or Coarse. Usually Fine is used for
clay, loam and peat whereas Coarse is used for sand and gravel.
4.3.2.2 Earth pressure coefficients

In this sub-window the earth pressure coefficients can be entered or generated. D-S HEET P ILING
will use these values only for those parts or stages where the C, , soil parameters model
(section 4.6.2) has not been selected.
Figure 4.32: Soil Materials window, Earth pressure coefficients sub-window
Manual Mark this check-box to enter the earth pressure coefficients manually.
Mller-Breslau Mark this check-box to get D-S HEET P ILING to determine earth pressure
(Straight slip coefficients according to Mller-Breslau section 28.2.2.
surfaces)
Ktter (Curved Mark this check-box to get D-S HEET P ILING to determine earth pressure
slip surfaces) coefficients according to Ktter section 28.2.3.
Active, Neutral or If Manual is selected, the values for the active, neutral, and passive
Passive earth pressure coefficients (Ka , K0 , Kp ) should be entered manually.
The following restriction applies: 0 Ka K0 Kp .
If Manual is not selected, the active, neutral, and passive earth
pressure coefficients (Ka , K0 , Kp ) are calculated automatically by
D-S HEET P ILING.
4.3.2.3 Curve Settings

In the Soil Materials window, click the Curve Settings button to open the Curve Settings (for
all Materials) window (Figure 4.33) in which the type of stress-displacement diagram that will
be used for all layers can be defined.
Figure 4.33: Curve Settings (for all Materials) window
64 of 416 Deltares
Input
Modulus of subgrade The Secant definition is based on the stress-displacement di-

reaction type agram according to CUR 166 of subgrade reaction. This dia-
gram always uses three branches, with intersections at 50, 80
and 100 % of Ka Kp (see Figure 4.35 below) The slope of
the different branches is defined indirectly, via the three secant
moduli at the intersection points.
The Tangent (D-S HEET P ILING Classic) definition is based on a
user-defined number of branches (number of curves), with the
slope of each branch defined directly by the tangent modulus
(see Figure 4.38 below).
Use an unloading/ Mark this check-box to use an elasto-plastic model with a differ-
reloading curve ent (elastic) stiffness during unloading and reloading. Also see
the input description for the modulus of subgrade reaction (be-
low).
Number of curves for Specify this value to use multiple branches in the diagram of
spring characteristics stress versus displacement during virgin loading. The maxi-
mum number is 4. Also see the input description for the mod-
ulus of subgrade reaction (below) and for the earth pressure
coefficients (above). This option is only used with the Tangent
(D-S HEET P ILING Classic) definition.
4.3.2.4 Modulus of subgrade reaction

The content of the sub-window Modulus of subgrade reaction depends on the selected mod-
ulus of subgrade reaction type in the Curve Settings (for all Materials) window.
Modulus of subgrade reaction Secant

This sub-window only appears if the Secant definition has been selected in the Curve Settings
window. In this sub-window the secant moduli can be defined according to CUR 166, either
by selection of a predefined soil type, or by manual input.
Figure 4.34: Soil Materials window, Modulus of subgrade reaction Secant sub-window
k1, k2, k3 Enter values for the secant moduli at 50, 80 and 100% of Ka Kp
(Figure 4.35), on the Top side and Bottom side of each soil layer.
D-S HEET P ILING also applies the k1 value to unloading and reloading
if the Use an unloading/reloading curve option has been selected in
the Curve Settings window.
Deltares 65 of 416
Select from CUR Click this button to select a soil type directly from table 3.3 of the
166 (Table 3.3) CUR 166 (CUR, 2005) (Figure 4.3.2.4). The soil type indication in the
first column includes typical values of the CPT resistance qc (in MPa)
for sand and typical values of undrained cohesion Cu (in kPa) for clay
and peat. Only lowest values are given in D-S HEET P ILING to use
the highest value the user must manually multiply the lowest value by
2.25.
horizontal stress
k1 k2 k3
kpv
50% 80% 100%

Kav
horizontal displacement
Figure 4.35: Secant definition of stress-displacement diagram (CUR 166)
Figure 4.36: CUR 166 (Table 3.3) window
66 of 416 Deltares
Input
Modulus of subgrade reaction Tangent (D-S HEET P ILING Classic)

This sub-window appears when the Tangent (D-S HEET P ILING Classic) definition has been
selected in the Curve Settings window. In this sub-window the tangent moduli can be manually
defined, according to the classic D-S HEET P ILING definition.
Figure 4.37: Soil Materials window, Modulus of subgrade reaction Tangent (D-Sheet
Piling Classic) sub-window
The following values can be specified for the tangent modulus of subgrade reaction at the top
and bottom sides of the soil layer (see Figure 4.38, below).
k0 unloading Enter the value for unloading/reloading, if this option was selected in
/reloading the Curve Settings window (see above).
k1,. . . , k4 Enter values for the tangent moduli, at the Top side and the Bottom
side of the soil layer, of the different branches.
1-3 [%] Define the intersection points of the branches, by entering the corre-
sponding stress levels as a percentage of Ka Kp .
horizontal soil stress H
arctan k4
passive: Kpv
arctan k3
neutral: K0v
2[%] 3[%] 100%
active: Kav arctan k2
1[%]
arctan k1 horizontal displacement
Figure 4.38: Tangent definition of stress-displacement diagram (D-Sheet Piling classic)
Note: When importing a CPT, the tangent moduli of subgrade reaction are automatically filled
in using extrapolated values from Table 3.3 of CUR 166, as the soil materials list contains
more materials than those listed in Table 3.3 of CUR 166. The extended values can be found
in section 30.3.2.
Deltares 67 of 416
4.3.2.5 Settlement by vibration coefficients

The sub-window Settlement by vibration coefficients only appears if the Settlement by vibra-
tion option in the Model window was selected (section 4.1.1).
Figure 4.39: Soil Materials window, Settlement by vibration sub-window
Relative density Enter the relative density of the soil in [%]. The relative density (or
density index) ID is the ratio of the difference between the void ratios of
a cohesion-less soil in its loosest state and existing natural state to the
difference between its void ratio in the loosest and densest states:
emax e
ID = emax emin
100
The relative density depends on the consistency of the soil as shown
in Table 4.1. The default value in D-S HEET P ILING is 72.5%.
Horizontal per- Enter the horizontal permeability of the soil in [m/s]. The default value
meability in D-S HEET P ILING is 103 m/s.
Soil layer type Select the type of soil from the drop-down menu.
Table 4.1: Relative density as a function of the consistency of the soil
Consistency Relative density ID [%]

Very loose 0 to 15
Loose 15 to 35
Medium loose 35 to 65
Dense 65 to 85
Very dense 85 to 100
4.3.3 Soil Materials for Single Pile

On the menu bar, click Soil and then choose Materials to open the input window. In this
window, the names and properties of the soil materials can be entered.
Specify the names of the soil materials in the left-hand table. The soil materials entered here
can be connected to their geometry using the Soil Profiles input window (section 4.3.4).
For Single pile model, the content of the Soil Materials window depends on the loading type:
For loading by forces and by user-defined soil displacements, the General soil param-
eters, the Earth pressure coefficients and the Modulus of subgrade reaction must be
specified for each material;
For loading by calculated soil displacements, only the General soil parameters must be
specified for each material.
68 of 416 Deltares
Input
4.3.3.1 Soil Materials for Single pile loaded by forces
Figure 4.40: Soil Materials window for Single Pile loaded by forces
General:
Unsat. total unit Enter the weight of a unit volume of soil above the water table (generally
weight unsaturated).
Sat. total unit Enter the weight of a unit volume of soil below the water table (generally
weight saturated).
Friction angle Enter the friction angle of soil.
phi
Earth pressure coefficients:

Method Select Brinch-Hansen for determination of the earth pressure coeffi-
cient from the input cohesion and friction section 37.2.1 or Manual to
enter user-defined values.
Active, Neutral or If Manual is selected, then enter values for the Active, Neutral, and Pas-
Passive sive earth pressure coefficients (Ka , K0 , Kp ). The following restriction
applies: 0 Ka K0 Kp .
Note: When using the Brinch-Hansen method the same soil material should not be used at
different depths in a soil profile. Instead a copy of the soil should be made, with a different
name. See section 37.2.1 for more information.
Note: Active and neutral earth pressure coefficients normally need to be set to zero for the
situation of a single pile loaded by soil displacement. This means that the input value for the
passive earth pressure coefficient leads to the effective resisting pressure, taking the effect of
arching into account. Selecting Brinch-Hansen will cause this to happen automatically.
Modulus of subgrade reaction: User-defined values for the modulus of subgrade reaction can
be entered in this sub-window. Alternatively, for a pile loaded by forces, D-S HEET P ILING can
calculate the modulus of subgrade reaction according to Mnards theory.
Deltares 69 of 416
Figure 4.41: Soil Materials window, Modulus of subgrade reaction sub-window (Pile
loaded by forces)
Emod Mnard If Menard is selected, then D-S HEET P ILING will determine the modulus
Soil type Mnard of subgrade reaction from the input of the pressiometric modulus and
the soil type. The background description on Mnards theory (sec-
tion 37.2.2) includes a correlation between the pressiometric modulus
and the cone resistance. The option Menard is only available for single
piles loaded by forces (section 4.1.1).
k If Manual is selected, the values for the modulus of subgrade reaction
at the top and bottom side of a layer can be entered manually.
4.3.3.2 Soil Materials for Single pile loaded by user-defined soil displacements
The input is identical to Soil Materials window for Single pile loaded by forces (Figure 4.40)
except that the Modulus of subgrade reaction can only be user-defined.
Figure 4.42: Soil Materials window for Single pile loaded by user-defined soil displace-
ments
70 of 416 Deltares
Input
4.3.3.3 Soil Materials for Single pile loaded by calculated soil displacements
The automatic calculation of horizontal soil displacements is based on De Leeuw tables
(De Leeuw, 1963). The stresses and displacements from those tables are used to automati-
cally determine the modulus of subgrade reaction at each depth. For background information,
see section 37.1.1.
The earth pressure coefficients are automatically determined at each depth using Brinch-
Hansen theory from the input cohesion and friction.
Both values of the modulus of subgrade reaction and the passive earth pressure coefficient
can be found in the Input section of the Report window (section 6.2).
Figure 4.43: Soil Materials window for Single pile loaded by calculated soil displacements
Unsat. total unit Enter the weight of a unit volume of soil above the water table (generally
weight unsaturated).
Sat. total unit Enter the weight of a unit volume of soil below the water table (generally
weight saturated).
Friction angle Enter the friction angle of soil.
phi
Deltares 71 of 416
Horizontal be- The behavior (Stiff, Elastic or Foundation) of the layer must be spec-
havior ified. De Leeuw theory assumes an elastic incompressible cluster of
layers based on foundation layer(s) and eventually covered with stiff
layer(s). Therefore, only the system of layers presented in the figure
below is allowed where:
Elastic and foundation layer should be present at least one time;
Stiff layer (if present) should not be positioned below elastic or foun-
dation layer
Other systems will lead to fatal error during calculation.
Elasticity (E) Enter the elastic modulus of the elastic soil layer. Mark the Use de-
fault elasticity option to use the elasticity automatically calculated by
D-S HEET P ILING according to De Leeuw and Timmermans theory based
on the dry unit weight (section 37.1.1).
4.3.4 Soil Profiles

On the menu bar, click Soil and then choose Profiles to open the corresponding input window.
Figure 4.44: Soil Profiles window showing empty profile
In the input window, different profiles can be specified for each side and for each construction
stage. To add a profile, three options are available:
72 of 416 Deltares
Input
Once the soil materials are defined (section 4.3.2 and section 4.3.3),
click this button to add a soil profile by manual input of the Top level
and Material of each layer. Refer to section 4.3.4.1.
Click this button to add a soil profile by importing a CPTCPT from file
through the Select CPT window by either selecting an existing CPT file
(only in GEF format) or by importing a CPT from the DINO database
(Data and Information of the Subsurface of The Netherlands). Refer to
section 4.3.4.2 and section 4.3.4.3.
Click this button to delete the selected profile.
Click this button to create a copy of the selected profile: the entire
profile will be copied including the CPT-values, the layers and the addi-
tional pore pressures.
4.3.4.1 Adding Soil Profiles Manually

To create manually a new soil profile, click the Add Manually button. This creates an empty
soil profile with only one layer (from 0 m to -10 m) using as default material the first material
defined in the Soil Materials window (section 4.3.2 and section 4.3.3). Figure 4.45 shows an
example of soil profile manually inputted: note that when placing the cursor in the Material
column, an overview of the soil properties of the selected material is displayed.
Note: If no soil material was previously defined, D-S HEET P ILING uses the default empty soil
material named New Material as shown in Figure 4.44.
Figure 4.45: Soil Profiles window
Soil profile name This field displays the name of the selected profile. The name of
the profile can be overwritten if desired. Unique and recognizable
names should be used because the profile name is used in other
D-S HEET P ILING windows to select the appropriate soil data.
Top level [m] Enter the level of the top of the soil layer. The layers must be entered
from top to bottom. The bottom soil layer is assumed to be infinitely
thick.
Deltares 73 of 416
Material Click the input field to select one of the available soil materials. A
soil profile must be specified for each stage. On the basis of lay-
ers that are fully or partially located under the specified surface level,
D-S HEET P ILING itself defines the soil layers to profile to profile that
are present during a construction stage. However, there must be soil
present at the location of the specified surface. Because the surface
does not need to be horizontal, a soil layer may sometimes be above
the sheet piling.
Ad. pore pr. at Enter the additional pore water pressure at the top and bottom of each
top/bottom soil layer. The additional pressure is modeled as varying linearly over
the layer. The total pore water pressure is taken as the sum of the
additional pore pressure and the hydrostatic pore water pressure (see
section 4.3.5). See the Note below.
Note: If the surface does not run horizontally, the additional pore water pressure at the
surface level is not always equal to zero. D-S HEET P ILING does not adjust the additional pore
water pressure, but displays a warning in the output file instead. A warning is also displayed
if an additional pore water pressure is entered above the water level.
4.3.4.2 Adding Soil Profiles from CPT CPT Selection

To import a CPT from a file, click the Add from CPT button to open the Select CPT window.
Figure 4.46: Select CPT window
Click on the Import from File button to open the Open dialog that al-
lows a GEF file containing the CPT results to be selected. The GEF
file (Geotechnical Exchange Format) is a Dutch standard developed
by CUR. The results of the selected CPT are displayed in the CPTip
window (refer to paragraph Adding Soil Profiles from CPT CPT Inter-
pretation just after for the CPT interpretation).
Click on the Import from Dino button to open the Select CPT for
D-S HEET P ILING window (Figure 4.47) that allows importing one or more
CPTs from the DINODINO database (DINO). CPT searching is per-
formed from the Google Map. Zooming in to the location of the project
will display the CPTs as separate points (Figure 4.48). Just click on
it to display the CPT results in the CPTip window (refer to paragraph
Adding Soil Profiles from CPT CPT Interpretation just after for the
CPT interpretation).
74 of 416 Deltares
Input
Figure 4.47: Select CPT for D-Sheet Piling window
Click this button to display a map view including city, street and motor-
way names and representation.
Click this button to display a satellite view.
Click this button to display a combination of the Map and Satellite views.
Zoom in:
Click this button to enlarge the map.
Zoom out:
Click this button to reduce the map.
Pan:
Click this button to move the map by dragging the mouse.
Minimum length Enter a minimum length for the CPTs displayed on the map.
of CPTs
Deltares 75 of 416
Figure 4.48: Select CPT for D-Sheet Piling window after zoom in
4.3.4.3 Adding Soil Profiles from CPT CPT Interpretation

When the CPT file is selected (either from an available file or from the DINO database), the
CPTip window opens (Figure 4.49) displaying a graphic representation of the CPT: the cone
resistance qc , the local friction and the friction ratio are displayed as black lines whereas
the pore pressures (if available) are displayed as blue line. D-S HEET P ILING automatically
interprets the imported CPT, based on the interpretation rule that is selected by the user in
the Rule selection box below the graph. On the right side of the plotted CPT, the soil layer
interpretation is drawn corresponding to the selected Rule and Minimum layer thickness.
76 of 416 Deltares
Input
Figure 4.49: CPTip window
Rule Select the interpretation rule used by D-S HEET P ILING to automatically
interpret the imported CPT. Two different rules are available:
The NEN (Stress dependent) rule
The CUR rule
Each rule describes a certain soil type by defining the relationship be-
tween the CPT resistance and the Friction Ratio. For background infor-
mation on both rules, refer to section 30.2.
Minimum layer All interpretation rules make use of one additional parameter: the min-
thickness imum layer thickness, specified in the Min. layer thickness input field
below the selection list. To prevent D-S HEET P ILING from generating lay-
ers that are too thin to be significant when modeling the problem, the
minimum layer thickness should be increased.
To use the proposed soil layer interpretation, click the OK button to transport the interpretation
into a soil profile to be used in the project (Figure 4.50).
Deltares 77 of 416
Figure 4.50: Soil Profiles window after importing a CPT
Note: When a soil profile is determined from a CPT interpretation, the soil names and prop-
erties of the created soil materials are automatically filled in the Soil Materials window using
Table 1 of NEN 6740 for the general parameters and using an extrapolation of Table 3.3 of
CUR 166 for the secant moduli of subgrade reaction (section 30.3).
Note: If during the interpretation of a CPT, the point corresponding to the cone resistance
and the friction ratio of a layer is situated outside the limits of the diagram of the selected rule
(i.e. Figure 30.2 and Figure 30.3 in section 30.2), the program will assign an Undetermined
material to this layer with unrealistic properties. Thats why the user must always review the
automatic interpretation of the CPT before performing a calculation. In such case, the user
must select himself the appropriate material from the drop-down list of available materials
using its expertise.
Click the button to display graphic representations of the pore pressures, the cone
resistance, the friction and the percentage of friction of the selected CPT (Figure 4.51).
78 of 416 Deltares
Input
Figure 4.51: CPT window
4.3.5 Water Levels

On the menu bar, click Soil and then choose Water Levels to open the corresponding input
window. In the input window, different water levels can be specified.
Figure 4.52: Water Levels window
Name Enter a name for the water level. Use unique and recognizable names,
because the water level name is used in other D-S HEET P ILING windows
to select the appropriate data.
Level [m] Enter the water level (relative to the reference level).
D-S HEET P ILING models hydrostatic pore water pressures by defining the hydrostatic pressure
at a point as proportional to its depth below the water level. If a total pore pressure distribution
other than this triangular, hydrostatic, distribution is required then the user must also input
additional pore pressures for each layer (section 4.3.4).
A water level will only be active in the stages that are selected using the Stage Composer
(section 2.2.4) or the Stages Overview window (section 4.6.2).
Deltares 79 of 416
4.3.6 Water Properties

On the menu bar, click Soil and then choose Water to open the corresponding input win-
dow. Use the dialog box to modify the unit weight of water, if required. The default value is
9.81 kN/m3 . Mark the Save as default check-box to make the input value the default for all
future projects.
Figure 4.53: Water Properties window
After entering all the data in the Soil menu, proceed to the Loads menu.
4.4 Loads menu

The Loads menu can be used to define various types of loads.
4.4.1 Uniform Loads

This option is available only for Sheet piling model (section 4.1.1). On the menu bar, click
Loads and then choose Uniform Loads to open the corresponding input window.
Figure 4.54: Uniform Loads window
Name This field displays the name of the displayed load, which can be
overwritten. Use unique and recognizable names because the
load name is used in other windows of D-S HEET P ILING to select
the appropriate data.
Load on the left side Enter the magnitude of the load on the left hand side of the sheet
[kN/m2 ] pile wall.
Load on the right side Enter the magnitude of the load on the right hand side of the
[kN/m2 ] sheet piling.
Permanent/variable Select the duration of load application, Permanent or Variable.
This option is available only if the Verification (EC7/CUR) option
is selected in the Model window (section 4.1.1).
80 of 416 Deltares
Input
Favorable/ unfavorable Select the type of load, Favorable, Unfavorable or leave it D-

Sheet Piling determined. This option is available only if the Veri-
fication (EC7/CUR) option is selected in the Model window (sec-
tion 4.1.1).
Note: When the option D-Sheet Piling determined is selected
for determining if a load is either favorable or unfavorable, the
program first defines the passive side using only the surface lev-
els at both side (the lower side is set to passive). Then the loads
situated at the passive side are considered as favorable and the
loads at the active side are considered as unfavorable. This au-
tomatic determination can therefore be incorrect in some cases;
for example, when the lower side, due to water pressures, is ac-
tually the active side. Thats why using this option requires some
careful.
A uniform load consists of a distributed vertical q-load acting on the horizontal soil surface,
from the sheet piling to infinity. The value of the q-load can be different on each side of the
sheet piling.
q-load
sheet piling
Figure 4.55: Distribution of uniform load
Note: Uniform loads can be used only with a horizontal surface.
A uniform load will only be active in the stages that are selected using the Stage Composer
4.4.2 Surcharge Loads

Loads and then choose Surcharge Loads to open the corresponding input window. A non-
uniform surcharge acts on the soil surface to the left or right of the sheet pile wall. Enter
value of the load at several distances from the sheet pile wall. Between these points, linear
interpolation is used. Up to 10 surcharge loads can be added.
Note: The surcharge can only be applied if the c, , soil parameters model has been
selected (section 4.1.1).
Deltares 81 of 416
Figure 4.56: Surcharge Loads window
Surcharge load name This field displays the name of the displayed load, which can be
overwritten. Use unique and recognizable names because the
load name is used in other windows of D-S HEET P ILING to select
the appropriate data.
Permanent/variable Select the duration of load application, Permanent or Variable.
This option is available only if the Verification (EC7/CUR) option
is selected in the Model window (section 4.1.1).
Favorable/ unfavorable Select the type of load, Favorable, Unfavorable or leave it
D-S HEET P ILING determined. This option is available only if the
Verification (EC7/CUR) option is selected in the Model window
(section 4.1.1).
Note: When the option D-Sheet Piling determined is selected
for determining if a load is either favorable or unfavorable, the
program first defines the passive side using only the surface lev-
els at both side (the lower side is set to passive). Then the loads
situated at the passive side are considered as favorable and the
loads at the active side are considered as unfavorable. This au-
tomatic determination can therefore be incorrect in some cases;
for example, when the lower side, due to water pressures, is ac-
tually the active side. Thats why using this option requires some
careful.
Distance [m] Enter the distance from the sheet piling to the relevant part of
the surcharge. A surcharge always acts on the soil surface. The
distances to the sheet piling are always positive and must be
entered in ascending order. The maximum number of points is
15.
Load [kN/m2 ] Enter the magnitude of the surcharge at each point.
82 of 416 Deltares
Input
load
1 3 4 6 7 9 10
distance
Figure 4.57: Distribution of surcharges according to the inputted values of Figure 4.56
D-S HEET P ILING models surcharges using Boussinesqs formula, see Equation 28.7 (section 28.3).
A surcharge will only be active in the stages that are selected using the Stage Composer
4.4.3 Horizontal Line Loads / Horizontal Forces

Click Loads and then:
for Sheet piling model, choose Horizontal Line Loads to open the corresponding input
window (Figure 4.58);
for Single pile model, choose Horizontal Forces to open the corresponding input window
(Figure 4.59).
Horizontal line loads (or forces) are loads perpendicular to the sheet piling (or single pile),
directed towards the right. Up to 10 loads can be added.
Figure 4.58: Horizontal Line Loads window (Sheet piling model)
Figure 4.59: Horizontal Forces window (Single pile model)
Deltares 83 of 416
Name The name of the horizontal line load (i.e. force) can be overwritten.
Use unique and recognizable names because the load name is used in
other windows of D-S HEET P ILING to select the appropriate data.
Level Enter the vertical position of the line load in relation to the reference
level. The value must be above the foot, and below the top, of the
sheet piling.
Load Enter the magnitude of the load (in kN per running meter for sheet
piling or in kN for single pile). D-S HEET P ILING assumes that a force
with positive sign points to the right.
Permanent/ vari- Select the duration of load application, Permanent or Variable. This
able option is available only if the Verification (EC7/CUR) option is selected
in the Model window (section 4.1.1).
Favorable/ unfa- Select the type of load, Favorable, Unfavorable or leave it
vorable D-S HEET P ILING determined. This option is available only if the Verifica-
tion (EC7/CUR) option is selected in the Model window (section 4.1.1).
Note: When the option D-Sheet Piling determined is selected for de-
termining if a load is either favorable or unfavorable, the program first
defines the passive side using only the surface levels at both side (the
lower side is set to passive). Then the loads situated at the passive
side are considered as favorable and the loads at the active side are
considered as unfavorable. This automatic determination can therefore
be incorrect in some cases; for example, when the lower side, due to
water pressures, is actually the active side. Thats why using this option
requires some careful.
level force
sheet piling
Figure 4.60: Example of a positive horizontal line load
A horizontal line load (i.e. force) will only be active in the stages that are selected using the
Stage Composer (section 2.2.4) or the Stages Overview window (section 4.6.2).
84 of 416 Deltares
Input
4.4.4 Moments
On the menu bar, click Loads and then choose Moments to open the corresponding input
window. When, for example, a floor is connected to the sheet pile wall a moment load can
occur along the length of the sheet pile wall. Up to 10 moments can be added.
Figure 4.61: Moments window
Name The name of the moment load can be overwritten. Use unique and
recognizable names, because the load name is used in other windows
of D-S HEET P ILING to select the appropriate data.
Level Enter the vertical position of the moment in relation to the reference
level. The values must be within the range of the top and the foot of the
sheet piling.
Moment Enter the magnitude of the moment (kN per running meter for Sheet
piling but kN for Single pile). A moment with a rotation from the posi-
tive X-axis to the positive Y-axis (counter clockwise) receives a positive
sign.
level moment
sheet piling
Figure 4.62: Example of a positive moment
A moment will only be active in the stages that are selected using the Stage Composer (sec-
tion 2.2.4) or the Stages Overview window (section 4.6.2).
Deltares 85 of 416
4.4.5 Normal Forces

On the menu bar, click Loads and then choose Normal Forces to open the following window.
Figure 4.63: Normal Forces window
Name Enter a name for the force. Use unique and recognizable names, be-
cause the load name is used in other windows of D-S HEET P ILING to
select the appropriate data.
Force at Enter the value of the normal force at the levels explained below.
Normal forces, i.e. distributed forces that act along the axis of the sheet piling section, intro-
duce an additional (secondary) moment. Due to wall friction, the normal force (the result of
an applied vertical line load) will decrease along the depth of the sheet piling. To account for
this friction, the user may input the value of the normal force at the following levels:
top of the sheet piling

surface levels at the left-hand and right-hand side
toe of the sheet piling.
If friction is to be ignored (conservative) then the same value can be entered at all levels. Up
to 10 normal forces can be added.
A normal force load will only be active in the stages that are selected using the Stage Com-
poser (section 2.2.4) or the Stages Overview window (section 4.6.2).
4.4.6 Soil Displacements

This option is available only for Single pile loaded by soil displacements and for Sheet piling
models (section 4.1.1). On the menu bar, click Loads and then choose Soil Displacements
to open the corresponding input window. Undisturbed soil displacements can be entered at a
number of points along the total length of the pile. Up to 10 soil displacements can be entered.
See section 37.1 for background information.
Note: For Sheet piling model, soil displacements are applied only at the first stage.
86 of 416 Deltares
Input
Figure 4.64: Soil Displacements window
Level Enter the vertical position (relative to the reference level) of the points
where the soil displacement is to be defined. The first point must coin-
cide with the top of the sheet piling, and the last point with the foot of
the sheet piling even if the displacement there is zero. The intermediate
points must be in order of decreasing level.
Displacement Enter the magnitude of the undisturbed soil displacement. A soil dis-
placement in the direction of the positive X-axis (to the right) receives
a positive sign.
4.5 Supports menu

Anchors, struts and other supports can be defined using the options in the Supports menu.
4.5.1 Anchors
Supports and then choose Anchors to open the corresponding input window.
Figure 4.65: Anchors window
Name Enter the name of the anchor.

Level Enter the vertical co-ordinate of the connection of the anchor to the
sheet pile wall (measured relative to the reference level).
E-modulus Enter the Youngs Modulus of the anchor, E.
Cross section Enter the cross-sectional area of the anchor, A.
Deltares 87 of 416
Wall height Enter the vertical projection of the height of the anchor wall: for an
(Kranz) anchor wall of H and anchor bar inclined with an angle , the Wall
height (Kranz) is h cos . This parameter only needs to be specified
if performing a stability check of the anchor wall according to Kranz
(Kranz, 1953) (see chapter 31).
Length Enter the length of the anchor tendon.
Angle Enter the angle between the anchor tendon and the horizontal axis. A
negative angle indicates an anchor tendon that runs downwards from
the sheet pile wall.
Design Yield Enter the design value of the yield force for the anchor.
Force Note: According to CUR 166 (paragraph 7.2.1), to get the design yield
force Fy;d , the representative yield force Fy must be divided by a safety
factor of 1.4.
Side Select if the anchor is to be on the right- or left-hand side of the sheet
piling.
Refer to Tutorial 18 in chapter 25 for a concrete example of anchor system using the technical
specifications provided by the manufacturer.
Note: When determining the maximum anchor force, D-S HEET P ILING assumes that the an-
chor rod is attached in the middle of the anchor wall. On the top, it is assumed that the anchor
plate runs through to the surface, or at least that it may be calculated as if the anchor wall
runs through to the surface. In practice, this will be the case if the total height of the anchor
wall is greater than half the distance from the bottom of the anchor plate to the surface. When
the anchor is drawn in the Input Diagram window (section 2.2.3), only half of the inputted Wall
height of the anchor is drawn (between the anchor rod and the bottom of the anchor wall).
Anchors can be pre-tensioned with an initial force to support the sheet pile wall. Each con-
struction stage can have its own anchors and up to 10 anchors can be added. Pre-tensioned
anchors are modeled by the pre-stress force, with no associated stiffness for the stage in
which the pre-stress force is applied. For all other stages D-S HEET P ILING models anchors
using discrete springs. D-S HEET P ILING always uses a zero pressure condition in the stress
strain relation (Figure 4.66).
tensile stress
limited capacity
pre- stress
zero pressure
condition tensile strain
Figure 4.66: Stress-strain diagram for an anchor
D-S HEET P ILING calculates the stiffness of the anchor using the following equation:
modulus of elasticity area

spring constant = (4.4)
length
An anchor will only be active in the stages that are selected using the Stage Composer (sec-
88 of 416 Deltares
Input
Grout Anchors
The modeling of a grout anchor in D-S HEET P ILING depends on the type of analysis:
For a Kranz stability analysis (section 5.2.4), CUR 166 (art. 4.7.2) and also EAU 2004
(art. 8.4.9.8) prescribe to define the (effective) length of the anchorage as the length
from the sheet pile wall to the middle of the grout body.
For a standard calculation (section 5.2.1), nothing is prescribed by CUR 166 about the
yield force of the anchor. However, the anchor tip position depends on the tensile stress
distribution along the anchor. This differs for a mono or a duplex-anchor as shown in
art. 5.5.4 of CUR 166. As a grout anchor is often a mono-anchor, the (effective) length
of the anchorage can be defined as the length from the sheet pile wall to the third of the
grout body.
In both cases, D-S HEET P ILING doesnt calculate automatically this adapted anchor length. The
user has to define it in the Anchors window.
4.5.2 Struts
Supports and then choose Struts to open the corresponding input window (Figure 4.67).
Figure 4.67: Struts window
Name Enter the name of the strut.

Level Enter the vertical co-ordinate of the connection between the sheet pile
wall and the strut (relative to the reference level).
E-modulus Enter the Youngs Modulus of the strut, E.
Cross section Enter the cross-sectional area of the strut, A.
Length Enter the length of the strut.
Angle Enter the angle between the strut and the horizontal axis. A negative
angle indicates a strut that runs downwards from the sheet pile wall.
Design Buckling Enter the design value of the buckling force of the strut.
Force Note: According to CUR 166 (paragraph 7.2.1), to get the design buck-
ling force Fy;d , the representative buckling force Fy must be divided by
a safety factor of 1.4.
Side Select if the strut is to be on the right- or left-hand side of the sheet pile
wall.
Deltares 89 of 416
Struts can be pre-compressed with an initial force to support the sheet pile wall. Each con-
struction stage can have its own struts and up to 10 struts can be added. D-S HEET P ILING
models struts using discrete springs. D-S HEET P ILING always uses a zero tension condition in
the stress strain relation (Figure 4.68).
compressive stress
limited capacity
pre- stress
zero tension
condition compressive strain
Figure 4.68: Stress-strain diagram for a strut
D-S HEET P ILING calculates the stiffness of the strut using the following equation:
modulus of elasticity area

spring constant = (4.5)
length
A strut will only be active in the stages that are selected using the Stage Composer (sec-
4.5.3 Spring Supports

On the menu bar, click Supports and then choose Spring Supports to open the corresponding
input window (Figure 4.69).
Figure 4.69: Spring Supports window
Name Enter the name of the support.

Level Enter the vertical position of the support (relative to the reference level).
Rotation Enter the magnitude of the spring stiffness against rotation (in kNm/rad
per running meter for Sheet piling but in kN/rad for Single pile).
Translation Enter the magnitude of the spring stiffness against translation (in
kNm/m per running meter for Sheet piling but in kN/m for Single pile).
A spring support provides an elastic resistance against translation or rotation. The stiffness of
the spring is determined using the data entered for the spring constants for translation and/or
rotation.
F = ktranslation w, M = krotation (4.6)
90 of 416 Deltares
Input
where:
F is the spring force;

M is the spring moment;
ktranslation is the translational spring constant;
krotation is the rotational spring constant;
w is the displacement of the sheet piling;
is the rotation of the sheet piling.
A spring support will only be active in the stages that are selected using the Stage Composer
4.5.4 Rigid supports

On the menu bar, click Supports and then choose Rigid Supports to open the corresponding
input window (Figure 4.70).
Figure 4.70: Rigid Supports window
Name Enter the name of the rigid support.

Level Enter the vertical position of the support (relevant to the reference
level).
Support type Click the input field to select the appropriate type of support: to prevent
(Prevention of...) either translation, or rotation, or both.
Rigid supports can be used to suppress translation and/or rotation of the sheet piling (or single
pile) at certain points. Up to 10 rigid supports can be added.
A rigid support will only be active in the stages that are selected using the Stage Composer
4.6 Stages menu

After the sheet piling, loading and supports have been defined, the construction stages can
be described.
Deltares 91 of 416
4.6.1 Stages Manager

On the menu bar, click Stages and then choose Manager to open the input window. Click Add
to add a new stage to the list or click Insert to insert a new stage before the stage currently
selected. Click Rename to modify the current name. The Delete button removes the selected
stage from the list. Note that at least one construction stage must always be present. Up to
50 stages can be defined.See Calculation Options (section 5.1) for how to compensate for an
initial surcharge or non-horizontal surface during the first stage.
Figure 4.71: Stages Manager window
4.6.2 Stage(s) Overview

On the menu bar, click Stage(s) and then choose Overview to open the Stage(s) Overview
window. Depending on the selected model (section 4.1.1), the content of this window will be
different:
Refer to section 4.6.2.1 for Sheet Piling model;

Refer to section 4.6.2.2 for Single Pile model.
4.6.2.1 Stages Overview for Sheet Piling

For Sheet piling, the Stages Overview window serves the following purposes:
An overview of loads, supports and additional data that may vary for each stage.
Selection of specific loads, supports and additional input data for each stage.
Input of anchor and strut forces, and the input of a prescribed pile top displacement.
92 of 416 Deltares
Input
Figure 4.72: Stages Overview window for Sheet Piling model
Pile top Mark this check-box to activate a prescribed piling top displacement
displacement for the selected stage. Positive values indicate a displacement to the
right. Displacements are specified in relation to the configuration at
the start of stage 1. If the check-box is not marked, D-S HEET P ILING
assumes that the top of the sheet piling can move freely. An alter-
native method of ensuring zero displacement of the top of the wall
is to use a rigid support (section 4.6.2.2).
Passive side Select from the drop-down list which side is the passive side: Left,
Right or leave D-Sheet Piling determined it automatically.
Note: The option D-Sheet Piling determined works in most of the
cases correctly. However, if this option is used simultaneously with
the option D-Sheet Piling determined to determine if the loads are
favorable or unfavorable, the automatic determination of the pas-
sive side can be incorrect because the automatic determination of
the favorable/unfavorable nature of a load is sometimes incorrect,
as explained in the note in section 4.4.1, section 4.4.2 and in sec-
tion 4.4.3. Thats why using this option requires some careful.
Deltares 93 of 416
Methods For each side and for each stage, select the method that
D-S HEET P ILING will use to calculate the lateral earth pressure ra-
tios:
C, phi, delta (cohesion, soil friction angle and friction angle be-
tween soil and wall): With this option selected D-S HEET P ILING
derives the lateral earth pressure coefficients using Culmanns
method. This method is the usual choice in most cases. It is based
on straight slip surfaces and includes the influence of soil weight,
non-horizontal ground surfaces and non-uniform surcharge.
Ka , K0 , Kp (active, neutral and passive lateral earth pressure co-
efficients): With this option selected, D-S HEET P ILING will use user-
specified coefficients or ones derived automatically from the Mller-
Breslau equations (straight slip surface, horizontal soil surface) or
Ktter equations (curved slip surface, horizontal ground surface).
For more details, see the Soil Materials input window section 4.3.2.
Water levels For each side and for each stage, select the water level. Water
levels may be added or modified in the Water Level window (sec-
tion 4.3.5).
Surfaces For each side and for each stage, select one of the available ground
surfaces from the drop down list. Ground surfaces may be added or
modified in the Surfaces input window.
Soil profiles For each side and for each stage, select one of the available layer
profiles from the drop down list. Layer profiles may be added or
modified in the Profiles input window.
Anchors For each stage, select the anchors that are used by marking the cor-
responding check-boxes. Anchors may be added via the Supports
menu.
Pre-tensioning For each selected anchor, the corresponding check-box in the list of
forces pre-tensioning forces may be marked. Once a check-box is marked,
the pre-tensioning force can be entered in the same cell of the table.
If an anchor is deselected, the corresponding pre-tensioning also
becomes deselected, and the corresponding check-box is disabled.
Note: In case of inclined anchor, the input pre-stress force is along
the inclined anchor, not normal to the sheet piling.
Struts For each stage, select the struts that are to be used by marking the
corresponding check-boxes. Struts may be added via the Supports
menu.
Pre-compressions For each selected strut, the corresponding check-box in the list
of pre-compression forces may be marked. Once a check-box is
marked, the pre-compression force can be entered in the same
cell of the table. If a strut is deselected, the corresponding pre-
compression also becomes deselected, and the corresponding
check-box is disabled.
Spring supports Supports and loads may be selected for each stage by marking the
Rigid supports corresponding check boxes. Supports and loads may be entered
Uniform loads with the input windows in the Soil menu and the Loads menu.
Surcharges Surcharges may be selected to act on either side of the sheet piling.
Horizontal line loads
Moments
Normal forces
Note: The Soil Displacements as defined from the Loads menu (section 4.4.6) are not
94 of 416 Deltares
Input
present in the Stages Overview window for Sheet Piling model (Figure 4.72) because they
are applied only at the first stage.
For more detail about the menus mentioned above, see section 4.3 to section 4.5.
4.6.2.2 Stage Overview for Single Pile

The Stage Overview window allows an overall view of loads and supports being selected for
a Single Pile analysis.
Note: Working with construction stages is not possible for the Single pile model.
Figure 4.73: Stage Overview window for Single Pile model
Water levels Select the water level. Water levels may be added or modified in the
Water Levels window (section 4.3.5).
Surfaces Select one of the available ground surfaces from the drop-down list.
Ground surfaces may be added or modified in the Surfaces window
(section 4.3.1).
Soil profiles Select one of the available layer profiles from the drop down list.
Layer profiles may be added or modified in the Profiles input window
(section 4.3.4).
Spring supports All supports and loads may be selected by marking the correspond-
Rigid supports ing check boxes. Supports and loads may be entered using the
Horizontal line loads input windows in the Soil menu (section 4.3) and the Loads menu
Moments (section 4.3.4).
Normal Forces
For more details about the menus mentioned above, see section 4.3 and section 4.3.4.
Deltares 95 of 416
96 of 416 Deltares
5 Calculations
5.1 Calculation Options

This option is available only for retaining walls (section 4.1.1). On the menu bar, click Calcu-
lation and then choose Options, to change the determination method for the earth pressure
coefficients according to Culmann or to reduce the wall friction angles according to CUR 166.
Figure 5.1: Calculation Options window
First stage Mark this check-box to let D-S HEET P ILING determine equal neutral
represents stresses at both sides, for initially non-horizontal surfaces or initial sur-
initial situation charges. The possibilities and limitations are outlined in section 5.1.1.
Also see chapter 38 for background information.
Coarse/Fine Select either the faster, classic, coarse element determination of active
and passive pressures, or the more accurate fine element determina-
tion. D-S HEET P ILING applies the fine determination implicitly when the
First stage represents initial situation option has been selected. Note
that the fine and coarse methods may yield different results, as ex-
plained in section 5.1.2.
Reduce delta Mark this check-box to allow reduction of the wall friction angles ac-
friction angle(s) cording to CUR 166. This means that:
according to for 30 , no change is made to ;
CUR for 30 < 35 , is reduced to 16.6 ;
for > 35 , is reduced to 17.2 .
This option is only available when using the C, phi, delta soil parame-
ters module. The check-box is marked as default.
Note: This reduction applies for both Standard and Verification calcu-
lation:
in case of a Verification calculation, this reduction applies on the (cal-
culated) design values;
in case of a Standard calculation or a Verification calculation with
representative values (incl. step 6.5 of CUR), this reduction applies on
the representative values.
5.1.1 Possibilities and limitations of the option First stage represents initial situation
Only non-uniform loads and non-horizontal surfaces are allowed in combination with
a first initial stage. Uniform loads, horizontal line loads, moments and normal forces
cannot be used in a first initial stage.
Sheet piling deformation will not occur in a first initial stage, unless the initial neutral soil
Deltares 97 of 416
stress becomes equal to the active or passive value at some part along the sheet piling.
The layers and phreatic surface in a first initial stage must be continuous at the position
of the sheet piling.
The influence of sheet piling installation on soil stresses is not modeled.
5.1.2 Coarse vs. Fine calculation

When performing calculations D-S HEET P ILING divides the sheet pile wall into elements. See
chapter 27 for information on how this division is performed. Each element contains 5 minor
nodes. Using the fine option the earth pressure coefficients are calculated at the location of
each node. Using the coarse option the earth pressure coefficient is assumed to be constant
over the whole element.
5.2 Start Calculation for Sheet Piling

On the menu bar, click Calculation and then choose Start to start the calculation. If the input
contains no errors, the Start Calculation window will be displayed in which different types of
calculation can be performed:
section 5.2.1: a standard calculation;

section 5.2.2: a design of the length of the sheet piling, using or not design codes
(Eurocode and CUR 166);
section 5.2.3: a verification of the sheet piling according to design codes (Eurocode and
CUR 166);
section 5.2.4: a verification of the stability of the anchor;
section 5.2.5: a verification of the overall stability using or not design code CUR 166.
5.2.1 Standard Calculation

To perform a standard calculation, select the Standard tab in the Start Calculation window
(Figure 5.2).
Figure 5.2: Start Calculation window, Standard tab
98 of 416 Deltares
Calculations
Recalculation Automatic
earth pressure Selecting Automatic leaves the values of the lateral earth pressure ra-
coefficients tios that are calculated by the Culmann (c, phi, delta) method as they
are.
Manual
In order to review or modify the lateral earth pressure ratios calculated
by the Culmann (c, phi, delta) method, select Manual and click Editor.
This will open the Fictive Earth Pressure Coefficients window, where
the values can be viewed and modified (section 5.2.1.1).
Start Click Start to perform the analysis (using the stated sheet piling length).
The calculation progress is displayed in the Calculation Progress win-
dow (section 5.2.1.2).
5.2.1.1 Fictive Earth Pressure Coefficients

In the Fictive Earth Pressure Coefficients window, the values of the lateral earth pressure ra-
tios calculated by the Culmann (c, phi, delta) method can be viewed and modified (Figure 5.3).
Refer to section 28.2.1 for background information.
Figure 5.3: Fictive Earth Pressure Coefficients window
Coefficients of Select the construction stage for which the earth pressure ratios are
construction stage to be modified.
Recalculation Click this button to restore the original Culmann values.
Select side to The vertical position along the sheet piling for which the earth pres-
show coefficients sure coefficients have been calculated.
Level The vertical position along the sheet piling.
Ka, Ko, Kp The active, neutral and passive earth pressure coefficient values,
which can be modified.
Deltares 99 of 416
5.2.1.2 Calculation Progress

Click Start in the Start Calculation window to perform the analysis. After analysis is complete,
close the Calculation Progress window (Figure 5.4).
Figure 5.4: Calculation Progress window
A report can now be generated (section 6.2). If errors are found in the input data, any calcula-
tion can be performed and the Error Messages window opens in which more details about the
error(s) are given. Those errors must be corrected first before performing a new calculation.
For more explanations about the possible errors and how to solve them, refer to section 5.5.
If the sheet pile wall is found to be unstable then the calculation process is stopped and the
following warning message appears: Calculation finished: Sheet piling becomes unstable.
The sheet piling is considered to be unstable if 100% of the mobilized resistance or if the dis-
placement reaches 25% of the sheet piling length. The stage at which the instability occurred
is also indicated in the Calculation Progress window.
5.2.2 Design Sheet Piling Length

Select the Design Sheet Piling Length tab in the Start Calculation window to design the sheet
piling length.
5.2.2.1 Design Sheet Piling Length (standard)

If the option Verification (EC7/CUR) has not been selected in the Model window (section 4.1.1),
the Design Sheet Piling Length tab allows only to perform a standard design without applying
partial factors to the input values (Figure 5.5).
100 of 416 Deltares

Calculations
Figure 5.5: Start Calculation window, Design Sheet Piling Length tab
Construction Select the construction stage for which a stability analysis is to be used
stage in order to determine the minimum length for the sheet piling.
Pile length From Enter the range of pile lengths over which the analysis should be per-
/ Down to / formed, and the Decrement in length for each analysis step.
Decrement
If the option Verification (EC7/CUR) has been selected in the Model window (section 4.1.1),
four types of design can be performed as shown in Figure 5.6:
standard design using representative values

design according to EuroCode 7 (General rules)
design according to EuroCode 7 (Dutch Annex)
design according to CUR 166
Deltares 101 of 416

Figure 5.6: Design using representative values
Representative Select this option to perform a standard design calculation using the
representative input values. This calculation is equivalent to the stan-
dard design calculation performed in Figure 5.5.
EC7 General Select this option to perform a design calculation according to the Eu-
rocode 7 design code using the partial factors prescribed in Eurocode
7 Part 1: General rules (NEN-EN, March 2005).
EC7 NL Select this option to perform a design calculation according to the Eu-
rocode 7 with the recommendations and partial factors prescribed in
the Dutch annex NEN-EN 1997-1/NB and the complementary standard
NEN 9097-1.
EC7 B Select this option to perform a design calculation according to the Eu-
rocode 7 with the recommendations and partial factors prescribed in
the Belgian annex NBN EN 1997-1 ANB.
CUR Select this option to perform a design calculation according to the
CUR 166 Dutch design code (CUR, 2005).
5.2.2.2 Design Sheet Piling Length acc. to Eurocode 7 (General)

If EC7 General is selected (Figure 5.7) then D-S HEET P ILING will apply partial factors according
to Eurocode 7 (chapter 35).
102 of 416 Deltares

Calculations
Figure 5.7: EC7 General
Design ap- Select the corresponding design approach for which the design calcu-
proach lation will be performed. See chapter 35 for more information.
Click Start to perform the analysis.
Figure 5.8: Start Calculation window, Design Sheet Piling Length tab - Output
The report shows for each length decrement:
the mobilized resistance, defined as the actual total passive soil reaction divided by the
Deltares 103 of 416

capacity of the total passive soil reaction at full yield;

the anchor force;
the extreme values for the bending moments along the sheet piling;
the maximum displacement along the sheet piling.
The analysis stops if the sheet piling becomes unstable. Instability is defined as reaching
100% of the mobilized resistance, or as the maximum displacement exceeding 25% of the
sheet piling length.
5.2.2.3 Design Sheet Piling Length acc. to CUR and Eurocode 7 (NL Annex)
The Dutch Annex of the Eurocode 7 (NEN, september 2009) prescribes the same design
procedure as the CUR design procedure, except that the default partial factors are different.
If CUR or EC7 NL is selected (Figure 5.9) then D-S HEET P ILING will apply step 6.3 of the CUR
design procedure (section 34.2) using the partial factors of either CUR or EC7 NL. These
factors can either be applied to the selected stage only (method B), or also to all preceding
stages (method A) (section 34.3.1).
Figure 5.9: Start Calculation window, Design Sheet Piling Length tab EC7 NL / CUR
Partial factor set Choose the required Partial factor set for:
The safety class (Class I, II or III) of the CUR step-by-step design pro-
cedure (chapter 34).
The class (RC 1, 2 or 3) of the procedure prescribed in the Dutch An-
nex of Eurocode 7;
For both D-S HEET P ILING assumes that low representative values have
been entered for cohesion and friction, and the modulus of subgrade
reaction (section 4.3.2). D-S HEET P ILING will divide the input cohesion
and the angle of internal friction by class-dependent partial safety fac-
tors. D-S HEET P ILING will also divide the low representative value of the
modulus of subgrade reaction by 1.3.
Partial factors Select this option to apply partial factors to all stages (method A) (sec-
(design values) tion 34.3.1). All stages are therefore calculated using design values.
on all stages The functioning of method A is schematized in the second column of
(method A) Table 5.8.
Partial factors Select this option to apply partial factors on the selected stage only
(design values) (method B), which means that the selected stage is calculated using
in selected stage design values whereas the previous stages are calculated using rep-
only (method B) resentative values (section 34.3.1). The functioning of method B is
schematized in Table 5.8.
104 of 416 Deltares

Calculations
Table 5.8: Schematization of the calculation methods A and B according to EC7-NL and
CUR in case of 4 stages
Method A Method B(1)

Stage 1 d d char char char

Stage 2 d d char char

Stage 3 d d char

Stage 4 d d
(1)
Design values (d) in the stage to be controlled, characteristic values (char)
in previous stage(s)
5.2.2.4 Design Sheet Piling Length acc. to Eurocode 7 (Belgian Annex)

If EC7 B is selected (Figure 5.10), D-S HEET P ILING will apply design approach 1 using the
partial factors prescribed in the Belgian Annex of the Eurocode 7 (NBN-EN, january 2011)
in all the stages (i.e. method A). In accordance to this annex, design approach DA 1 is
selected and the recommended partial factors of the general Eurocode 7 are adopted except
for the variable action in set 2 which is reduced to 1.10. Moreover, in accordance to the
Belgian annex, the program will reduced the cohesion of the layer(s) situated 1 meter below
the surface level of the passive side: the cohesion has a linear distribution starting at 0 kN/m2
at the surface level.
Figure 5.10: Start Calculation window, Design Sheet Piling Length EC7 B
Set Select the corresponding set for which the design calculation will be performed.
5.2.3 Verify Sheet Piling

Select the Verify Sheet Piling tab in the Start Calculation window. This option is only available
with the Verification (EC7/CUR) option enabled (section 4.1.1). The verification is applicable
to a sheet pile wall with multiple or single anchorage.
The following types of verification can be performed:
(section 5.2.3.1) Verification acc. to Eurocode 7 General rules;

(section 5.2.3.2) Verification acc. to Eurocode 7 with Dutch annex NEN-EN 1997-1/NB
and complementary standard NEN 9097-1;
(section 5.2.3.2) Verification acc. to CUR 166;
Deltares 105 of 416

(section 5.2.3.3) Verification acc. to Eurocode 7 with Belgian Annex NBN EN 1997-
1 ANB;
To start the verification, click Start. After analysis is complete, the results can be viewed by
opening the Report window from the Results menu (section 6.2.2).
5.2.3.1 Verify Sheet Piling acc. to Eurocode 7 (General)

If Eurocode is selected, three different design approaches according to the General rules of
Eurocode 7 (NEN-EN, March 2005) can be selected (Figure 5.11).
Figure 5.11: Start Calculation window, Verify Sheet Piling tab EC7 General
Design Select the design approach according to Eurocode 7 for which the ver-
approach ification will be performed. See chapter 35 for more information.
Check stability Select this check-box to perform an overall stability calculation using
for all stages modified values for soil properties (cohesion, friction angle and unit
weight) depending on the Design approach chosen for all stages.
5.2.3.2 Verify Sheet Piling acc. to CUR and Eurocode 7 (NL Annex)
The Dutch Annex of the Eurocode 7 (NEN, september 2009) prescribes the same design
procedure as the CUR design procedure, except that the default partial factors are different.
If CUR or EC7 NL is selected, two different methods according to the CUR 166 design proce-
dure can be selected:
If method A (Partial factors (design values) in all stages) is selected, D-S HEET P ILING
applies partial factors (corresponding to the inputted set) in all stages. All stages are
therefore calculated using design values. The functioning of method A is schematized
in the second column of Table 5.11.
If method B (Partial factors (design values) in verified stage only ) is selected, D-S HEET P ILING
applies partial factors (corresponding to the inputted set) only in the selected final
stage(s), and all previous stages have the Representative set applied. The selected
stage is calculated using design values whereas the previous stages are calculated
using representative values. The functioning of method B is schematized in Table 5.11.
106 of 416 Deltares

Calculations
Table 5.11: Schematization of the calculation methods A and B according to EC7-NL and
CUR in case of 4 stages
Method A Method B(1)

Stage 1 d d char char char

Stage 2 d d char char

Stage 3 d d char

Stage 4 d d
(1)
Design values (d) in the stage to be controlled, characteristic values (char)
in previous stage(s)
If the Partial factors (design values) in all stages (method A) method is selected, the following
window is displayed (Figure 5.12).
Figure 5.12: Start Calculation window, Verify Sheet Piling tab for EC7 NL and CUR meth-
ods with Partial factors in all stages (method A)
Partial factor set Change the Partial factor set to the relevant class:
Safety class I, II or III according to CUR 166 inputted in the Default
Partial Factors window (section 4.1.2);
RC 1, 2 or 3 according to the Dutch Annex of Eurocode 7.
D-S HEET P ILING uses the partial factors set to modify the input soil
properties (cohesion, friction and modulus of subgrade reaction)
and levels during all stages.
Anchor stiffness Enter a multiplication factor for the anchor stiffness. This factor is
multiplication factor used in Step 9.1 of the verification (see below), for all stages. The
in all stages default value is 1.
Check stability Select this check-box to perform an overall stability calculation us-
for all stages ing:
modified values for cohesion, friction angle and driving moment for
CUR
modified values for cohesion, friction angle and unit weight for
EC7 NL
depending on the Partial factor set chosen for all stages.
If the Partial factors (design values) in all stages (method B) method is selected, the following
window is displayed Figure 5.13.
Deltares 107 of 416

Figure 5.13: Start Calculation window, Verify Sheet Piling tab for EC7 NL and CUR meth-
ods with Partial factors in verified stage only (method B)
Stage List of the stages as defined in the Stages Manager window (sec-
tion 4.6.1).
Verify Select the Stage for which verification is to be performed by marking
the relevant check-box(es). Leaving the check-box unselected means
that this stage will not be verified.
Partial factor set Change the Partial factor set to the relevant class:
Safety class I, II or III according to CUR 166 inputted in the Default
Partial Factors window (section 4.1.2);
RC 1, 2 or 3 according to the Dutch Annex of Eurocode 7.
D-S HEET P ILING uses the partial factors set to modify the input soil prop-
erties (cohesion, friction and modulus of subgrade reaction) and levels
during all stages.
Anchor stiffness Enter a multiplication factor for the anchor stiffness for the different
multiplication stages. This factor is used in Step 9.1 of the verification (see below).
factor The default value is 1.
Check stability Select this check-box to perform an overall stability calculation using:
for all verified modified values for cohesion, friction angle and driving moment for
stages CUR
modified values for cohesion, friction angle and unit weight for EC7 NL
depending on the Partial factor set chosen for all stages.
Verification consists of the execution of six steps of the CUR 166 design procedure:
Step 6.1 and step 6.3 determine the design moment and the shear force in the sheet
piling at the Ultimate Limit using a low design value design value for the modulus of
subgrade reaction (k / k ). For step 6.1, the water and surface levels at the passive
side are increased whereas for step 6.3 they are lowered.
Step 6.2 and step 6.4 determine the design moment and the shear force in the sheet
piling at the Ultimate Limit State using a high design value for the modulus of subgrade
reaction (k 2.25). For step 6.2, the water and surface levels at the passive side are
increased whereas for step 6.4 they are lowered.
Step 6.5 determines the design value for deformation at the Serviceability Limit State.
Step 9.1 determines the design value for the anchor force at the Ultimate Limit by in-
creasing the anchor stiffness using the multiplication factor specified in the input window
(see above).
More details on the procedure are given in section 34.2.
During all steps, D-S HEET P ILING assumes that low representative values have been entered
for cohesion and friction, as well as for the modulus of subgrade reaction (see section 4.3.2).
108 of 416 Deltares

Calculations
The modified values of the soil properties and levels can be found in the verification report
(see section 6.2.2).
5.2.3.3 Verify Sheet Piling acc. to Eurocode 7 (Belgian Annex)

If EC7 B is selected, the program will perform a verification calculation according to the Bel-
gian annex of the Eurocode 7, at ultimate limit state (combinations 1 and 2) and at serviceabil-
ity limit state. Two verification methods are available. See section 35.3 for more information.
Figure 5.14: Start Calculation window, Verify Sheet Piling tab - EC7 B
Check stability Select this check-box to perform an overall stability calculation using
for all stages modified values for soil properties (cohesion, friction angle and unit
weight).
Partial factors If this method is selected, D-S HEET P ILING applies the partial safety fac-
(design values) tors in all stages. This is the design method prescribed in the Eu-
in all stages rocode 7.
(method A)
Partial factors If this method is selected, D-S HEET P ILING applies the safety partial fac-
(design values) tors only in the verified stage and all previous stages used characteris-
in verified stage tic (i.e. representative) values. This is the design method prescribed in
only (method B) paragraph 4.4.2 of the Flemish norm "Standaardbestek 260" (SB260,
2012) used for the projects executed for the Flemish government. The
functioning of this method is schematized in Table 5.15.
Table 5.15: Schematization of the calculation method according to table 21-4-9 of SB 260
Stage Design values (d) in the stage to be controlled, characteristic val-

ues (char) in previous stage(s)
1 char d
&

2 char d
&

3 char d
&

... char d
&

Deltares 109 of 416

5.2.4 Allowable Anchor Force

Select the Allowable Anchor Force tab in the Start Calculation window. This option is only
available when the Verification (EC7/CUR) option has been enabled (section 4.1.1).
Figure 5.15: Start Calculation window, Allowable Anchor Force tab
Construction Select the stage for which the anchor force is to be verified.
stage
Start Click this button to perform the verification (section 5.2.4.1).
Draw Results Click this button to open the Allowable Anchor Force Results Diagram
window and view the slip surface and key data (section 5.2.4.2).
Kranz (Kranz, 1953) has derived formulas for a short anchorage; this means that the passive
slip surface from the sheet piling and the active slip surface from the anchor wall intersect. This
intersection leads to a reduced capacity of the soil resistance against the anchor force. For
a long anchorage, there is no intersection of the two slip surfaces and therefore no reduction
of soil resistance capacity. The applicability of the method for a long anchorage is limited to
anchor walls where the distance from the soil surface to the toe of the anchor wall is smaller
than approximately twice the height of the anchor wall. Grout anchors are always considered
as short anchorage. For background information, see Allowable Anchor Force in chapter 31.
Grout anchors are always considered as short anchorage. For background information, see
Allowable Anchor Force in chapter 31.
110 of 416 Deltares

Calculations
5.2.4.1 Verification Anchor Force

To perform the verification, click Start. The output displays the relevant input data, the allow-
able anchor force and the resulting anchor force (Figure 5.16).
Figure 5.16: Start Calculation window, Allowable Anchor Force tab showing results
Deltares 111 of 416

5.2.4.2 Allowable Anchor Force Results Diagram

To view the slip surface and key data, click the Draw Results button (see Figure 5.17).
Figure 5.17: Allowable Anchor Force Results Diagram window
H The height of the anchor wall.

L The length of the anchor.
A The cross sectional area of the anchor.
Ea The horizontal component of the resulting active force on the slip plane from the
sheet piling alone.
Er The horizontal component of the resulting reaction force on the slip plane from
the toe of the sheet piling to the toe of the anchor wall (short anchorage).
Eo The horizontal component of the resulting active force on the slip plane from the
anchor wall alone.
Ec The horizontal component of the force resulting from the cohesion along the
slip plane from the toe of the sheet piling to the toe of the anchor wall (short
anchorage).
Es The factor due to the anchor inclination.
Ep The horizontal component of the resulting passive force on the slip plane from
the anchor wall alone (long anchorage).
Fmax The allowable anchor force.
Fact The representative value of the acting force.
112 of 416 Deltares

Calculations
5.2.5 Overall Stability

Select the Overall Stability tab in the Start Calculation window. This option is only available
with the Verification (EC7/CUR) option enabled (section 4.1.1).
Figure 5.18: Start Calculation window, Overall Stability tab
Construction Choose the stage to be checked.

stage
Representative Select this option to check the overall stability using input representa-
tive values.
EC7 General Select this option to check the overall stability using the partial fac-
tors on soil parameters (cohesion, friction angle and unit weight), as
prescribed by the Eurocode 1997-1 (NEN-EN, March 2005). See sec-
tion 5.2.5.1 for a detailed description of the window.
Note: No partial factors on loads and earth resistance are used, in
contrast with what prescribed the Eurocode 7.
EC7 NL Select this option to check the overall stability using partial factors pre-
scribed by the Dutch Annex of the Eurocode 7 (NEN, september 2009).
See section 5.2.5.2 for a detailed description of the window.
CUR Select this option to check the overall stability using partial factors pre-
scribed by CUR 166 (chapter 34). See section 5.2.5.3 for a detailed
description of the window.
EC7 B Select this option to check the overall stability using the partial factors
on soil parameters (cohesion, friction angle and unit weight), as pre-
scribed by the Belgian Annex of the Eurocode 7 NBN EN 1997-1 ANB.
See section 5.2.5.4 for a detailed description of the window.
Note: No partial factors on loads and earth resistance are used, in
contrast with what prescribed the Belgian annex of Eurocode 7.
Export calcula- Use this option to generate input for a more detailed stability analysis
tion results to with D-G EO S TABILITY (formerly known as MStab).
D-Geo Stability
Deltares 113 of 416

5.2.5.1 Overall Stability acc. to Eurocode 7 (General)

If EC7 General is selected (Figure 5.19) then D-S HEET P ILING will apply partial factors on
soil parameters only (cohesion, friction angle and unit weight), as prescribed by the Eu-
rocode 1997-1 (NEN-EN, March 2005). No partial factors on loads and earth resistance
are used, in contrast with what prescribed the Eurocode 7. Refer to section 35.1.5 for more
information.
Figure 5.19: Start Calculation window, Overall Stability tab - EC7 General
Design Choose the Eurocode design approach. D-S HEET P ILING will modify the
approach soil parameters (cohesion, friction angle and unit weight) depending on
the Design Approach chosen.
5.2.5.2 Overall Stability acc. to Eurocode 7 (NL Annex)

If EC7 NL is selected (Figure 5.20) then D-S HEET P ILING will apply partial factors according to
the Dutch Annex of the Eurocode 7.
Figure 5.20: Start Calculation window, Overall Stability tab - EC7 NL
Partial factor set Choose the class (RC 1, 2 or 3). D-S HEET P ILING will modify the soil
parameters (cohesion, friction angle and unit weight) depending on the
Partial factor set chosen.
114 of 416 Deltares

Calculations
5.2.5.3 Overall Stability acc. to CUR 166

If CUR is selected (Figure 5.21) then D-S HEET P ILING will apply partial factors according to the
Dutch recommendations CUR 166.
Figure 5.21: Start Calculation window, Overall Stability tab - CUR
Partial factor set Choose the CUR 166 safety class (Class I, II or III). D-S HEET P ILING will
modify the soil parameters (cohesion and friction angle) and the driving
moment according to CUR 166 table 2.7.
5.2.5.4 Overall Stability acc. to Eurocode 7 (Belgian Annex)

If EC7 B is selected (Figure 5.22) then D-S HEET P ILING will apply partial factors on soil pa-
rameters only (cohesion, friction angle and unit weight), as prescribed by the Belgian annex
of Eurocode 7 (NBN-EN, january 2011). No partial factors on loads and earth resistance are
used, in contrast with what prescribed the Belgian annex. Refer to section 35.3.5 for more
information.
Figure 5.22: Start Calculation window, Overall Stability tab - EC7 B
Set Choose one of the two combinations of Design Approach 1.

D-S HEET P ILING will modify the soil parameters (cohesion, friction an-
gle and unit weight) depending on the Design Approach chosen.
After clicking OK, D-S HEET P ILING will use Bishops method (chapter 32) to find the critical slip
circle. The critical slip circle and stability factor are shown schematically in the result window.
Deltares 115 of 416

Figure 5.23: Overall Stability Diagram window
5.3 Start Calculation for Single Pile

On the menu bar, click Calculation and then click Start. After analysis is complete, close the
Calculation Progress window. A report can now be generated.
5.4 Batch Calculation

D-S HEET P ILING offers the possibility to perform calculations in batch which means successive
calculations for different input files. This can be useful for time consuming calculations. To do
so, D-S HEET P ILING program must be started from the Run window by specifying its location
followed by /b, as shown in Figure 5.24.
Figure 5.24: Run window
Then the Start Batch Calculation window opens where the location of the files must be speci-
fied (Figure 5.25).
116 of 416 Deltares

Calculations
Figure 5.25: Start Batch Calculation window
D-S HEET P ILING will run the specified files successively.
5.5 Error Messages

If errors are found in the input data, any calculation can be performed and the Error Messages
window opens in which more details about the error(s) are given. Those errors must be cor-
rected first before performing a new calculation. Below is a list of all possible error messages
with a few explanations when needed.
Figure 5.26: Error Messages window
Sheet piling:
Maximum number of nodes exceeded!
Maximum number of different kinds of bars exceeded!
Calculation:
Stiffness matrix is not filled properly!
Ratio of stiffness sheet piling / Mod.of subgrade reaction too small!
No passive side found of the sheet piling.
Sheet piling becomes unstable (not converged)
Not converged: Maximum number of iterations exceeded
No convergence
Uplift will occur
Anchor:
Anchor above ground surface Change the anchor properties in the
Anchor window (section 4.5.1).
Cross section for anchor incorrect (= 0)
Length for anchor incorrect (= 0)
Read dumpfile:
Deltares 117 of 416

Requested stage not found on dumpfile

Error found while reading dumpfile
Unable to open dumpfile
Allowable anchor force:

Anchor wall in active plane sheet piling
Bottom anchor wall on or above surface
Eurocode verification:
Maximum During Eurocode verification, the maximum allowable percentage of
percentage of mobilization (of 100%) is reduced as a partial resistance factor is ap-
mobilization plied (section 4.1.2). However, the instability criterion stays at 100%
exceeded thats why this error message is given.
Initial calculation:
Initial stress-less situation request a continuous surface
Initial stress-less situation request the same soil profiles on both sides
Initial stress-less situation is only possible with C, phi, delta method
Initial stress-less situation : no soil displacements allowed
Initial stress-less situation : no head displacements allowed
Initial stress-less situation : no uniform distributions allowed
Initial stress-less situation : no horizontal loads or moments allowed
All the above error messages refer to the limitations of the calculation option First stage rep-
resents initial situation given in section 5.1.1.
Method Ka , K0 , Kp :
On the left side a surcharge The Ka , K0 , Kp model is limited to uniform loads. In case
load is defined. of surcharge, the c, phi, delta model must be used.
On the right side a surcharge
load is defined.
On the left side the surface is The Ka , K0 , Kp model is limited to horizontal surfaces. In
not horizontal. case of non-horizontal surfaces, the c, phi, delta model
must be used.
On the right side the surface
is not horizontal.
Design sheet piling length:

There are loads or supports below the sheet piling.
Sheet piling above surface level.
Use of method:
In the next profile(s) the difference between the highest and lowest phi in the layers is more
then 15 degrees.
According to CUR 166 article 4.5.8, a Culmann calculation with straight slip surfaces is not
allowed. Either reduce your phis or try a Ka , K0 , Kp calculation.
118 of 416 Deltares

Calculations
In a verification the Ka , K0 and Kp are recalculated with reduced phi and deltas. This
was impossible with the next layer/layers while they have a manual given Ka , K0 and Kp .
The Ka , K0 and Kp are calculated according to Brinch Hansen per material.
General:
The stress in the layer is used in this calculation, therefore a material
should not be used in more than one layer.
The next material(s) occur in more than one layer:
No construction stages defined
Too many construction stages defined Up to 50 stages
can be defined
Level of first soil displacement must coincide with top level of sheet
piling
On the left side, no surface has been selected
Level surface near sheet pile is situated above top sheet piling
Level surface near sheet pile is situated beneath toe sheet piling
More than one normal force defined Only one normal
force per stage is
allowed.
Normal force X is not constant
Normal force must be constant when two levels coincide
At least two soil displacement points required (sheet piling top and
bottom)
Levels of soil displacements are not decreasing
No points defined in surface
X-coordinates surface are not increasing
No soil layers defined
Soil profile X: Levels soil layers must be decreasing,
The soil layer X is not defined
No side defined
Not enough points defined (needs at least two)
X-coordinates of the surcharge load are not increasing
Negative values specified
Negative spring stiffness defined
No sheet piling sections defined
Too many sheet piling sections defined Up to 20 sections
can be defined.
Sheet piling length must be at least 1 m.
Sheet piling length may not be larger than 100 m.
Deltares 119 of 416

120 of 416 Deltares

6 View Results
The options in the Results menu can be used to view the results of the performed calculations.
6.1 Report Selection

On the menu bar, click Results and then choose Report Selection to open the Report Se-
lection window. In this window the report content can be selected for viewing, exporting and
printing by marking the check-boxes in the tree view.
Figure 6.1: Report Selection window
Include minor Select this option to display tabular results for every finite element node
nodes along the sheet piling, as opposed to just the major nodes.
Multiple stage To apply the same result selection for all stages, first use the Multiple
selection stage selection tree view on the right hand side. By clicking Apply to all
stages, this general selection will be applied to the tree view on the left
hand side.
Graphs Clicking Select all and then Apply under Graphs will cause pictures of
the geometry and graphs of the moments, forces and displacements to
be included for all stages.
Click OK to generate a report with the selected content.
6.2 Report
On the menu bar, click Results and then choose Report to view the results of the analysis,
in report format with tables and graphs (section 5.2.1). Depending on the type of calculation
performed (section 5.2), the report will contain different results:
Results of a standard calculation (section 6.2.1)
Deltares 121 of 416

Results of a Verify Sheet Piling analysis according to CUR and Eurocode 7 (NL Annex)
(section 6.2.2)
Results of a Verify Sheet Piling analysis according to Eurocode 7 (General and Belgian
annex) (section 6.2.3)
Click the Print active window icon to print the report. Choose the Export Report option
from the File menu to save the report, for example in RTF format.
6.2.1 Report for a standard calculation

The report contains a selection from the following elements:
Header with general data.

Table of Contents.
Summary section (Figure 6.2) contains:
Maxima per Stage: table overview of the extreme values for all stages;

Anchors and Struts: state and force in the anchors/struts for all relevant stages
(the force is given in the direction of the anchor/strut);
Calculation Errors: possible warnings indicating if instability occur during a stage;

Warnings: possible warnings indicating if uplift occur during a stage;
Figure 6.2: Report window, Summary section
Input Data for all Stages section: overview of general input.

Construction Stages section (for each stage) containing:
Outline (Picture) shows a diagram of the geometry with layers and supports;

Input Data Left/Right gives an overview of the input for each construction stage:
122 of 416 Deltares

View Results
If the Ka , K0 , Kp method is used for the selected side, the values of the calcu-
lated Earth pressures coefficients Ka , K0 and Kp are given in a table (see
Figure 6.3);
Figure 6.3: Report window, Input Data Left/Right section for Ka , K0 , Kp method
If the c, phi, delta method is used for the selected side, the table of the
Earth pressures coefficients is empty (see "n.a" in Figure 6.4) but an addi-
tional paragraph called Calculated Earth Pressure Coefficients Left/Right is
present: in the table displayed, column "Fictive earth pressure coefficients"
gives the values of the lateral earth pressure ratios calculated by the Cul-
mann (c, phi, delta). These values can also be found in the Fictive Earth
Pressure Coefficients window (section 5.2.1.1). Refer to section 28.2.1 for
background information.
Deltares 123 of 416

Figure 6.4: Report window, Input Data Left/Right section for Culmann method
Calculation Results for each construction stage;

Charts of Moments/Forces and Displacements (Picture) shows the graphical out-

put for moments, forces and displacements along the sheet piling;
Moments/Forces and Displacements gives the tabular output for moments, forces

and displacements along the sheet piling;

Stresses gives the tabular output for stresses along the sheet piling.

Soil Collapse (Figure 6.5) Soil Collapse gives the output of the integrated horizon-
tal forces on the left and right hand sides. D-S HEET P ILING calculates the mobilized
force resistance from the ratio between the actual force and the maximum force
along the passive side. In cases with a single support/anchor/strut, the maximum
moment and the mobilized moment are also calculated, around the location of the
support. On the passive side, D-S HEET P ILING only takes the stress contributions
below that location into account.
124 of 416 Deltares

View Results
Figure 6.5: Report window, Soil Collapse section
Vertical Force Balance (Figure 6.6) gives a rough indication of the upward forces

that result from the friction by soil movement on the active and passive sides. This
method is only useful if the friction is mainly caused by excavation, e.g. not by
normal forces. For background information, refer to chapter 33.
Figure 6.6: Report window, Vertical Force Balance section
Anchors/Struts (Figure 6.7) gives the force in all anchor and strut.

Figure 6.7: Report window, Anchors/Struts section
Settlement by Vibration section containing:

Surface Settlement (Figure 6.8)

Deltares 125 of 416

Figure 6.8: Report window, Settlement by Vibration - Surface settlement section
Settlement in requested point (Figure 6.9)

Figure 6.9: Report window, Settlement by Vibration - Settlement in requested point sec-
tion
The report is largely self-descriptive. Fragments of the result sections are displayed in Fig-
ure 6.2 to Figure 6.9. Click the Print active window icon on the menu bar to print the report.
Choose the Export Report option from the File menu to save the report, for example in RTF
format.
Click on the buttons at the top of the Report window to browse through the report:
Zoom in button
Click this button to enlarge the content of the selected page.
Zoom out button
Click this button to reduce the content of the selected page.
Zoom full page
Click this button to enlarge the page to fit the window.
Zoom page width
Click this button to enlarge the page width to fit the window.
Move to first page
Click this button to go to the first page of the report.
Move to previous page
Click this button to go to the previous page of the report.
Move to next page
Click this button to go to the next page of the report.
126 of 416 Deltares

View Results
Move to last page

Click this button to go to the last page of the report.
Enter the page number to be displayed.
6.2.2 Report for a Verify Sheet Piling calculation acc. CUR and EC7 NL
A verification analysis according to CUR 166 or Eurocode 7 (Annex NL) is performed using the
Verify Sheet Piling tab of the Start Calculation window (section 5.2.3).The verification report
contains the same elements as described in the regular analysis report (section 6.2.1), except
for the following sections:
Summary section containing (Figure 6.10):

Overview per Stage and Test: table overview of the results obtained for the se-

lected stages of the Verify Sheet Piling tab in the Start Calculation window (sec-
tion 5.2.3), for six CUR 166 steps (6.1, 6.2, 6.3, 6.4, 6.5 and 9.1) plus step 6.5
using a multiplication of 1.2 for the displacement, moment and force;
Anchors and Struts: state of anchors and struts for each selected stage and for

the six CUR 166 steps (6.1, 6.2, 6.3, 6.4, 6.5 and 9.1);
Overall Stability per Stage: safety factor for each stage;


Figure 6.10: Report window, Summary section for a CUR or EC7 NL verification
Deltares 127 of 416

Construction Stages section (for each stage and for the six CUR 166 steps) contain-
ing:
Outline (Picture) shows a diagram of the geometry with layers and supports, in-

cluding geometrical modifications by the selected safety class;
Input Data Left/Right gives an overview of the input for each construction stage,

including modifications by a selected partial factor safety class;

For the results, refer to section 6.2.1;

Refer to section 34.2 for background information on the CUR 166 verification steps. Refer to
section 35.2 for background information on the Dutch Annex of Eurocode 7.
6.2.3 Report for a Verify Sheet Piling calculation acc. EC7 General and EC7 B
A verification analysis according to Eurocode 7-General and Eurocode 7-Belgian is performed
using the Verify Sheet Piling tab of the Start Calculation window (section 5.2.3).The report
for a EC7-General and EC7-B verification contains the same elements as described in the
regular analysis report (section 6.2.1), except for the following sections:
Summary section containing (Figure 6.11):

Overview per Stage and Test: table overview of the results obtained for the se-

lected stages of the Verify Sheet Piling tab in the Start Calculation window (sec-
tion 5.2.3), for the selected design approach:
for the EC7-General verification: DA 1, DA 2 or DA 3;
for the EC7-Belgian verification: ANB set 1 (i.e. DA 1 set 1) and ANB set 2 (i.e.
DA 1 set 2) plus an extra design approach called Deformation corresponding
to a representative calculation (no partial factors).
Anchors and Struts: state of anchors and struts for each selected stage and for

the selected design approach (DA): 1, 2 or 3.

Overall Stability per Stage: safety factor for each stage;


Figure 6.11: Report window, Summary section for a EC7-General verification
128 of 416 Deltares

View Results
Construction Stages section (for each stage and for the selected DA) containing:
Outline (Picture) shows a diagram of the geometry with layers and supports, in-

cluding geometrical modifications by the selected design approach;
Input Data Left/Right gives an overview of the input for each construction stage,
including modifications by the partial factors of the selected DA;
For the results, refer to section 6.2.1;
Note: For design approaches DA 1 set 1 and DA 2, the maximum values of the bending
moment given in the Summary section of the Report can be different from those given in the
Moment/Force/Displacement Charts window (section 6.3.3) because the bending moment
given in the Report includes the partial factor on the effect of the loads whereas the actual
values in the Moment/Force/Displacement Charts window not.
Refer to section 35.1 for background information on the General Eurocode 7.
6.3 Moments, Forces and Displacements Charts

On the menu bar, click Results and then choose Moment/Force/Displacement Charts to
view graphs of the bending moments, shear forces and displacements along the sheet pil-
ing. Depending on the type of calculation performed (section 5.2), the content of the Mo-
ment/Force/Displacement Charts window will be different:
(section 6.3.1) Charts for a Standard calculation;

(section 6.3.2) Charts for a Verify Sheet Piling calculation according to CUR and Eu-
rocode 7 (NL Annex);
(section 6.3.3) Charts for a Verify Sheet Piling calculation according to Eurocode 7
(General).
6.3.1 Charts for a Standard calculation
Figure 6.12: Moment/Force/Displacement Charts window
Deltares 129 of 416

Click the Previous stage and Next stage icons, , to view the results of the other construc-
tion stages. Click on the Print active window icon to print the displayed graphics.
For the three charts, the grey dotted lines indicate the maximum values obtained from all
stages.
For the Bending Moment chart (left chart of Figure 6.12), the Admiss. elas. design moment
inputted in the Sheet Piling window (section 4.2.1.1) is also drawn as two green dotted vertical
lines (of -300 and 300 kNm in Figure 6.12). In case of a Plastic calculation, the Admiss. plas.
design moment inputted in the Sheet Piling window (section 4.2.1.2) is also drawn as two blue
dotted vertical lines (of -350 and 350 kNm in Figure 6.12).
Click the right hand mouse button, and choose View Data to open the Chart Data window
(Figure 6.13). In this window the data used to generate the charts can be viewed and copied,
for example for use in spreadsheets.
Figure 6.13: Chart Data window
For the three charts (Bending Moments, Shear Forces and Displacement), three types of
datas are available:
Actual The actual values of the selected stage.

Minimum The minimum values of all stages.
Maximum The maximum values of all stages.
Note: The anchor force Fsupport given chart data in the Shear Forces chart of the Mo-
ment/Force/Displacement Charts window is the actual total force in the anchor (normal to the
sheet piling), whilst the shear force illustrated as acting on the sheet pile wall is only the hori-
zontal component of the anchor force. Thus the size of the jump in the shear force diagram
will only be the same as the value given for Fsupport if the anchor is horizontal.
130 of 416 Deltares

View Results
6.3.2 Charts for a Verify Sheet Piling calculation acc. CUR and EC7 NL
A verification analysis according to CUR 166 or Eurocode 7 (Annex NL) is performed using the
Verify Sheet Piling tab of the Start Calculation window (section 5.2.3). The verification graphs
of the bending moments, shear forces and displacements along the sheet piling (Figure 6.14)
are available for the selected stage, for all six CUR 166 verification steps (6.1, 6.2, 6.3, 6.4, 6.5
and 9.1). See also the description for the Moment/Force/Displacement Charts from a regular
analysis (section 6.3.1).
Figure 6.14: Moment/Force/Displacement Charts window for a CUR verification
Click the View Verification Step icon to open a diagram of the changes made for the se-
lected verification step. For background information on the CUR 166 verification steps, see
section 34.2.
6.3.3 Charts for a Verify Sheet Piling calculation acc. EC7 General and EC7 B
A verification analysis according to Eurocode 7 (General and Belgian annex) is performed
using the Verify Sheet Piling tab of the Start Calculation window (section 5.2.3). The verifica-
tion graphs of the bending moments, shear forces and displacements along the sheet piling
(Figure 6.15) are available for the selected stage, only for the design approach (DA) selected
in the Verify Sheet Piling tab of the Start Calculation window (section 5.2.3).
Deltares 131 of 416

Figure 6.15: Moment/Force/Displacement Charts window for a EuroCode verification
Different lines are represented in the Moment/Force/Displacement Charts window:
In the Bending Moments chart, four different lines are plotted:

the grey dotted line is the maximum bending moment obtained from all stages;

the black continuous line is the bending moment calculated for the selected stage,
except for design approaches DA 1 set 1 and DA 2 for which this line corresponds
to the intermediary calculated bending moment without partial factor on the effect
of the loads;
the red dotted line is the maximum (between all stages) calculated bending mo-

ment multiplied by the partial factor on the effect of the loads. For design ap-
proaches DA 1 set 2 and DA 3, the red line is indeed the grey line as any partial
factor applies on the effect of the loads. For design approaches DA 1 set 1 and
DA 2, the red line is the black continuous line multiplied by the partial factor on the
effect of the loads;
the green dotted vertical line is the Admiss. elas. design moment inputted in the

Sheet Piling window (section 4.2.1).

the blue dotted vertical line is the Admiss. plas. design moment inputted in the

Sheet Piling window (section 4.2.2) for a Plastic calculation.
In the Shear Forces chart, two different lines are plotted:

the grey dotted line is the maximum shear force obtained from all stages;

the black continuous line is the shear force calculated for the selected stage;
In the Displacements chart, two different lines are plotted:

the grey dotted line is the maximum displacement obtained from all stages;

the black continuous line is the displacement calculated for the selected stage;
See also the description for the Moment/Force/Displacement Charts from a regular analysis
(section 6.3.1).
132 of 416 Deltares

View Results
Note: For design approaches DA 1 set 1 and DA 2, the maximum moment and the maximum
shear force given in the Moment/Force/Displacement Charts window are less than those given
in the Summary section of the Report window while they should be equal. The reason for this
is that the Moment/Force/Displacement Charts window shows the intermediary calculated
moments and forces before multiplying them with the partial factor on the effect of the loads
(1.35 as default) whereas the Summary section of the Report window shows the final design
moments and forces.
Click the right hand mouse button, and choose View Data to open the Chart Data window
(Figure 6.16). In this window the data used to generate the charts can be viewed and copied,
for example for use in spreadsheets chart data.
For the three charts (Bending Moments, Shear Forces and Displacement), three types of
datas are available:
Actual The actual values of the selected stage.

Note: For the chart of the Bending Moments, the actual values corre-
spond to the black continuous line, not the red dotted line (i.e. including
partial factor on the effect of the loads).
Note: For design approaches DA 1 set 1 and DA 2, the maxi-
mum/minimum values of the bending moment can be different from
those given in the Summary section of the Report (section 6.2.3) be-
cause the bending moment given in the Report includes the partial
factor on the effect of the loads whereas the actual values in the Chart
Data window not.
Minimum The minimum values of all stages.
Maximum The maximum values of all stages.
Deltares 133 of 416

6.4 Stress Charts

On the menu bar, click Results and then choose Stress State Charts to open the Stress charts
window where three graphs are plotted:
the Water Pressure graph represents the water pressure (including the user-defined
additional pore pressure) acting on the sheet pile wall at both sides;
the Effective Stress graph represents the horizontal effective stress acting on the sheet
pile wall at both sides;
the Resulting Stress graph has two lines:

the black line represents the resulting total stress acting on the sheet pile wall (i.e.

the difference between the horizontal total stress at the active and passive sides).
The total stress is the sum of the effective stress and the water pressure.
the red line represents the resulting effective stress acting on the sheet pile wall

(i.e. the difference between the horizontal effective stress at the active and passive
sides).
Figure 6.17: Stress State Charts window
Click the Previous stage and Next stage buttons, , to view the results of the other con-
struction stages.
Click the Print active window button to print the displayed graphics.Click the right hand
mouse button, and choose View Data to open the Chart Data window (Figure 6.18). In this
window the data used to generate the charts can be viewed and copied, for example for use
in spreadsheets chart data.
134 of 416 Deltares

View Results
Water Pressure The water pressure (including the user-defined additional pore pres-
Left sure) acting on the left side of the sheet pile wall.
Water Pressure The water pressure (including the user-defined additional pore pres-
Right sure) acting on the right side of the sheet pile wall.
Resulting Stress The resulting total stress (i.e. sum of the effective stress and the water
pressure) acting on the sheet pile wall (i.e. the difference between the
horizontal total stress at the active and passive sides):
0 0

resulting = active + Pw;active passive + Pw;passive
Effective Stress The horizontal effective stress acting on the left side of the sheet pile
Left wall.
Effective Stress The horizontal effective stress acting on the right side of the sheet pile
Right wall.
6.5 Stress Diagrams

On the menu bar, click Results and then choose Stress Diagrams to view the effective stress
, the pore pressure U and the resulting stress R acting on the sheet pile wall, displayed
over the soil, sheet piling and anchorage.
Deltares 135 of 416

Figure 6.19: Stress Diagrams window
Three stress representations are available:
Click the Effective Stress icon to view the horizontal effective stress acting on the
sheet pile wall at both sides.
Click the Water pressure icon to view the water pressure (including the user-defined
additional pore pressure) acting on the sheet pile wall at both sides.
Click the Resulting stress icon to view the resulting total stress (i.e. sum of the effec-
tive stress and the water pressure) acting on the sheet pile wall (i.e. the difference
between the horizontal total stress at the active and passive sides):
0 0

resulting = active + Pw;active passive + Pw;passive .
tion stages. Click the Print active window icon to print the displayed graphics.
6.6 Settlement by Vibration Charts

This option is available only after a Settlement by Vibration calculation (section 7.1).On the
menu bar, click Results and then choose Settlement by Vibration Charts to display the settle-
ment vs. the distance to sheet pile.
Three types of charts are displayed:
(section 6.6.1) Settlements during installation of the sheet piling;

(section 6.6.2) Settlements during removal of the sheet piling;
(section 6.6.3) Total settlements.
For each chart, three lines are shown:
136 of 416 Deltares

View Results
The blue line corresponds to the settlements due to sheet pile volume;
The red line corresponds to the settlements due to densification;
The black line corresponds to the total settlement (sum of settlements due to sheet pile
volume and due to densification).
For background information about the determination of the settlements due to vibration, refer
to chapter 39.
6.6.1 Settlements during installation of the sheet piling

Choose During installation from the drop-down menu at the top left of the Settlement by Vi-
bration Charts window to display the settlements during installation of the sheet piling.
Figure 6.20: Settlements by Vibration Charts window, During installation
6.6.2 Settlements during removal of the sheet piling

Choose During removal from the drop-down menu at the top left of the Settlement by Vibration
Charts window to display the settlements during removal of the sheet piling.
Deltares 137 of 416

Figure 6.21: Settlements by Vibration Charts window, During removal
6.6.3 Total settlement

Choose Total settlement from the drop-down menu at the top left of the Settlement by Vibration
Charts window to display the total settlement due to vibration during installation and removal
of the sheet piling.
Figure 6.22: Settlements by Vibration Charts window, Total settlement
138 of 416 Deltares

View Results
6.7 Slide Planes C, Phi, Delta Calculation

This option is available only for the stages and sides for which the c, phi, delta method
(Culmann) for the calculation of the lateral earth pressure ratios was selected in the Stages
Overview window (section 4.6.2.1), and only for a Standard calculation (section 5.2.1) but not
after a verification calculation.On the menu bar, click Results and then choose Slide Planes
C, Phi, Delta Calculation to view the active and passive slide planes as calculated using the
Culmann theory (section 28.2.1). The method is based on the equilibrium between the differ-
ent forces acting surcharge, the soil weight, the total force from the sheet piling, the normal
force and the shear force along one straight slip surface. The Culmann method takes the
stratification of soil along the slip surface into account. D-S HEET P ILING iteratively determines
a slip surface that results in the maximum active pressure and the minimum passive pressure.
From this calculated pressure, D-S HEET P ILING determines different coefficients in each point
from the top to the toe of the sheet pile wall.
Figure 6.23: Active Planes Diagram window
Click the Active slide planes icon to view the slides planes in each point along the
sheet pile wall at the left and right sides, used to calculate the active earth pres-
sure coefficients, as given in the Fictive Earth Pressure Coefficients window (sec-
tion 5.2.1.1).
Click the Passive slide planes icon to view the slides planes in each point along
the sheet pile wall at the left and right sides, used to calculate the passive earth
pressure coefficients, as given in the Fictive Earth Pressure Coefficients window
(section 5.2.1.1).
tion stages. Click the Print active window icon to print the displayed graphics.
Deltares 139 of 416

140 of 416 Deltares

7 Feasibility
During the analysis of a sheet pile wall, after verifying the walls stability, it is also important to
perform a feasibility check. For this purpose, the use of the Feasibility module helps the user:
to evaluate the settlements due to vibratory installation and removal of sheet piles (sec-
tion 7.1);
to evaluate the feasibility of a project by comparison with prior experiences. Two expe-
rience sources are available in the Feasibility module:
In order to check the feasibility of sheet pile driving, the NVAF (Nederlandse

Vereniging Aannemers Funderingstechnieken) NVAF lines has written a number

of instructions in a handbook (Harderwijk and NVAF/PSW, 2002) published in
2002. The Feasibility module supports part of this by means of the so-called NVAF
lines, representing the relation between the sheet piling length and the resisting
moment. These lines and the way to use them are presented in section 7.2.1.
At the same time, a project called GeoBrain Foundations (GeoBrain) was started

in 2002 at Deltares together with contractors and an engineering firm, which aims
to develop a prediction model for the feasibility of different types of geotechnical
engineering works. The details of hundreds of projects involving the driving of
sheet pilings were received for study. The Feasibility module gives access for
the user to those experiences, as explained in section 7.2.2, section 7.3 and sec-
tion 7.4.
Note: When using the Feasibility module, the aim is not to judge the feasibility of the project
as input into D-S HEET P ILING but only to provide the user with experiences on practical feasi-
bility. The user retains the final responsibility for the project.
7.1 Settlement by vibration

Settlements due to vibratory installation and removal of sheet piles are mainly caused by
densification of the sand and by installation or removal of a sheet pile volume. The model
implemented in D-S HEET P ILING is based on the model developed by Meijers (Meijers and Tol,
Juli 2010) (Meijers, december 2007). This model calculates the densification and excess pore
pressures during the installation and removal of the sheet pile. For background information,
refer to chapter 39.
The calculated settlements will be displayed in the Settlement by Vibration Charts window
(section 6.6) and in the Report (Figure 6.8) at the surface level. To know the settlements at
particular points (within the soil profile), enter their positions in the Positions Vibration Settle-
ment window (Figure 7.1). The calculated settlements at those particular points will be display
in the Report, in section Settlement in request point (Figure 6.9).
Deltares 141 of 416

Figure 7.1: Positions Vibration Settlement window
The calculation of the settlement by vibration is started from the Feasibility menu by selecting
the option Settlement by Vibration Calculation (Figure 7.2).
Figure 7.2: Options under Feasibility menu
A window appears showing the calculation progress (Figure 7.3).
Figure 7.3: Calculation progress window during Settlement by vibration calculation
The settlements are calculated for the active side/right side of the sheet pile and first (initial)
step. Ground level is the level next to the sheet pile wall.
Settlement results are shown in the Settlement by vibration Charts window, available from the
Results menu (section 6.6) and in the Report (Figure 6.9).
7.2 Sheet Pile Installation

To open the Feasibility Sheet Piling Installation window, click the Sheet Pile Installation option
from the Feasibility menu.
142 of 416 Deltares

Feasibility
7.2.1 Sheet Pile Installation based on NVAF lines

When the Show NVAF lines option from the Feasibility Sheet Pile Installation window is se-
lected, the chart shown in Figure 7.4 appears, representing the relation between the resisting
moment and the sheet pile length. Different lines are represented corresponding to different
driving strengths in kN.
Figure 7.4:
textitE-Consult Sheet Pile Installation window, Show NVAF lines option
In the Experience lines NVAF option, different lines can be selected from a drop down menu,
as shown in Figure 7.5.
Figure 7.5: Experience lines NVAF drop-down menu
A distinction is made between High Frequency (HF ) and Low Frequency (LF ) vibrations for
the sheet pile driving. For both vibration frequencies, general charts (ending with the number
5, 10, 15 or 20, for example HF 15) and charts for the most important cities of the Netherlands
(for example HF Rotterdam) are available. The final number of the general charts corresponds
to the average cone resistance of the soil in MPa. For example, <LF 10> means sheet pilings
driven using low frequency vibrations in a soil having an average cone resistance of 10 MPa.
In the graph Resisting moment vs. Sheet Pile length, the current sheet pile input is indicated
by a blue point section 4.2.1. According to Figure 7.4, it is an <AZ 13> sheet piling profile
with a resisting moment of 1300 cm3 /m and a length of 16 m. If this point lies below the
NVAF-lines, successful pile driving is guaranteed for the selected sheet piling profile. If the
Deltares 143 of 416

point lies above the NVAF-lines (which is the case in Figure 7.4), damage could occur during
pile driving. In the latter case, the sheet piling properties need to be changed either by de-
creasing the sheet pile length, or by increasing the resisting moment. New calculations must
be performed with this new profile to verify the sheet piling stability.
For a detailed description on the use of the Feasibility module with NVAF experience lines,
see the Experience data tutorial example chapter 19 or (Harderwijk and NVAF/PSW, 2002).
7.2.2 Sheet Pile Installation based on GeoBrain Experiences

When selecting the Show Experiences option from the Feasibility Sheet Pile Installation win-
dow, the chart of Figure 7.6 below appears, representing Resisting moment vs. Sheet pile
length. Each point represented corresponds to a performed project. Different colors and
markers are used for the points depending on whether the experience was Good, Moderate
or Poor.
Figure 7.6: E-consult Sheet Pile Installation window, Show Experiences option
In the Region option, different regions from the Netherlands, Belgium and Germany can be
selected from a drop-down menu, as shown in Figure 7.7.
Figure 7.7: Region drop-down menu
To get the most relevant information about each project, move the cursor over the project. To
view all of the information, click on the project and read the following information at the right
144 of 416 Deltares

Feasibility
side of Feasibility Sheet Piling Installation window:
Projectnaam The name of the project.

Datum uitvoering The date of construction.
Straat en Plaats The location of the project: street and the city names.
Sondering The name of the *.gef file containing the boring results.
Type profiel The type of sheet piling profile.
Enkele planken Single sheet piling: Ja = Yes and Nee = No.
Dubbele planken Double sheet piling: Ja = Yes and Nee = No.
Drieling planken Triple sheet piling: Ja = Yes and Nee = No.
Lengte van planken The length of the sheet piling.
Gebruikt trilblok The type of vibration used.
Hoog/laag frequent The type of vibration frequency: Hoog = High and Laag = Low.
Project resultaat The characteristic of the project results: Goed = Good,
Matig = Moderate and Slecht = Poor.
In Figure 7.6 it can be seen that the blue circle and black box denoting D-S HEET P ILING and
manual input respectively lie within the general area for which experience has been obtained.
This is an indication that the installation has a fairly common combination of sheet pile length
and resisting moment, although if there are a lot of Poor experiences near to an input this
could be an indication that the combination is likely to experience problems on installation.
7.3 GeoBrain Drivability Prediction

Choose GeoBrain Drivability Prediction from the Feasibility menu to open the GeoBrain Pre-
diction window. D-S HEET P ILING contacts on-line to the GeoBrain experience database.
Deltares 145 of 416

Figure 7.8: GeoBrain Prediction window, First page
CPT The name of the imported CPT (section 4.3.4). No CPT imported is
indicated by n.a.
Resisting The Resisting moment of the sheet piling inputted in the Sheet Piling
moment window (section 4.2.1).
Sheet piling The length of the sheet piling inputted in the Sheet Piling window (sec-
length tion 4.2.1).
Water level to Ground water level with respect to ground surface of the first stage (a
surface negative value indicates ground water is under ground surface).
Click this button to first modify the other data before performing a pre-
diction. When clicking this button, the user is directed through the dif-
ferent items of a menu bar. If the user does not know the answer to a
question, default values are used (section 7.3.1).
Click this button to predict directly, without changing the default values
for other data. When clicking this button, the user is directly directed to
the Result menu (section 7.3.5) if all required information are correct.
If not, the user is directed through the different items of a menu bar
(section 7.3.1) to fill in the missing required information.
This button is available only if a CPT was previously imported in the
Soil Profiles window (section 4.3.4).
146 of 416 Deltares

Feasibility
7.3.1 GeoBrain Prediction Menu bar

When clicking the Refine button, a main screen appears with a menu bar (Figure 7.9) at the
top and the bottom. Menus named Geotechnics (section 7.3.2), Sheet pile (section 7.3.3) and
Installation (section 7.3.4) contain questions that either have been filled automatically or must
be filled by the user before performing any prediction in the Result menu (section 7.3.5) and
viewing/saving the report in the Report menu (section 7.3.6).Use the Next > and < Previous
buttons to go through this menu.
Figure 7.9: GeoBrain Prediction window, Menu bar
7.3.2 GeoBrain Prediction Geotechnics menu

The Geotechnics menu shows the imported CPT and contains geotechnical questions.
Deltares 147 of 416

Figure 7.10: GeoBrain Prediction window, Geotechnics menu
148 of 416 Deltares

Feasibility
Question 1 Current CPT file:

The name of the CPT file providing the soil profile of the project. By de-
fault, D-S HEET P ILING uses the imported CPT in the Soil Profiles window
(section 4.3.4). If no CPT was imported, three options are available to get
a CPT file:
Select Upload CPT to import a GEF-CPT file by clicking the Browse

button;
Select Search for CPT to import a GEF-CPT file from the DINO
database (Data and Information of the Subsurface of The Nether-
lands). The search is made using a map. Refer to (DINO) for more
information on the DINO database.
Select Default CPT to select a GEF-CPT file from a drop-down list

containing default CPT for the main Dutch cities.
Question 2 Is there stiff clay present?

Select from the drop-down menu the type of stiff clay if present in the
project. Pot clay (potklei in Dutch) is a very compact black, until black-
brown clay which is present especially in the north of the Netherlands.
Boomse clay (boomseklei in Dutch) is a clay layer in the subsoil of the
east of the Netherlands and the North east of Belgium and it belongs to
the sediment formation of Rupel.
Question 3 What is the thickness of the stiff clay layers? [m]
If stiff clay is present, enter the thickness of the stiff clay layers.
Question 4 Ground water level with respect to ground surface [m]:
D-S HEET P ILING uses as default the ground water level of the first stage.
Question 5 Are there obstacles present? Give an estimate in percentage
Enter 0 if no obstacle.
Question 6 What is the condition of the subsurface on site?
Choose from the drop-down menu between Good, Moderate or Poor to
define the quality of the foundation.
7.3.3 GeoBrain Prediction Sheet pile menu

The Sheet pile menu contains questions about the sheet pile.
Deltares 149 of 416

Figure 7.11: GeoBrain Prediction window, Sheet pile menu
Question 7 What is the length of the sheet pile to be used?

Enter the length of the sheet pile. D-S HEET P ILING uses as default the
length inputted in the Sheet Piling window section 4.2.1.
Question 8 Sheet pile producer:
Select from the drop-down menu the sheet pile manufacturer if part of
D-S HEET P ILING library.
Type of sheet pile:
Select from the drop-down menu the type profile if part of the
D-S HEET P ILING library.
Question 9 Resisting moment:
Enter manually the resisting moment if the sheet pile profile is not part of
the D-S HEET P ILING library.
Question 10 Type of sheet pile profile:
Enter manually the sheet pile profile if the sheet pile profile is not part of
Question 11 Weight of a single sheet pile per meter:
Enter manually the sheet pile weight if the sheet pile profile is not part of
Question 12 Width single sheet pile profile:
Enter manually the sheet pile width if the sheet pile profile is not part of
150 of 416 Deltares

Feasibility
Question 13 What is the condition of the sheet piles to be used?

Select from the drop-down menu the use condition of the sheet piles (new
or used). In case of used sheet piles, indicate the state (good repair,
moderately repair or poor state).
Question 14 How are the sheet piles installed?
Choose between sheet piles installed in Single, Double and Triple.
7.3.4 GeoBrain Prediction Installation menu

The Installation menu contains questions about the installation method.
Figure 7.12: GeoBrain Prediction window, Installation menu for the three methods of driv-
ing (Vibrate, Drive and Pressing)
Question 15 Which method of driving is used?

Choose from the drop-down menu between Vibrate, Drive or Pressing.
This choice will influence the next questions.
Question 16 Do you know which vibratory hammer/pile hammer/pressing machine is
used?
If Yes, an D-S HEET P ILING library of machines is available. If No, the user
has to input manually the force/energy needed to install the sheet pile(s).
Question 17 Type of vibratory hammer/pile hammer/pressing machine
If known, select a type of machine from the drop down menu.
Question 18 Centrifugal force vibratory hammer/Blow energy pile hammer/Pressure
force of pressing machine
Enter the force that must be developed by the machine to install the sheet
pile.
Question 19 Type of pile hammer
Only in case of driven pile, choose between diesel and hydraulic pile ham-
mer.
Deltares 151 of 416

7.3.5 GeoBrain Prediction Result menu

To start the prediction, click the Prediction button.
Figure 7.13: GeoBrain Prediction window, Result menu
7.3.6 GeoBrain Prediction Prediction Report

To get a complete report in PDF format containing the input and results, click on the link View
the report here as a pdf-file in the Report menu (Figure 7.14).
Figure 7.14: GeoBrain Prediction window, Report menu
The Prediction Report window opens (Figure 19.15) with the default Internet Explorer pro-
gram. Using the appropriate icon on the menu bar, this prediction report can either be printed
and/or saved as a PDF document.
152 of 416 Deltares

Feasibility
Figure 7.15: Prediction Report window, Results prediction section
7.4 GeoBrain Drivability Experiences

Choose GeoBrain Drivability Experiences from the Feasibility menu to open the GeoBrain
Experiences window (Figure 7.16) to predict the feasibility of the design using the GeoBrain
experience database.
Deltares 153 of 416

Figure 7.16: GeoBrain Experiences window
The GeoBrain database can be consulted in three different ways:
Click this button to search experiences in the GeoBrain database based

on similar sheet piling length and resisting moment of the D-S HEET P ILING
project. See section 4.5 for a detailed description of the search results.
Note: The sheet piling length and resisting moment of the D-S HEET P ILING
project are inputted in the Sheet Piling window section 4.2.1 and are indi-
cated at the top of the window (Figure 7.16).
Click this button to search experiences in the GeoBrain database based
on a similar soil profile deduced from the imported CPT. Before clicking the
CPT button, select from the drop-down menu a type of similarity between
the soil profile of the GeoBrain database and the soil profile of the current
project. See section 7.4.2 for a detailed description of the search results.
Note: The name of the imported CPT is indicated at the top of the window
(Figure 7.16); n.a. indicates that no CPT is available.
Click this button to search experiences in the GeoBrain database close to
the location of the current project, by using a map. See section 7.4.3 for a
detailed description of the search results.
154 of 416 Deltares

Feasibility
Figure 7.17: GeoBrain Experiences window, Type of similarity between the soil profile of
the GeoBrain database and the soil profile of the D-S HEET P ILING project
7.4.1 GeoBrain Experiences Search on Sheet Piling

When searching in the GeoBrain experience database projects with similar sheet piling length
and resisting moment, the GeoBrain Experiences window displays a list of projects arranged
alphabetically (Figure 7.18).
Figure 7.18: GeoBrain Experiences window, search on Sheet Piling
Click the Back button to return to the main search window (Figure 7.16).
Page: Select a specific page by clicking on the appropriate page number. The
current page displayed is indicated by an arrow below the page
number.
Click the Next button to go to the next page.
Profile The soil profile of the project.
Project The name of the project. Click on the name to access detailed informa-
tion as shown in Figure 7.19.
Sheet pile The sheet pile profile and length.
Deltares 155 of 416

Equipment The drive method (Vibrate, Drive or Pressing) and the correspond-
ing type of machine (Vibratory hammer, Pile hammer or Pressing ma-
chine).
Result The quality of the project result.
Refine query Refine the search by clicking the appropriate requirement, see below
for a detailed description.
Clicking on the name of the project, give access to more detailed information on the selected
project as shown in Figure 7.19. In the window displayed, all sort information on Situation,
Geotechnics, Sheet piling, Installation, Surroundings and Experiences are available by click-
ing the corresponding name on the menu bar at the top. Click on Back to return to the projects
list (Figure 7.18) and inspect other projects.
Figure 7.19: GeoBrain Experiences window, Detailed information on the selected project
Using the Refine query table at the right side of the window (Figure 7.18), it is possible to
refine the search by clicking the appropriate requirement displayed in green. In parenthesis is
the number of projects of the GeoBrain database that meet this requirement.
The available requirements concern the quality of the result, the project location, some sheet
pile installation settings and some undesirable occurrences as listed below:
Result Choose between Good, Moderate or Poor.

Area Different regions from the Netherlands or different countries (Bel-
gium or Germany) can be selected.
Length Select one of the length intervals of 5 m corresponding to the
current project. As default, D-S HEET P ILING uses the length in-
putted in the Sheet Piling window from the Construction menu,
section 4.2.1.
Type of sheet pile, Select one of the resisting moment intervals of 500 cm3 /m corre-
resisting moment sponding to the current project. As default, D-S HEET P ILING uses
the length inputted in the Sheet Piling window from the Construc-
tion menu, section 4.2.1.
Drive method Select the drive method that will be used to install to sheet piling
(Vibrate, Drive or Pressing).
Vibratory hammer, In case of vibrated pile, select one of the centrifugal force inter-
centrifugal force vals used by the vibratory hammer of the current project.
Pile hammer, blow In case of driven pile, select one of the blow energy intervals
energy used by the pile hammer of the current project.
Pressing machine, In case of pressing pile, select one of the pressure force intervals
pressure force used by the pressing machine of the current project.
Sheet pile combination Select the appropriate sheet pile combination: only sheet piles
or combined walls (combination of sheet piles with tube piles or
H-profiles).
Undesirable Select one of the undesirable occurrences in the list that are ex-
occurrences pected to occur in the current project.
156 of 416 Deltares

Feasibility
Using the Refine Query table, it is also possible to change requirements by clicking the arrow
behind the requirement, as shown in Figure 7.20 (a) for Length and Resisting moment. This
will result in an enlargement of the search results as shown in Figure 7.20 (b) allowing the
user to change the requirements.
(a) (b)
Figure 7.20: Detailed view of the Refine Query
7.4.2 GeoBrain Experiences Search on CPT

When searching in the GeoBrain experience database projects with similar CPT, a GEF-CPT
file should have been previously imported in the Soil Profiles window (section 4.3.4). If not
the case, the window of Figure 7.21 appears. The GeoBrain Experiences window displays a
list of projects arranged alphabetically as explained in section 4.5.
Deltares 157 of 416

Figure 7.21: GeoBrain Experiences window, Search on Sheet Piling GeoBrain Experi-
ences window, Search on CPT
Current CPT file The name of the CPT file providing the soil profile of the project. Three
options are available to get a CPT file:
Select Upload CPT to import a GEF-CPT file by clicking the Browse
button;
Select Search for CPT to import a GEF-CPT file from the DINO
database (Data and Information of the Subsurface of The Netherlands).
The search is made using a map. Refer to (DINO) for more information
on the DINO database.
Select Default CPT to select a GEF-CPT file from a drop-down list
containing default CPT for the main Dutch cities.
CPT similarity Select from the drop-down menu a type of similarity between the soil
profile of the GeoBrain database and the soil profile of the current
project.
Click this button to start the search. The GeoBrain Experiences win-
dow displays a list of projects arranged alphabetically, with the same
features as a Search on Sheet Piling. So refer to (section 7.3) for a
detailed description.
158 of 416 Deltares

Feasibility
7.4.3 GeoBrain Experiences Search on Location

When searching in the GeoBrain experience database projects situated close to the location
of the current project, the GeoBrain Experiences window displays a map of the Netherlands
(Figure 7.22).
Figure 7.22: GeoBrain Experiences window, Search on Location View the total per area
Click this button to display a map view including cities, street and
motorway names and representation.
Click this button to display a satellite view.
Click this button to display a combination of the Map and Satellite
views.
Zoom in:
Click this button to enlarge the map.
Zoom out:
Click this button to reduce the map.
Pan:
Click this button to move the map by dragging the mouse.
Click this button to return to the main search window (Fig-
ure 7.16).
Deltares 159 of 416

Zooming out (Figure 7.22) will display the results as pie (i.e. total experiences per area)
whereas zooming in (Figure 7.23) will display the results as separate points (i.e. individual
experiences).
Figure 7.23: View individual experiences
In case of results display as pie, click on the pie (Figure 7.24, left) to get the name of the
corresponding province and the number of projects. Click on the Click here link to display
a detailed list of those projects. Refer to section 4.5 for a detailed description of the resulting
list.In case of results display as individual points, drag the hand cursor on a point (Figure 7.24,
left) to get the name of the corresponding experience and click on the point to display more
details on this experience. Refer to section 4.5 for a detailed description of the resulting list.
160 of 416 Deltares

Feasibility
Figure 7.24: GeoBrain Experiences window, search on Location
Deltares 161 of 416

162 of 416 Deltares

8 Tutorial 1: Excavation using Ka , K0 and Kp
This first tutorial considers a sheet pile retaining wall with a single excavation stage and no
change in groundwater level, as indicated in Figure 8.1. This situation might occur, for exam-
ple, when creating a new waterway.
The objectives of this exercise are:
To learn the steps needed to enter the project geometry and properties.
To calculate and display the bending moments, shear forces and deflection of the wall,
as well as stresses in the soil, using earth pressure coefficients (Ka , K0 , Kp ).
For this tutorial the following module is needed:
D-S HEET P ILING Standard module (earth pressure coefficients).
This tutorial is presented in the file Tutorial-1.shi.
8.1 Introduction to the case

The excavation is submerged; hence no change in groundwater level is expected. The ground-
water level is located 2 meters below the initial ground level. Four different soil layers are
modeled; their parameters are provided in Table 8.1. In this example the sheet piling used
to make the wall is an AZ 13 profile, having a bending stiffness of 41370 kNm2 /m. The top
of the wall is located at ground level (GL). The toe of the wall is at GL -16 m. The surface is
excavated to GL -7 m on the left hand side of the wall.
GL=0
-2.0
CLAY
-4.0
-6.00 PEAT
CLAY
CLAY
AZ 13
-13.0
SAND
-16.0
Figure 8.1: Single stage excavation (tutorial 1)
Deltares 163 of 416

Table 8.1: Soil properties (tutorial 1)
Clay Peat Sand

3
Unsaturated total unit weight [kN/m ] 15 10 17
Saturated total unit weight [kN/m3 ] 16 11 19
(Drained) Cohesion [kN/m2 ] 10 2 0
Friction angle [deg] 17 20 35
Delta Friction angle [deg] 11 0 27
Shell factor [-] 1 1 1
Over-consolidation ratio (OCR) [-] 1 1 1
Grain type Fine Fine Fine
Mod. of sub. reaction: Virgin loading [kN/m3 ] 2000 800 10000
8.2 Project
In the Project menu, the project model and project properties are described.
8.2.1 Model
To create a new project, follow the steps described below:
1. Start D-S HEET P ILING from the Windows task bar (Start/Programs/Deltares Systems/DSheetPiling).
2. If the D-S HEET P ILING installation is based on floating licenses then the Module window
may appear at this point. If this is the case then ensure that the modules mentioned in the
introduction of each tutorial have been selected. Click OK to close the window.
3. Click File and choose New on the D-S HEET P ILING menu bar to start a new project. This
will result in a screen similar to Figure 8.2.
4. Click Project on the menu bar and then choose Model.

5. Select Sheet piling.
164 of 416 Deltares

Tutorial 1: Excavation using Ka , K0 and Kp
6. Select the Ka, Ko, Kp soil parameters model (Figure 8.3).
7. Deselect the option Check vertical balance as a vertical balance check is not part of this
exercise.
8. Deselect the option Verification (EC7/CUR) as a CUR or EuroCode design check is not
part of this exercise.
9. Click OK and proceed to the definition of the sheet piling.
10. A message may appear stating that for all stages the method used is set to Ka , K0 , Kp .
Click Yes to continue.
See Project Model (section 4.1.1) for a detailed description of this window.
8.2.2 Project Properties

To give the project a meaningful description, follow the steps described below:
11. On the menu bar, click Project and then choose Properties to open the Project Properties
window Figure 8.4.
12. Fill in <Tutorial 1 for D-S HEET P ILING > and <Excavation using Ka, Ko and Kp> for Title
1 and Title 2 respectively in the Identification tab. The settings of the other tabs of the
Project Properties window are set to their default values.
Figure 8.4: Project Properties window, Identification tab
Deltares 165 of 416

See Project Properties window (section 4.1.3) for a detailed description of this window.
8.3 Construction
This menu deals with the input of the retaining structure. In this example the sheet piling data
needs to be specified.
To enter the sheet piling data:
13. Click Construction on the menu bar and choose Sheet Piling or click on the Sheet piling
button on the icon bar.
14. In the input window displayed (Figure 8.6), enter the top and toe level of the sheet piling. In
this case, the top level (Sheet piling top level) is at 0.0 m and the bottom (Section bottom
level) at -16 m.
15. The bending stiffness can be entered manually, or imported from the library that is inte-
grated in D-S HEET P ILING. To use the library, click the . . . button.
16. In the Sheet Piling Profiles Library window (Figure 8.5), select Arcelor profile <AZ 13>
and in the Select maximum moment sub-window, select <S240> which means steel
with a yield stress of 240 N/mm2 . This will give a sheet piling with a bending stiffness
of 41370 kNm2 /m and a maximum allowable moment in elastic behavior of 312 kNm/m.
Figure 8.5: Sheet Piling Profiles Library window
17. Use the Select button to return to the Sheet Piling menu. The sheet properties of the
selected sheet pile type will be displayed in the window.
166 of 416 Deltares

Figure 8.6: Sheet Piling window
18. Click OK to close the Sheet Piling window. The next stage is to define the ground surface
positions.
Note: The default acting width is 1.0 m. This allows for easy interpretation of output results
as the acting width is a multiplication factor for the sheet piling stiffness and all loads, supports
and reaction forces except the normal forces. Normal forces are always inputted per acting
width of the construction. For more information on normal forces, see section 4.4.5. The
acting width needs only be changed in the case of a combined wall consisting of sections with
different acting widths. For more detail, please refer to section 4.2.1.
See section 4.2 for a detailed description of the Construction menu.
8.4 Soil
In the menu item Soil the soil surfaces, properties and soil profile can be specified. Water
levels, pore pressures additional to those caused by the water level, and water properties are
also defined here.
8.4.1 Surfaces
After defining the sheet piling, the ground surfaces must be defined. In D-S HEET P ILING, this
is done by first specifying different surface levels and then specifying which surface levels are
active on the left and right hand side of the excavation.
In this project, two horizontal surfaces need to be defined. The ground level surface (named
<GL>) at 0 m, and the surface for the excavation level at -7 m. After defining these surfaces,
the <GL> surface needs to be active on the right hand side and the <GL-7> excavation
level on the left hand side.
Define surfaces
Choose Soil and then Surfaces to display an input window in which the following should be
done:
19. Rename the first surface <GL>. Enter <0.00> m for the vertical Level. As the surface is
horizontal, the distance parameter may be ignored.
20. Click Add to add a surface with the name <GL-7> and enter <-7.00> m for its vertical
level, as indicated in Figure 8.7.
Deltares 167 of 416

21. Click OK.
Note: D-S HEET P ILING displays an overview of the surfaces defined in the lower box of the
Stage Composer sub-window (if Surface left or Surface right has been selected), as indicated
in Figure 8.8. See also activate surfaces in the next section.
Activate surfaces
Which surfaces should be applied on the left and right hand sides of the sheet piling may now
be selected. This selection is made using the Stage Composer located at the left hand side
of the main window for D-S HEET P ILING.
22. Click Surface left and select the surface with description, <GL-7>.
23. Click Surface right and select the surface with description, <GL>.
Figure 8.8: Stage Composer window
Notice that on activating the surfaces, the Input Diagram changes to the actual situation. The
Input Diagram now indicates the excavation level, as shown in Figure 8.9.
See Surfaces (section 4.3.1) for a detailed description of the Surfaces window.
168 of 416 Deltares

Figure 8.9: Input Diagram with excavation level applied on the left hand side
8.4.2 Soil Materials

The properties of each soil layer need to be defined before the location of the layer itself is
specified. Input of the soil profile is described in the next section.
For D-S HEET P ILING, material properties are divided into three groups:
General properties
Earth pressure coefficients
Modulus of subgrade reaction
General properties
24. To enter the layer properties, click Soil and then choose Materials on the menu bar to
display the input window shown in Figure 8.10.
Deltares 169 of 416

Figure 8.10: Empty Soil Materials window
25. Rename the soil layer name New Material to <Clay>.

26. Enter the required General data, for the first layer <Clay> as indicated in Figure 8.11 in
accordance with Table 8.1. The Friction angle phi, the Delta friction angle (representing
the friction between the soil and the sheet pile wall), the Shell factor, the Overconsolidation
ratio and the Grain type are not inputted at this stage.
Note: When the unsaturated unit weight of a soil layer is not relevant because it is always
below the water table, any value entered in the Unsaturated total unit weight box will not be
used.
Figure 8.11: Soil Materials window, General sub-window
Note: Input of the internal friction angle is not required when the earth pressure coefficients
are entered manually. Input of cohesion is always required, see section 29.1 for more detail.
170 of 416 Deltares

Earth pressure coefficients

In D-S HEET P ILING, earth pressure coefficients can be entered manually or calculated using
an automatic procedure from a relation between the cohesion, the internal friction angle and
the delta friction angle.
Figure 8.12: Soil Materials window, Earth pressure coefficients sub-window
27. Select Mller-Breslau (straight slip surfaces) to automatically generate earth pressure co-
efficients according to the Mller-Breslau method.Selecting either Mller-Breslau or Ktter
enables input of the Friction angle phi, the Delta friction angle, the Overconsolidation ratio
and the Grain type.
28. Enter <17> for Friction angle phi and <11> for Delta friction angle, as indicated in Fig-
ure 8.12.
29. Leave the Shell factor, the Overconsolidation ratio (OCR) and the Grain type to their default
values.
Note: The Mller-Breslau method of determining earth pressure coefficients is based upon
straight slip surfaces. This method has limitations, as described in the NEN 6740, art. 12.4.2
(NEN, 2006) and CUR 166 (CUR, 2005). Generally the Mller-Breslau method is used when
the soils friction angle is equal or less than 30 . The Ktter method is generally used for
larger friction angles. For more information see section 28.2.2 and section 28.2.3. The method
selected also has an impact on the way the delta friction angle is determined. Suggestions for
correlations between the friction angle and the delta friction angle can be found in Table 29.1.

D-S HEET P ILING offers two ways to input the modulus of subgrade reaction: manually or ac-
cording to the Dutch design standard for sheet-pilings (CUR 166). The latter is done by
selecting a predefined soil type. In this example the modulus of subgrade reaction is entered
manually.
30. Click the Curve Settings button in the Soil Materials window, the window shown in Fig-
ure 8.13 appears.
31. Select Tangent (D-S HEET P ILING Classic) to enter the modulus of subgrade reaction manu-
ally.
32. Make sure the check-box Use unloading/reloading curve is not marked. Marking this
check-box is only necessary when using an elasto-plastic model which follows a differ-
ent branch of the curve for unloading than for reloading. This example just uses a simple
elastic model.
Deltares 171 of 416

Figure 8.13: Curve Settings (for all Materials) window
33. Select <1> in the Number of curves for spring characteristics box. When entering the
moduli of subgrade reaction manually, the user defines the number of curves for spring
characteristics, which is the number of branches (with a different inclination) that will be
used in the multi-linear relationship between horizontal soil stress and displacement. This
number can vary from 1 to 4. In this simple example, only one branch is used.
34. Click OK to close the Curve Settings window.
35. Enter the values of the Modulus of subgrade reaction for the only branch selected (Fig-
ure 8.14). According to Table 8.1 in the case description, this value is k1 = 2000 kN/m3
(virgin loading) for both the top and the bottom of the layer.
Figure 8.14: Soil Materials window, Modulus of subgrade reaction Tangent (D-Sheet Pil-
ing Classic)
36. Repeat this process for the two other soil materials by adding two additional materials,
<Peat> and <Sand>, and entering the soil properties from Table 8.1in the same way as
for the clay layer (Figure 8.15). Please note that for sake of simplicity, the properties of the
second clay layer are identical to the properties of the first layer. In this case the properties
only need to be entered once. Note that for friction angles larger than 30 degrees it is
advised to use the Ktter method to determine the values for Ka , K0 and Kp . Hence,
select this method for the sand layer in this example.
172 of 416 Deltares

Figure 8.15: Soil Materials window
37. Click OK to confirm the input data for the layer properties.
See section 4.3.2 for a detailed description of this window. The next stage is to enter the
profile of layer positions.
8.4.3 Soil Profiles

Once the layer properties have been entered, one or more soil profiles can be specified.
To do this, the top level of each layer is input, and one of the previously defined soils is
selected. It is also possible to specify an additional pore pressure distribution. In this exercise
no additional pore pressures are considered. Pore pressures resulting from the groundwater
level are entered as water levels, as described in the next section.
Enter the soil profile by following these steps:
38. Click Soil and then choose Profiles.

39. Define the positions of each layer by specifying the layer top, as indicated in Figure 8.16.
40. Leave the additional pore pressures at their default values (0.00), as only hydrostatic pore
pressures act in this example.
Deltares 173 of 416

See section 4.3.4 for a detailed description.
After entering the soil profile, the Input Diagram window should appear as indicated in Fig-
ure 8.17.
Figure 8.17: Input Diagram window confirming the entered soil profile
Note: The bottom level of the layer is not entered: D-S HEET P ILING assumes the lowest layer
to extend to the bottom of the sheet piling.
8.4.4 Water Levels

By default D-S HEET P ILING assumes the water level to be at 0.0 m. In this example the water
level is located at -2.0 m on both sides of the wall (a submerged excavation).
174 of 416 Deltares

Follow these steps to enter the groundwater level:
41. Click Soil and then choose Water Levels.

42. Click on the default name New Water level and change it to <WL=GL-2>.
43. Specify the level at <-2.00 m> and close the window by clicking on the OK button.
See section 4.3.5 for a detailed description of this window.
After entering the water level, the Input Diagram window should appear as indicated in Fig-
ure 8.19.
Figure 8.19: Input Diagram confirming the entered water level

The unit weight of water can be changed in the Water Properties window. The default value is
9.81 kN/m3 . For this tutorial example the default value is used. See section 4.3.6 for additional
information.
Deltares 175 of 416

8.5 Loads and Supports

In this tutorial example no loads or supports are used. Loads and supports are used in the
next tutorial examples: loads in tutorial 4 (chapter 11) and supports in tutorial 3 (chapter 10).
8.6 Stages
The excavation of the soil on the right hand side of the sheet pile wall is the only stage
considered in this tutorial, so no further input is required.
8.7 Calculation
8.7.1 Calculation Options

44. Click Calculation and then choose Options to open the Calculation Options window. The
First stage represents initial solution option is only required when a sheet pile wall is added
in a situation where the initial soil surface bears a surcharge or is not horizontal. Therefore
this box need not be selected. For more details please refer to section 5.1.
Figure 8.20: Calculation Options window
45. Accept the default Coarse as this model does not contain any loads or slopes close to the
sheet piling (see the Note below).
46. Click OK to close this window.
Note: In D-S HEET P ILING the earth pressure coefficients are calculated at certain nodes along
the wall. The Coarse method only calculates the values of the earth pressure coefficients at
major nodes. The Fine method calculates the values at the minor nodes as well (five times
more). Therefore, calculation with the Fine method takes significantly longer. It should be
noted that the results may differ slightly according to the method employed. These differences
occur mostly at slopes or loads close to the sheet piling. In these cases the Fine method is
recommended, in other cases faster calculations can be made with the Coarse method. For
more information, see section 5.2.1.
176 of 416 Deltares

8.7.2 Start Calculation

Now that all input has been entered, the calculation can be executed.
47. To start calculation, select Calculation from the menu and then choose Start or press the
function key F9.
Figure 8.21: Start Calculation window, Standard tab to perform a standard calculation
48. In the Standard tab displayed (Figure 8.21), click Start to calculate the results. D-S HEET P ILING
opens the Save As window if the project has not already been saved to disk.
49. Specify a project name, <Tutorial-1> for example (this name will be referred to in other
tutorial examples). During the analysis, a Calculation Progress window appears (Fig-
ure 8.22).
50. Click Close once the analysis has been completed. The results can now be displayed
using the Result menu.
See section 5.2.1 for additional information.
8.8 Results
Deltares 177 of 416

8.8.1 Moment/Force/Displacement Charts

51. To view the resulting moments, forces and displacements in graphical form click Results
and then choose Moment/Force/Displacement Charts. This will produce the following
graphical output (Figure 8.23).
As expected, the maximum displacement is at the top of the sheet pile wall. Shear forces
and moments are nil at the top and the bottom of the sheet piling as the displacement is not
constrained here. The magnitude of the maximum moment in the sheet pile wall is around
160 kNm, which is less than this sections maximum moment for elastic behavior, so the wall
will not fail in bending. The sections maximum moment for elastic behavior for AZ 13 profile is
312 kNm as shown under Mmax;el (for the yield strength) in the Sheet Piling Profiles Library
window (Figure 8.5).
Note: When the magnitude of the moment is more than the maximum allowable moment for
elastic behavior, the moment chart is represented in red line, which is not the case for this
tutorial (see Tutorial 3, section 10.6.1 for an example).
Note: The chart data can be viewed and then copied by clicking the right-hand mouse button
in the Moment/Force/Displacement Charts window and select View Data. The table of data is
then displayed as shown in Figure 8.24.
178 of 416 Deltares

8.8.2 Stress Charts

52. To view the graphical results of the water pressure, resulting stress in the sheet piling and
effective stress in the soil, click Results and then choose Stress State Charts. This will
produce the following graphical output (Figure 8.25).
The discontinuities in the effective stress distribution coincide with the junction of two layers,
as the properties of each layer are different.
Deltares 179 of 416

8.8.3 Stress Diagrams

53. To view the effective stress distribution displayed on top of an image of the construction,
click Results and then choose Stress Diagrams. This will produce the following graphical
output (Figure 8.26).
Figure 8.26: Effective Stress Diagram window
This effective stress distribution is the same as the third chart of Figure 8.25, but it is displayed
on top of the Input Diagram. To view the water pressure and resulting stress click on the Mode
icons to the left of the diagram. Maximum values are displayed at the bottom of the window.
More results and information are available in a report. How to choose and view the content of
a report is described in the next tutorial (chapter 9).
8.9 Conclusion
Various input windows are used to enter the details of a project that is to be modeled and
analyzed. Once these details have been input, they can be used to calculate a range of
results, including bending moments, shear forces and displacement in the sheet pile wall and
the effective soil stresses. One way to view these results is to display them graphically on the
screen.
180 of 416 Deltares

9 Tutorial 2: Excavation using c, phi and delta
This second tutorial example extends the first tutorial by changing one of the surfaces to be
non-horizontal, as indicated in Figure 8.1. The soil profile is determined from the interpretation
of an existing Cone Penetration Test (CPT)CPT. A vertical balance check is also performed
as part of this exercise using the point resistance deduced from the CPT results.
To enter a non-horizontal surface.

To determine a soil profile by importing a CPT.
To learn about the differences between the Ka , K0 , Kp and c, phi, delta methods.
To calculate earth pressure coefficients using the c, phi, delta method.
To perform a vertical force balance check.
For this example, the following modules are needed:

Culmann module.
This tutorial is presented in the file Tutorial-2.shi and uses the CPT-GEF file Tutorial-2 CPT 01.gef.

This excavation is the same as that modeled in the first tutorial, except that the shape of
the ground surface on the right-hand side is no longer horizontal. This shape change has
been caused by an excavation that takes place after the sheet pile wall has been installed.
Moreover, the soil profile is determined by interpreting (using the Dutch Standard NEN) a
cone penetration tests (CPT) already carried out at the proposed location. The CPT data
(cone resistance and friction) have been saved in a GEF file (Geotechnical Exchange Format)
and are presented in Figure 9.2.
2.0 2.0
GL=0.0
-1.5
-2.0
-7.0
Soil profile from CPT AZ 13
-16.0
Figure 9.1: Single stage excavation with a non-horizontal surface (Tutorial 2)
Deltares 181 of 416

Figure 9.2: CPT datas (Tutorial 2)
9.2 Changing the Model

Soil strength is a function of various factors, including the effective stress and the stress history
of the soil. It is therefore normal for the strength of a soil layer to vary with the depth in the layer.
The c, phi, delta method as offered by the c, phi, delta soil model module of D-S HEET P ILING is
therefore preferable in general as it calculates the earth pressure coefficients over the depth
of a soil layer, whereas the Ka , K0 , Kp method assumes the same earth pressure coefficients
at all depths in a soil layer. The c, phi, delta model can be used in situations where there
is an applied surcharge or the surface is not horizontal, whereas the Ka , K0 , Kp model is
limited to horizontal surfaces and uniform loads. For more information, see section 4.1.1.
This tutorial involves a non-horizontal surface, so before the calculation can be performed the
c, phi, delta model needs to be selected.
1. Open the first tutorial by clicking Open in the File menu and selecting the appropriately
named tutorial, i.e. <Tutorial-1.shi>.
2. Save the project with a new name by clicking Save As in the File menu and by entering
<Tutorial-2> as project name.
window.
4. Fill in <Tutorial 2 for D-S HEET P ILING > and <Excavation using c, phi and delta> for Title
1 and Title 2 respectively in the Identification tab.
6. Select the c, phi, delta model (Figure 9.3).
7. Mark the Check vertical balance check-box to perform this check along with the standard
calculations.
8. Unmark the Verification (EC7/CUR) check-box as a design code verification is not part of
this exercise.
9. Click OK to apply these changes. A window will appear asking for confirmation of this
change; select Yes to continue, using the c, phi, delta model.
182 of 416 Deltares

Tutorial 2: Excavation using c, phi and delta
9.3 Soil profile deduced from a CPT file

To create the soil profile, it can either be added manually or using a CPT. In the second case,
the CPT can either be imported from an existing file or from the Dutch CPT database named
DINO (Data and Information of the Subsurface of The Netherlands) (DINO). In this tutorial,
the soil profile is deduced by interpretation of the available CPT data.
9.3.1 Soil Profile from importation of a CPT-GEF file

10. Click Soil on the menu bar and then choose Profiles.
11. Click the Add from CPT button at the left-bottom of the Soil Profiles window. The Select
CPT window opens (Figure 9.4).
Figure 9.4: Select CPT window
12. Click the Import from file button. In the Open window displays, select the CPT-GEF file
named <Tutorial-2 CPT 01.gef> from the Project/Tutorials directory where the program
was installed (Figure 9.5).
Deltares 183 of 416

Figure 9.5: Open window
The CPTip window opens (Figure 9.6) where the CPT results (cone resistance, friction and
friction ratio) are displayed. At the right of the window, D-S HEET P ILING automatically interprets
the imported CPT into a soil profile, based on the interpretation rule that is selected by the
user in the Rule selection box.
13. Select <NEN (Stress Dependent)> as CPT interpretation Rule and leave the Minimum
layer thickness to its default value <0.50 m>.
14. Click OK to go back to the Soil Profiles window (Figure 9.7) which now contains a new
profile named CPT 01 corresponding to the CPT.
184 of 416 Deltares

Figure 9.7: Soil Profiles window after importation of the CPT 01 file
15. Select the previously manually added profile named <New Profile> and click the Delete
button to delete it as it is not used anymore.
16. Click OK to see the effect in the Input Diagram window.
17. Use the Zoom buttons in the Edit panel to enlarge the limits of the diagram and see the
different layers of the new soil profile imported from CPT (Figure 9.8).
Figure 9.8: Input Diagram window with new soil profile from CPT
Deltares 185 of 416


When a soil profile is determined from a CPT interpretation, the soil names and properties of
the created soil materials are automatically filled in the Soil Materials window using Table 1
of NEN 6740 for the general parameters and using an extrapolation of Table 3.3 of CUR 166
for the secant moduli of subgrade reaction (section 30.3). However, the Secant modulus of
subgrade reaction in the Soil Materials window must be selected to use those extrapolated
values.
18. Open the Soil Materials window from the Soil menu and note that below the previously in-
putted soil materials (Clay, Peat and Sand), 11 new soil materials have been automatically
created and their general parameters filled in (Figure 9.9).
Figure 9.9: Soil Materials window using the c, phi, delta model
Note: When using the c, phi, delta model, the earth pressure coefficients are implicitly calcu-
lated by D-S HEET P ILING using Culmanns method. Therefore the sub-window Earth pressure
coefficients of the Soil Materials window disappears (compared to the previous tutorial) as
can be seen in Figure 9.9.
The three secant moduli of subgrade reaction are also automatically filled for those 11 materi-
als; however the current modulus is the Tangent modulus with only one slope. Therefore, the
Secant option first needs to be activated.
19. Delete the Clay, Peat and Sand materials by selecting them and clicking the Delete button,
as they are not used anymore.
20. Click the Curve Settings button.
21. In the Curve Settings window, select the Secant option (Figure 4.33).
186 of 416 Deltares

Figure 9.10: Curve Settings window
22. Click OK to see the effect in the Soil Materials window (Figure 9.11).
23. Click OK to close the window.
Figure 9.11: Soil Materials window with Secant moduli of subgrade reaction
Note: The Secant definition is based on the stress-displacement diagram according to CUR
166. This diagram always uses three branches, with intersections at 50, 80 and 100% of
Ka Kp . The slope of the different branches is defined indirectly, via the three secant moduli
at the intersection points.
9.4 Non-horizontal surface

Change the current input by modifying the geometry of the surface linked to the right hand
side of the sheet pile wall, following these steps:
24. Choose Soil and Surfaces to display an input window in which the surface on the right
hand side of the sheet pile wall can be changed.
25. Select the first surface, named <GL>.
26. Fill in the values that are listed in the table of Figure 9.12 below.
Deltares 187 of 416

Figure 9.12: Surfaces window with a non-horizontal surface
27. Click OK to see the result of this change to the form of the surface named <GL> in the
Input Diagram window (Figure 9.13).
Figure 9.13: Input Diagram window showing a non-horizontal surface
9.5 Input for vertical balance check

The vertical balance check checks that the sum of the forces acting downwards on the sheet
pile wall does not exceed the resistance of the soil at the toe of the wall. For more information,
see chapter 33.
In order to do this various parameters need to be input:
28. Open the Sheet Piling window from the Construction menu or click on the Sheet piling
188 of 416 Deltares

29. In the Vertical balance sub-window, enter the maximum point resistance, Maximum Point
resistance (Pr;max;point), as <6.330 MPa>, and a Xi factor of <1.39> as prescribed in
Table A.10a of NEN-EN 9997-1:2006 (NEN, 2012). Additional information may be found in
section 4.2.1. Note that some other parameters have appeared in the Sheet Piling window,
as indicated in Figure 9.14. As the sheet pile type was selected from the library, these have
been added automatically. For a user-defined sheet pile the values of these parameters
would need to be input at this stage.
Note: The maximum point resistance Pr;max;point value used here is actually the maximum pile
tip resistance as defined in the Dutch design code NEN-EN 9997-1:2006 (NEN, 2012). It is
derived from a combination of cone resistances. For more information see also (chapter 33).
The program D-Foundations (formerly known as MFoundation) for the design of bearing piles
based on CPT has been used to determine this value and leads to 6329.716 kPa.
Figure 9.14: Sheet Piling window showing additional parameters for the vertical balance
check
9.6 Calculation
The forces, moments and displacements for this project will need to be recalculated as the
input has been changed.
31. Select Calculation from the menu bar and then choose Start or press the function key F9.
Deltares 189 of 416

Figure 9.15: Standard calculation using c, phi, delta model
32. Click Start to start the calculation. Earth pressure coefficient recalculation is left as Auto-
matic since manual modification is only required in exceptional situations where the user
wishes to specify earth pressure coefficients individually (section 38.1.2).
33. The Calculation Progress window indicates that the Calculation is finished but there are
errors or warnings (see summary in report) (Figure 9.16). Those warnings are detailed in
the Report window, see section 9.7.3.
34. Click Close to close the window.
Note: If the c, phi, delta model is not selected then D-S HEET P ILING cannot perform the
calculation and an error message will be displayed. If this occurs, simply change the model in
the Model window to c, phi, delta and start the calculation again.
9.7 Results
190 of 416 Deltares


35. To view the results of this calculation click on Moment/Force/Displacement Charts in the
Results menu.
It can be seen that part of the moment chart (red line) exceeds the maximum allowable mo-
ment (dotted green line) of 312 kNm. That means the selected sheet piling section must be
changed to avoid failing in bending. By selecting an AZ 19 profile, the maximum moment for
elastic behavior is raised to 466 kNm.
36. In the Sheet Piling window, click the . . . button to open the Sheet Piling Profiles Library
window.
37. In the Sheet Piling Profiles Library window, select Arcelor profile <AZ 19> and in the
Select maximum moment sub-window.
38. Use the Select button to return to the Sheet Piling menu.
39. Click OK to confirm.
40. Perform a new calculation and check that the magnitude of the maximum calculated mo-
ment (449.2 kNm) is now less than the maximum allowable moment (Figure 9.18).
Deltares 191 of 416

These results can also be found in the report, so long as the appropriate content has been
selected in the Report Selection window.
9.7.2 Report Selection

This window allows selection of the report content for viewing, exporting and printing, by
marking the check-boxes in the tree view (Figure 9.19).
41. Click Results and then Report Selection to open the Report Selection window.
42. Click on the Select All button at the bottom of the window to get a detailed report.
43. Click OK to generate a report with the selected content.
Figure 9.19: Report Selection window
192 of 416 Deltares

9.7.3 Report
The total report contains full details of the input, a results overview, and graphical and tabular
results.
44. To view the report with the selected content, click Results on the menu bar and select
Report. Results can be found by looking in this report, or they can be displayed visually,
as described in section 8.8.
45. In the Summary section of the Report, the warning message given in the Calculation
Progress is explained (Figure 9.20): there is a large difference between the friction angles
of the different layer of the profile.
46. Click File and choose Print Preview Report to preview the report as it will be printed. In
the Print Preview window, click File and choose Save As to export the report to Rich Text
Format (RTF) files. Files of this type can be used for further editing with a text editor.
To check if the vertical force balance criteria have been met, ensure the Vertical force balance
option has been selected in the tree view of the Report Selection window, opened from the
Results menu. Then display the report by clicking on Results and then Report. Results are
given for unplugged and plugged cases in the latter the soil in the concave parts of the sheet
piling cross-section is considered as contributing to the cross-sectional area of the base of the
sheet pile. Therefore looking at the results of the unplugged case is more conservative. It can
be seen (Figure 9.21) that the sum of the vertical forces (7.09 kN) is much less than the
vertical force capacity of the soil at the toe of the sheet pile wall (61.94 kN unplugged and
1439.03 kN plugged). The report writes explicitly that the Resultant goes up which means
that the vertical toe capacity is sufficient.
Deltares 193 of 416

Figure 9.21: Report window showing vertical force balance check results
Note: If the vertical force capacity is not sufficient then modifications to the soil friction
direction can be made, as described in chapter 33.
9.8 Conclusion
This tutorial shows that the c, phi, delta method is generally preferable because it includes
the influence of soil weight and gives a more detailed representation of the soil strength. This
tutorial has also shown how to input the necessary parameters for, and access the results of,
a vertical force balance check.
194 of 416 Deltares

10 Tutorial 3: Staged excavation with pre-stressed anchor
D-S HEET P ILING is based on the engineering practice of having a phased design, using more
that one stage during construction. In the first two tutorial examples, only one phase was
considered for simplicity, and the user could ignore the staged approach of D-S HEET P ILING.
Staged calculations are necessary because the sheet piling must be stable in all phases dur-
ing construction, and because the construction sequence influences the results of subsequent
stages.
To analyze the construction of a sheet pile wall using more than one stage and to check
that the sheet piling is stable in all phases of construction.
To apply an anchor.
To lower the water level on one side of the sheet pile wall.
For this example, the following module is needed:
D-S HEET P ILING Standard module (earth pressure coefficients).

The same layer profile, sheet piling type and layer properties as the first tutorial example chap-
ter 8 are used. A pre-stressed anchor is added during one of the three stages of construction
that are modeled. For the sake of simplicity, the earth pressure coefficients (Ka , K0 , Kp ) model
is used.
25.0
GL=0
-2.0 2.0
CLAY
-4.0
-6.0 PEAT
CLAY
AZ 13
-13.0
SAND
-16.0
Figure 10.1: Final situation after excavation, installation of an anchor and lowering of the
water level (tutorial 3)
For this example the three stages of construction are as follows:
Deltares 195 of 416

Stage 1 (Initial stage), the soil surfaces on the left and the right hand sides of the sheet
pile wall are at -2 m and 0 m respectively, and the water level is at -2 m.
Stage 2 (Apply anchor), a row of anchors is installed with one anchor every 3 m, on the
right hand side at -1.5 m. The properties of the anchors are laid out in Table 10.1, along
with their conversion to values per running meter.
Stage 3 (Excavate and lower water table), the soil on the left hand side is excavated to
-7 m and the water level on that side is also lowered to -7 m.
pre-stress 80 kN/m'
-2.0
stage 1 stage 2
-7.0
stage 3
Figure 10.2: Excavation stages shown separately (tutorial 3)
10.2 Surfaces
To model the staged excavation, one more surface level needs to be input for the left side of
the sheet pile wall.
1. First, open the input file that was saved earlier under the name <Tutorial-1.shi>, and save
it with the name <Tutorial-3>.
window.
3. Fill in <Tutorial 3 for D-Sheet Piling> and <Staged excavation with pre-stressed anchors>
for Title 1 and Title 2 respectively in the Identification tab.
4. Open the Surfaces window from the Soil menu.
5. Click the Insert button.
6. Change the name of this new surface into <GL-2> and enter the level as -2 m.
196 of 416 Deltares

Tutorial 3: Staged excavation with pre-stressed anchor
10.3 Water Levels

The two water levels that will be used in the different stages should be entered:
7. Open the Water Levels window in the Soil menu.

8. Add another water level as indicated in Figure 10.4 below.
10.4 Anchors
The anchor that will be applied in the third stage needs to be entered.
9. Open the Anchors window from the Supports menu.

10. Specify the anchor parameters as given in the last column of Table 10.1. Anchor parame-
ters should be entered per running meter.
Deltares 197 of 416

Table 10.1: Anchor properties
Property Value per anchor Value per meter acting width

Youngs modulus 2.1 108 kN/m2 2.1 108 kN/m2
Cross section 12.0 10-24 m2 4.0 10-4 m2 /m
Wall height 2.0 m 2.0 m
Length 25.0 m 25.0 m
Angle 0 0
Design yield force 720.0 kN 240.0 kN/m
10.5 Staged Construction

Although all the additional data has now been entered, it has yet to be connected to any
construction stages. It is helpful to understand that D-S HEET P ILING uses building blocks
to compose the input of its calculations. First, all buildings blocks are defined in the input
dialogs. Then they are assembled to make the construction stages.
10.5.1 Stages Manager

After the new water levels, surfaces and anchors have been defined, the construction stages
can be specified.
12. Click Stages on the menu bar and choose Manager.

13. In the input window displayed, rename <New Stage> as <Excavation -2m>.
14. Add two more stages by using the Add button and name them <Apply anchor> and
<Excavation and lowering WL -7m>.
Figure 10.6: Stages Manager window
198 of 416 Deltares

When adding or inserting a construction stage, a copy is made of the current stage. This
implies that three equal stages are now present.
10.5.2 Stages Overview

The construction stages need to be assembled from the defined building blocks.
15. Click the Overview option in the Stages menu or click on the Stage overview button on
the icon bar. The window displayed enables assembly of the construction stages from the
building blocks that have been defined.
16. Select the Water levels and Surfaces as shown in Figure 10.7.
17. Select the anchor in the last two stages.
18. Enter a pre-stress force of 80 kN/m after selecting the <Anchor> in the Pre-tensioning
forces sub-window.
Note: Anchors should normally be applied as a separate stage. When anchors are combined
with other loads, such as a change in excavation level, or change in water level the stiffness
is active prior to applying the loads.
Note: Anchor pre-stress forces need only be entered for the first stage that they are applied.
For the first stage where an anchor is added, the anchor is modeled as a force applied to the
wall, with no associated stiffness. For subsequent stages D-S HEET P ILING models the anchor
as a spring.
Note: The excavation and the lowering of the water table are implemented by changing the
water level and the surface, not by changing the soil profile.
Figure 10.7: Stages Overview window
10.6 Calculation and Results

The input of the construction stages is now finished. The calculation can be started:
19. Click Start in the Calculation menu to open the Start Calculation window or press the
function key F9.
20. Click Start to perform the calculation. The message Calculation finished in the Calculation
Deltares 199 of 416

Progress window indicates that the sheet piling is stable in all stages. If the wall was
unstable in any stage then a message would indicate so at this point.

21. Inspect the moments, forces and displacements by opening the output window in the Re-
sult menu. To view a different stage either use the drop down list at the top of the window
or use the Previous stage and Next stage arrows, , to move forward and backward
through the stages.
For example, in the second stage the applied anchor pre-stress force can be seen to be 80 kN
as expected, as indicated in Figure 10.8. In the final stage it can be seen that the anchor force
has risen to about 147 kN, as indicated in Figure 10.9.
Figure 10.8: Moment/Force/Displacement Charts window for the second stage
Figure 10.9: Moment/Force/Displacement Charts window for the third stage
200 of 416 Deltares

Moreover, in the final stage, part of the moment chart (red line) exceeds the maximum al-
lowable moment (dotted green line) of 312 kNm, as shown in Figure 10.9. That means the
selected sheet piling section must be changed to avoid failing in bending. By selecting an
AZ 13 profile with a yield stress of 270 N/mm2 (section S270) instead of 240 N/mm2 (current
S240 section), the maximum moment for elastic behavior is raised to 351 kNm.
22. In the Sheet Piling window, click the button to open the Sheet Piling Profiles Library
window.
23. In the Select maximum moment sub-window, select <S270> which means steel with a
yield stress of 270 N/mm2 This will give a maximum allowable moment in elastic behavior
of 351 kNm/m.
24. Perform a new calculation and check that the magnitude of the maximum moment (346.0 kNm)
is now less than this sections maximum moment for elastic behavior which means the wall
will not fail in bending (Figure 10.10).
Figure 10.10: Moment/Force/Displacement Charts window for the third stage with a new
sheet piling profile
Note: Changing the maximum moment section of the sheet piling has any effect on the
calculated bending moments as the stiffness is unchanged. Only the maximum allowable
moment (dotted green lines) will be shifted making the calculated moment acceptable.
Deltares 201 of 416

10.6.2 Report
25. The Summary section of the Report window (Figure 10.11) shows that the anchor is elastic
in both stages.
10.7 Conclusion
This third tutorial example analyzes the construction of a sheet pile wall using more than one
stage and checks that the wall is stable in all phases of construction. It also shows how to
apply a pre-stressed anchor and lower the water level on one side of the wall. However, in
the final stage, the maximum moment exceeded the maximum moment for elastic behavior.
Therefore, the sheet piling section has been changed to avoid failure in bending.
202 of 416 Deltares

11 Tutorial 4: Applying loads
The input of this example is based on the results of the tutorial example Tutorial 3: Staged
excavation with pre-stressed anchor in chapter 10. A final stage is added to model the effect
of a traffic load along the edge of the retaining wall, and a force from boat moorings on a
windy day. These are modeled as a surcharge load and a horizontal line load respectively, as
indicated in Figure 11.1.
To learn how loads, such as surcharges and horizontal line loads, are modeled in
D-S HEET P ILING;
To note that when a surcharge load is applied, only the c, phi, delta method can be
used.

Culmann module

The same layer profile, sheet piling type and layer properties as the third tutorial example are
used. A fourth stage is added in which a traffic load of 20 kN/m2 and a horizontal load of
50 kN/m representing ships mooring are applied. See also Figure 11.1 for an overview.
25.0
2.0
2.0 kN/m2
GL=0
50 kN/m
-2.0 2.0
CLAY
anchor level -1.5m -4.0
-6.0 PEAT
CLAY
AZ 13
-13.0
SAND
-16.0
Figure 11.1: Surcharge load and horizontal line load in the last stage (tutorial 4)
1. Open the input file <Tutorial-3.shi>, and save it with a new name: <Tutorial-4>.
Deltares 203 of 416

window.
3. Fill in <Tutorial 4 for D-Sheet Piling> and <Applying loads> for Title 1 and Title 2 respec-
tively in the Identification tab.
11.2 Inputting Loads

In stage 4, a surcharge load will be applied, together with a horizontal line load applied to the
top the sheet pile wall and directed to the left.
11.2.1 Surcharge Loads

Surcharge loads can only be analyzed if the c, phi, delta model is used.
4. In the Project menu select Model and select c, phi, delta soil parameters.
To input the surcharge, modeling the traffic load:
5. Click Loads in the menu bar and then choose Surcharge Loads.
6. In the input window displayed, define a load with the name <Traffic load>, working from
a distance <0 m> to a distance <2 m> from the sheet pile wall, with a magnitude of
<20 kN/m2 >.
7. Click OK to confirm the input.
Note: Surcharge loads which have the same value throughout and continue to a very long
distance from the wall can be modeled using the Uniform Loads option. See section 4.4.1 for
more information.
11.2.2 Horizontal Line Loads

To input the horizontal line load, modeling the moorings:
8. Click Loads in the menu bar and then choose Horizontal Line Loads.
9. In the input window displayed, define a load with the name <Mooring force>, acting at a
level of 0 m and with a magnitude of -50 kN/m.
204 of 416 Deltares

Tutorial 4: Applying loads
Figure 11.3: Horizontal Line Loads window
11.3 Using Surcharge Loads

Now that the loads have been defined, they can be introduced in a new stage.
11. Open the Stages Manager and select the last stage.
12. Click the Add button to add a stage, that is copied from the selected stage and change the
name to <Loads applied>.
13. Open the Stages Overview window and select <Traffic load> acting on the right hand
side and <Mooring force> in the last stage. Apply all other levels, supports and so on as
in the fourth stage.
Figure 11.4: Stages Overview window showing input for the fourth stage
14. Click OK to see the representation of the traffic load and the mooring force in the fourth
stage of the Input Diagram window (Figure 11.5).
Deltares 205 of 416

Figure 11.5: Input Diagram window for the fourth stage
A new calculation can now be made.
15. Select Calculation from the menu and then choose Start or press the function key F9.
16. In the Start Calculation window, click Start to perform the calculation.
17. Close the Calculation Progress window when finished.
Note: If the c, phi, delta model is not selected then D-S HEET P ILING cannot perform the
calculation and an error message will be displayed. If this occurs, simply change the model in
the Model window to c, phi, delta and start the calculation again.
11.4 Results
18. Open the Moment/Force/Displacement Charts window from the Results menu for a graph-
ical overview of the effect of applying the loads in the final stage.
It can be seen that the displacement at the top is around zero, while the maximum displace-
ments are around 100 mm, the magnitude of the bending moments is slightly reduced, the
shear force has increased and the anchor force is now around 190 kN/m.
206 of 416 Deltares

Tutorial 4: Applying loads
Figure 11.6: Moment/Force/Displacement Charts window showing the effect the applied
loads
11.5 Conclusion
This tutorial shows how to input a surcharge load and a horizontal line load. When a surcharge
load is applied, only the c, phi, delta - model (Culmann) can be used.
Deltares 207 of 416

208 of 416 Deltares

12 Tutorial 5: Design of required sheet piling length
In the previous tutorial examples, the sheet piling length was assumed to be 16 m, and the cal-
culations showed that the sheet piling was stable. The design met the basic requirements.In
practice, the engineer is not only interested in stability and other technical requirements such
as allowable forces, moments and displacements, but also in the cost of the design. A shorter
length sheet piling will cost less, therefore the engineer may wish to know the shortest length
of the sheet piling for which the design is still stable.
The objective of this exercise is:
To use D-S HEET P ILING to find the shortest sheet piling length for which the design is still
stable.

The input file of Tutorial 1 is used to design the sheet piling length.
GL=0
-2.0
CLAY
-4.0
-6.00 PEAT
CLAY
CLAY
AZ 13
-13.0
SAND
-16.0
Figure 12.1: Single stage excavation as in tutorial 1 (tutorial 5)
1. Open <Tutorial-1.shi> and save it under the name <Tutorial-5>.

window.
3. Fill in <Tutorial 5 for D-S HEET P ILING > and <Design of required sheet piling length> for
Title 1 and Title 2 respectively in the Identification tab.
12.2 Design Sheet Piling Length

To determine the shortest length for the sheet piling:
4. Click Start in the Calculation menu or press the function key F9 to open the Start Calcula-
tion window.
Deltares 209 of 416

5. Select the Design Sheet Piling Length tab.

6. In the window displayed, specify a step-by-step reduction from 18 m to 8 m, using a decre-
ment of 1 m, as indicated in Figure 12.2. This will cause the sheet pile wall to be succes-
sively analyzed for sheet piling lengths between these values, reducing by the decrement
each time.
Figure 12.2: Start Calculation window, Design Sheet Pile Length tab
7. Click Start to start the calculation. The following results will be displayed:
Figure 12.3: Start Calculation window, Design Sheet Piling Length tab, design calculation
results
Instability occurs at a length of 11 m. As decrements of 1.0 m were used, it can be concluded

that the sheet piling needs to be at least 12 m long.
The calculation can be repeated for shorter decrements, over a smaller range, for further
optimization. Once the length is optimized a calculation needs to be performed using the
optimized length. This will provide the additional output information.
210 of 416 Deltares

Tutorial 5: Design of required sheet piling length
To change the sheet piling length to this more economical value of 12 m:
8. Open the Sheet Piling window from the Construction menu.

9. Change the Section bottom level to <-12> m.

11. Select Start under the Calculation menu or press the function key F9.
12. In the Start Calculation window displayed select the Standard tab to perform a standard
calculation.
13. Click Start to start the calculation.
14. Once the calculation is complete click Close.
15. Open the Report window from the Results menu to view the results as shown in Fig-
ure 12.5.
It can be seen that the maximum mobilized resistance (section 5.2.2) is around 63% and
therefore the design is indeed stable. Moreover, the maximum moment (158.7 kN) is less that
the maximum allowable moment for elastic behavior (312 kNm for the actual wall section).
Figure 12.5: Output report showing the mobilized resistance
Note: D-S HEET P ILING defines instability as occurring when either 100% of the resistance has
been mobilized or when the maximum displacement exceeds 25% of the sheet piling length.
For more information, see section 5.2.2.
12.3 Conclusion
D-S HEET P ILING can be used to analyze a range of sheet piling lengths to determine the short-
est length for which the wall will still be stable. This length can then be input by the user if
desired.
Deltares 211 of 416

212 of 416 Deltares

13 Tutorial 6: Submerged construction of concrete floor
This tutorial example shows how to use D-S HEET P ILING to model a piled concrete floor which
is constructed underwater, with the excavation subsequently being dried above the level of
the floor. The presence of an impermeable layer of concrete on one side of the wall, at a level
lower than the natural water table, requires some careful modeling in order to represent the
situation correctly.
To model the effect of a concrete floor positioned below the natural water level.

Culmann module.

This tutorial example involves a pit excavation with an anchored sheet pile wall and an under-
water concrete floor. The floor is supported by tension piles to prevent uplift after the pit is
pumped dry for use as an underground car park.
15.0
-4.0
-4.5
-6.0 TOP SAND
CLAY
-10.0
PU 6
CONCRETE -11.0
SAND
-16.0
Figure 13.1: Final situation after construction (tutorial 6)
Construction is to be carried out in 4 stages:
Stage 1: Excavation of the left hand surface from -4 m to -6 m.

Stage 2: Installation of an anchor on the right hand side at -5.5 m, with a pre-stress
force of 200 kN/m.
Stage 3: Excavation on the left hand side to -11 m.
Deltares 213 of 416

Stage 4: De-watering of the pit by reducing the water level to -11 m and construction of
1 m of concrete on the bottom.
-6.0
Initial stage (not modeled) Stage 1
pre-stress 200 kN/m'
-6
-11.0
Stage 2 Stage 3
-11.0
Stage 4
Figure 13.2: Overview of the construction stages (tutorial 6)
214 of 416 Deltares

Tutorial 6: Submerged construction of concrete floor
13.2 Modeling an underwater concrete floor

The first point of attention is the water pressures acting on the bottom of the concrete floor in
the final stage. As the sand layer beneath the concrete floor is permeable, pore pressures left
and right need to be equal, once the pit is pumped dry. D-S HEET P ILING allows for the input of
a water level left and right of the retaining structure. As the excavation is made dry in the final
stage, a water level equal to the bottom of the concrete floor is entered (see A in Figure 13.3).
Using the option to enter an additional pore pressure profile, the total water pressures left and
right are made equal (see B, Figure 13.5). The magnitude of the additional pore pressure that
needs to be applied is (11 - 4.5) 10 = 65 kN/m2 .
Forces from tension piles
B A Water pressure
Figure 13.3: Modeling concrete below the natural water level
Secondly, the effect of the tension piles underneath the floor, preventing the floor from uplift in
the final stage needs modeling. The difference in water level heights on each side of the wall
results in an up thrust acting on the base of the concrete floor. This up thrust is countered
by the pull of the floors tension piles. Note that the weight of the concrete is not taken into
account as it is assumed to be born by the piles and therefore will not act on the soil layers
directly below the concrete. In this example, the water level is at -4.5 m on the right hand side,
and at -11 m on the left hand side, i.e. touching the bottom of the impermeable concrete floor.
Therefore the magnitude of this load that needs to be applied is (11 - 4.5) 10 = 65 kN/m2 .
For background information on this topic, see section 38.3.
13.3 General input

The following steps permit the definition of the model, the sheet piling, the soil surfaces and
the water levels for this tutorial:
1. Create a new project by clicking New Project in the File menu.

window.
3. Fill in <Tutorial 6 for D-S HEET P ILING > and <Submerged construction of concrete floor>
4. Open the Model window from the Project menu.
5. Select Sheet piling as the Model and select Mixed since the c, phi, delta method allows
greater precision for the soil layer stiffness modeling, but the concrete is simplest to model
Deltares 215 of 416

using Ka , K0 , Kp and therefore different methods will be applied to different materials.

6. Deselect the Check vertical balance and the Verification (EC7/CUR) options as they are
not used in this example.
8. Select an Arcelor PU 8R sheet piling (click on the . . . button and select the <PU 8R>
profile from the <Arcelor> library with a <S240> section).
9. Enter a top level of -4 m and a bottom level of -16 m, i.e. a length of 12 m.
10. Open the Surfaces window from the Soil menu and define surfaces named <-4>, <-6>,
<-10> and <-11> with levels <-4 m>, <-6 m>, <-10 m> and <-11 m> respectively.
Figure 13.4: Soil Surfaces window

The concrete is modeled as an extra soil layer. The Youngs modulus of the concrete is
E = 20 GPa and the width of the (symmetrical) pit excavation is b = 40 m. The modulus of
subgrade reaction of the concrete layer can be calculated from this data in the following way:
E 20 106
K= = = 1 106 kN/m3 (13.1)
b/2 40/2
The unit weight of the concrete is not zero, but it is modeled here as almost zero because it is
assumed that the floors weight is transmitted to the support piles and therefore does not act
on the soil directly below the floor. Phi and delta are modeled as zero to better represent the
homogeneous, as opposed to granular, nature of concrete when compared to soil. The value
for the cohesion is taken as half the compressive strength of the concrete, so that with Kp = 1
the passive stress is equal to the concretes compressive stress see Equation 29.2.
11. Open the Layers window from the Soil menu, and select Tangent modulus of subgrade
reaction, with 1 curve for spring characteristics in the window opened by clicking on the
Curve Settings button.
12. For concrete select Manual to input the Earth pressure coefficients. The behavior of con-
crete is well modeled using, use Ka = K0 = 0 and Kp = 1, provided the cohesion has
been defined as described above.
13. For the other soil materials select Ktter (curved slip surfaces) for automatic calculation of
the earth pressure coefficients using Ktters method (the Mller-Breslau method should
not be used because the sands have high friction angles; for the clay either method could
216 of 416 Deltares

Top Sand Clay Sand Concrete

3
Unsaturated total unit weight [kN/m ] 17 15 17 0.01
Saturated total unit weight [kN/m3 ] 20 15 20 0.01
(Drained) Cohesion [kN/m2 ] 0 2 0 15000
Friction angle [deg] 30 20 35 0
Delta friction angle [deg] 20 10 23 0
Shell factor [-] 1 1 1 1
Overconsolidation ratio (OCR) [-] 1 1 1 1
Grain type Fine Fine Fine Fine
Mod. sub. reaction at top [kN/m3 ] 5000 500 10000 1 106
Mod. sub. reaction at bottom [kN/m3 ] 5000 800 10000 1 106
Earth pressure coefficients [-] Ktter Ktter Ktter Manual
be used, using Ktter for all layers has been chosen for consistency). When using the
Culmann method, the input of the earth pressure coefficients will be ignored, but these
coefficients are needed for when the Ka , K0 , Kp method is selected, as will be the case for
the left hand side once the concrete is in place. Then define the sands, clay and concrete
as described in Table 13.1.
13.3.2 Soil Profiles

In this exercise two soil profiles need to be specified. One profile that represents the situation
up to the point where the concrete floor in constructed. The second profile is used on the left
hand side, including the concrete floor and the water pressure acting on the concrete floor,
using additional pore pressures. The second profile needs to be active when the floor is being
constructed and the pit is pumped dry.
14. Open the Soil Profiles window from the Soils menu and define two soil profiles. Input the
soil profiles left and right as indicated in Figure 13.5 and Figure 13.6.
Figure 13.5: Soil Profiles window, Soil profile before construction
Deltares 217 of 416

Figure 13.6: Soil Profiles window, Soil profile with concrete on the left side and additional
pore pressures
13.3.3 Water Levels

15. Open the Water Levels window from the Soil menu
16. Define two water levels with names <WL-4.5> and <WL-11> at levels <-4.5> m and
<-11> m respectively. The level <WL-11> is the water level for the left hand side once
the excavation has been dewatered.
17. Click OK.

18. Open the Water Properties window from the Soil menu.
19. Enter a unit weight of <10 kN/m3 > to be in accordance with the previously calculated
additional pore pressures.
Figure 13.7: Water Properties window
20. Click OK.
218 of 416 Deltares

13.3.5 Uniform Loads

21. In the Uniform Loads window of the Loads menu, add a load with the name <Forces from
piles> and with a magnitude of <65 kN/m2 > on the left hand side. The right hand side
should remain at <0 kN/m2 >.
Figure 13.8: Uniform Loads window
Note: The sum of the weight of the concrete floor and the forces of the piles connected to
the floor equals the excess pore water pressure: there must be equilibrium at the base of the
floor.
13.3.6 Anchors
The anchor that will be applied in the third stage needs to be entered.

24. Input a <15.0 m> long anchor on the <Right> side named <Anchor>, at level <-
5.5 m>, with a Youngs modulus of <2.1 108 kN/m2 >, a cross-section of <8 104 m2 /m>,
<0 m> wall height and <0> inclination angle, and a design yield force of <600 kN/m>.
13.4 Stages implementation

The construction stages now have to be assembled from the defined building blocks.
Deltares 219 of 416

26. Open the Stages Manager window from the Stages menu.
27. Define four stages with the names <Excavation to -6m>, <Anchor on right side>, <Excavate
to -11> and <Dewatering left side>.
28. Click the Overview option in the Stages menu or click on the Stage overview button on
the icon bar.
29. For all stages the c, , method is selected except for stage 4, where the Ka , K0 , Kp method
is used on the side of the concrete i.e. on the left side.
30. Select the Water levels, Surfaces and Soil profiles as shown in Figure 13.10.
31. Select the anchor from stages 2. For stage 2, enter a pre-stress force of <200 kN/m2 >
after selecting pre-stressed anchor check-box in the Pre-tensioning forces sub-window.
32. Select the Uniform load <Forces from piles> for the final stage.
33. Click OK to see the effect in the last stage of the Input Diagram window (Figure 13.11).
Figure 13.11: Input Diagram window for the last stage
13.5 Calculation and results

34. Start the Calculation saving the file under the name <Tutorial-6>.
220 of 416 Deltares

35. After calculation is complete, open the Stress State Charts window from the Results menu.
The Resulting Stress chart for stage 4 (Figure 13.12) shows that the concrete layer exer-
cises a compressive shear force on the sheet piling in this stage.
36. In addition, by clicking the right-hand mouse button, the View Data window shows that the
pore water pressure below the level of the floor is the same on both sides of the sheet pile
wall, as expected (i.e. 65 kN/m2 ).
Figure 13.12: Stress State Charts window showing compression caused by the concrete
floor
The Resulting Stress graph has two lines:
the black line represents the resulting total stress acting on the sheet pile wall (i.e. the
difference between the horizontal total stress at the active and passive sides). The total
stress is the sum of the effective stress and the water pressure.
the red line represents the resulting effective stress acting on the sheet pile wall (i.e.
the difference between the horizontal effective stress at the active and passive sides).
37. Open the Moment/Force/Displacement Charts window from the Results menu. The Bend-
ing Moment chart for stage 4 (Figure 13.13) shows that the maximum allowable moment
is not reached which means no failure by bending.
Deltares 221 of 416

Figure 13.13: Moment/Force/Displacement Charts window for the last stage
13.6 Conclusion
Concrete floors that are below the natural water table can be modeled as a soil layer with
relevant properties. The effects caused by the absence of water above the impermeable floor
are modeled by a uniform load acting on the floor, and a water table with additional pore
pressures below the floor.
It should be noted that in this tutorial the anchor is applied under water, which is not very
realistic. It would me more appropriate to first lower the water table to a level that allows
for construction of the anchor. In that case, modeling the water pressures in the sand and
clay layers would need extra attention. As the short term behavior of the clay layer can be
assumed impermeable this needs similar attention as for the modeling of the concrete floor.
222 of 416 Deltares

14 Tutorial 7: Design code checking acc. CUR 166
In this tutorial, the application of the CUR 166 design procedure (CUR, 2005) is followed, using
slightly modified input values compared to Tutorial 3: Staged excavation with pre-stressed
anchor that was presented in the preceding sections (chapter 10). A design of the sheet pile
length is performed according to the CUR 166 design procedure by prescribing partial factors
on soil properties and also variations of the soil and water levels. See chapter 34 (CUR 166
step-by-step design procedure) for background information.
To select the modulus of subgrade reaction from Table 3.3 of the CUR 166 design code.
To design the sheet piling length according to the CUR 166 design code by performing a
standard verification of the sheet piling stability for different lengths, using partial factors
and level variations for all stages.

Culmann module
Eurocode 7 Verification module.
This tutorial is presented in the files Tutorial-7a.shi and Tutorial-7b.shi.

The geometry is the same as for Tutorial 3 (Figure 14.1) but the soil properties are slightly
modified, as shown in Table 14.1. Also the method for determining the earth pressure coeffi-
cients is to be changed to the Culmann method (c, phi, delta model) as the CUR 166 design
procedure is available only with this model. A fourth stage is added during which a temporary
surcharge of 40 kN/m2 is applied on the right side (see Figure 14.1).
Deltares 223 of 416

Clay Peat Sand

3
2
(Drained) Cohesion [kN/m ] 10 2 0
Delta Friction angle [deg] 11 0 27
Secant moduli of subgrade reaction (from CUR 166 Table 3.3):
k1 [kN/m3 ] 4000 2000 20000
k2 [kN/m3 ] 2000 800 10000
3
k3 [kN/m ] 800 500 5000
Figure 14.1: Construction stages (tutorial 7)
The CUR 166 design procedure distinguishes three safety classes, corresponding to three
different reliability indices . In this tutorial, the selected safety class is class II, which corre-
sponds to considerable damage in the case of overall failure and minor personal safety risks,
and has a reliability index = 3.4.
The design of the sheet pile wall with a single anchor is performed by determining the mini-
mum length of the sheet piling using a stability analysis. For different lengths, D-S HEET P ILING
checks that the mobilized resistance does not reach 100% and that the maximum displace-
ment does not exceed 25% of the sheet pile length. During each analysis with a given sheet
224 of 416 Deltares

Tutorial 7: Design code checking acc. CUR 166
pile length, five combinations (referred as steps 6.1, 6.2, 6.3, 6.4 and 6.5) of modified soil
properties, surface levels and water levels are checked. See section 34.2 for a description of
those five combinations and the design values used, as well as the other steps supported by
D-S HEET P ILING.
The CUR 166 procedure allows application of partial factors and level variations:
during all stages (i.e. Method A), as performed by Tutorial-7a;

or during just the most unfavorable stage (i.e. Method B), as performed by Tutorial-7b.
Method A is more conservative (section 34.3.1). User-defined partial factors and level changes
can also be applied, once they have been defined in the User Defined Partial Factors window
(section 4.1.2).
Note: When performing a CUR verification for Safety Class III a partial factor of 1.25 also
needs to be applied to unfavorable uniform loads (see section 34.2). For all other cases the
partial factor is 1.00. As D-S HEET P ILING cannot tell which loads are favorable and which are
unfavorable, the user themselves needs to specify the partial factor to be applied to each
uniform load in the Uniform Loads window (section 4.4.1).
14.2 Model
First modify the method for the determination of the earth pressure coefficients.
1. Open the input file <Tutorial-3.shi>, and save it with name <Tutorial-7a>.
window.
3. Fill in <Tutorial 7 for D-S HEET P ILING > and <Design code checking acc. CUR 166> for
4. Open the Model window from the Project menu, and select the C, phi, delta soil parameters
model and the Verification (EC7/CUR) option.
5. Click OK to confirm this choice.
14.3 Soil Materials

Next, modify the general properties and the modulus of subgrade reaction of the three soil
materials by direct selection from CUR 166 table 3.3.
6. Select the Materials option from the Soil menu.

7. Open the Curve Settings window by clicking the Curve Settings button.
8. Select the Secant option and click OK to confirm.
9. Click the Select From CUR 166 (Table 3.3) button to display the CUR 166 (Table 3.3)
window (Figure 14.2).
10. Select the values of successively Clay moderate, Peat moderate and Sand moderate for
the soil types <Clay>, <Peat> and <Sand>.
Deltares 225 of 416

Figure 14.2: CUR 166 (Table 3.3) window
14.4 Temporary surcharge

To input the temporary surcharge in stage 4:
11. Click Loads in the menu and choose Surcharge Loads.

12. Define a load with the name <Temporary load>, working from a distance <2 m> to a
distance <5 m> from the sheet pile wall, with a magnitude of <40 kN/m3 >.
13. In the Verification sub-window at the top right, define the load as <Variable> (which means
temporary) and <Unfavourable> as it is on the active side.
226 of 416 Deltares

Note: The Verification sub-window in the Surcharge Loads window is only available if the
Verification (EC7/CUR) option in the Model window was marked.
A last stage where the surcharge applies should now be created:
15. In the Stages Manager window add a new stage named <Apply load>.
16. Click OK.
17. Open the Stages Overview window and select <Temporary load> acting on the right side
for stage 4. Apply in stage 4 the same levels, supports and so on as in stage 3 as shown
in Figure 14.5.
18. Click OK.
Deltares 227 of 416

14.5 Sheet Piling

The sheet piling needs to be changed as the surcharge load previously defined will increase
the calculated moment along the sheet piling.
20. Select an Arcelor <AZ 17> profile from the library, with a <S430> section.
14.6 Partial factors and level variations acc. to CUR 166

21. Open the User Defined Partial Factors window from the Project menu, and select the CUR
tab.
22. Click on the Reset button to reset all values to the default values prescribed by the CUR 166
(Figure 14.7).
228 of 416 Deltares

Figure 14.6: User Defined Partial Factors window, CUR tab
The default values prescribed by CUR 166 (CUR, 2005) are written at the left of each input
area of the User Defined Partial Factors window. If modified, the value appears in red color.
14.7 Determine the minimum length (Steps 5 and 6 of the CUR 166 design procedure)
The following steps determine the minimum sheet pile length according to the CUR 166 design
procedure. All stages are checked implicitly for method A, with level variations and partial
factors applied for all stages.
Deltares 229 of 416

Figure 14.7: Start Calculation window, Design Sheet Piling Length tab
23. Select Start from the Calculation menu or press the function key F9.
24. In the Start Calculation window, select the Design Sheet Piling Length tab.
25. Select the CUR design code.
26. Select the last Construction stage <4: Apply load>, to check all stages up to and including
the final stage.
27. Select the Partial factor set (safety class) <Class II>.
28. Select Partial factors (design values) in all stages (method A).
29. Specify checks for the Pile Length ranging From <20 m> Down to <12 m> with a Decre-
ment of <1 m>.
30. Click the Start button.
The results (Figure 14.8) show that for a length of 13 m the sheet piling becomes unstable as
the mobilized resistance reaches 100%. Therefore, the minimum length is 14 m.
Figure 14.8: Start Calculation window, Design Sheet Piling Length tab: Results from 20 m
down to 12 m
230 of 416 Deltares

Note: D-S HEET P ILING assumes input of low representative values for soil strength and stiff-
ness when applying partial factors section 34.1.
31. Check that the last stage is indeed the most critical by repeating the above steps, selecting
each of the other stages. Note that the sheet piling does indeed become unstable in the
final stage earlier than in the others.
To get a more accurate result of when the piling becomes unstable or when the anchor yields,
the Pile length inputs at the top of the window must be adapted.
32. Select the final stage as this is the most critical, enter a pile length From <14 m> Down
to <13 m> with a Decrement of <0.25 m> and click Start again.
Figure 14.9: Start Calculation window, Design Sheet Piling Length tab: Results from 14 m
down to 13 m
The results (Figure 14.9) show that the minimum stable length is 13.75 m. It seems acceptable
to reduce the sheet piling length from 16 m to 14 m, whilst still leaving a good safety margin.
See section 5.2.2 for more details on designing sheet piling lengths.
14.8 Verify the modified sheet piling length according to CUR 166 design
procedure, method A
The sheet piling design calculation just performed (section 14.7) does not provide a lot of
results about the moments, shear forces and displacements of the wall, or about which com-
bination between steps 6.1 to 6.5 gives the most unfavorable results. It does not check all
combinations required according to CUR 166. To get all of this information, a Verify Sheet
Piling calculation must be performed for the modified length of 14 m.
34. Change the Section bottom level from <-16 m> to <-14 m>.
14.8.1 Verification Calculation (Method A)

37. Select the Verify Sheet Piling tab in the Start Calculation window displayed.
38. Select the CUR design code.
39. Select Partial Factors (design values) in all stages (method A) as partial factors are applied
to all construction stages for a Method A check.
40. Select the Partial factor set (safety class) <Class II> and leave the Anchor stiffness mul-
Deltares 231 of 416

tiplication factor as its default value of <1>.

41. Mark the Check stability for all stages check-box to check the overall stability of this project
according to step 11.3 of the CUR 166 design procedure.
42. Then click the Start button.
Figure 14.10: Start Calculation window, Verify Sheet Piling tab
See section 5.2.3 for more details on verifying sheet piling.
14.8.2 Verification Report

43. To view the results of the verification, choose Report in the Results menu.
In the Summary section at the beginning of the Report, it can be seen that the results for step
6.3 are the same as those of Figure 14.9 for a sheet pile length of 14 m. (The Design Sheet
232 of 416 Deltares

Piling Length option only checks for step 6.3 as it is intended as a rough guide rather than
a full verification.) In other words, the maximum moment is -704.90 kNm and the maximum
mobilized resistance is 87.5%. As the maximum displacement is given only for step 6.5 in the
Summary section, no direct comparison is possible with the value of -182.3 mm found from
Figure 14.9. The displacements diagram must be used.
14.8.3 Verification Charts

44. Open the Verification Moment/Force/Displacement Charts window from the Results menu.
In the window displayed (Figure 14.12), note that the maximum displacement occurs when
selecting the last construction stage and <Step 6.3> at the top of the window. The maximum
displacement is equal to -182.3 mm, the value obtained from the Design Sheet Piling Length
in Figure 14.9 for a sheet pile length of 14 m.Also note that the moment doesnt exceed the
maximum allowable moment (dotted green line) of 716 kNm.
45. Click the View Verification Step icon at the top of the window to open a diagram of the
changes made for the verification step 6.3 (Figure 14.13).
Deltares 233 of 416

Figure 14.13: CUR Step 6.3 window
According to the default level variations for class II given in Figure 14.6, step 6.3 includes the
following geometry changes:
the water level is lowered by 0.2 m on the passive side

the surface level is lowered by 0.3 m on the passive side
the water level is highered by 0.05 m on the active side.
For background information on the CUR 166 verification steps, see section 34.2.
14.8.4 Stability Verification
46. In the Report window, use the Move to next page and Move to previous page buttons,
to see the Overall Stability results for stage 4 (Figure 14.14).
The overall stability for the verified stage is estimated using the Bishop method with circular
slip planes. See chapter 32 for background information. As the stability factor is more than 1
for all stages, the wall will be stable according to the Bishop method.
234 of 416 Deltares

Figure 14.14: Report window, Overall Stability for the final stage
Note: The Overall Stability can also be determined using the Overall Stability tab of the Start
Calculation window by selecting the appropriate safety class and stage.
The verification report also contains the modified values of the soil parameters and levels.
See section 6.2.2 and section 6.3.2 for more details on the verification report and charts.
14.9 Verify the modified sheet piling length according to CUR 166 design
procedure, method B
In the previous paragraph, a Method A design according to the CUR 166 procedure was
performed, which means that partial factors and level variations were applied to all stages.
To perform a Method B design, these partial factors need to be applied only to the most
unfavorable stage.
14.9.1 Verification Calculation (Method B)

47. Save the current file as <Tutorial-7b>.
48. Open the Start Calculation window from the Calculation menu or press the function key
F9.
49. In the Verify Sheet Piling tab, select the CUR design code.
50. Select Partial Factors (design values) in verified stage only in the CUR method sub-
window as design values according to the CUR 166 procedure are applied to only one
stage for a Method B check.
51. Mark the fourth check-box to select stage 4 as a Stage for which verification is to be
performed. Then select the Partial factor set <II> for this stage and leave the Anchor
stiffness multiplication factor as its default value of <1>.
52. Mark the Check stability for all verified stages check-box to check the overall stability of
this stage of the project according to step 11.3 of the CUR 166 design procedure.
53. Then click the Start button.
Deltares 235 of 416

Figure 14.15: Start Calculation window, Verify Sheet Piling tab (Tutorial-7b)
See section 5.2.3 for more details on verify sheet piling calculations.
Note: Method B applies partial factors and level changes only to the final stage. Therefore,
theoretically, every stage must be verified as the final stage, using the appropriate safety
class. The stages to be verified as a final stage are selected in the Verify Sheet Piling tab of
the Start Calculation window. To perform a complete method B verification for a construction
with n stages involves n! calculations. For this tutorial it has been decided to only check the
final stage. Anything cant be concluded about the performance of the previous construction
stages. Refer to section 34.3.1 for more information about the differences between method A
and method B.
14.9.2 Verification Report

54. To view the results, select Report in the Results menu.
236 of 416 Deltares

Table 14.2: Comparison of methods A and B for the maximum values in stage 4
Displac. Moment Shear force Mob. perc. Mob. perc.

moment resis.
[mm] [kNm] [kN] [%] [%]
Method A (Tutorial-7a) -125.8 -702.0 -223.1 76.3 79.6
Method B (Tutorial-7b) -128.3 -694.7 -222.2 86.4 88.6
Figure 14.16: Report window, Summary section (Tutorial-7b)
14.10 Comparison between Methods A and B

After comparison with the results of the previous calculation where the partial factors were
applied to all stages (Figure 14.10), some differences appear on the calculated values of
stage 4 as shown in Table 14.2. However, as those differences are quite small, it can be
deduced that the influence of the differences in the three first stages on the last stage is
minimal in this tutorial case.
Applying partial factors on the representative input values in all stages will give different results
to when applying them only in one of the stages. The CUR 166 design procedure allows both
methods. Applying partial factors to the final stage only (method B) can result in a more
economical design, but requires verification of each stage as the final stage.
Deltares 237 of 416

14.11 Conclusion
The Design Sheet Piling Length option allows the minimum stable length for the sheet piling
to be found, using a global check according to CUR 166. After inputting this new length, a
complete verification can be performed with the Verify Sheet Piling option giving more final
results. CUR Method A (Tutorial-7a) applies the same partial factor set to all construction
stages whereas CUR Method B (Tutorial-7b). In this tutorial, the maximum allowable moment
for elastic behavior is reached; the sheet piling profile should therefore be changed to avoid
failure in bending.
238 of 416 Deltares

15 Tutorial 8: Verify anchor stability (Kranz method)
This example illustrates how to check the stability of an anchor wall. For background informa-
tion, see "Allowable Anchor Force" chapter 31. The objectives of this exercise are:
To check the stability of an anchor applied to a sheet pile wall.

To learn how to increase the allowable force for an anchor.

Culmann module

The same input file as Tutorial 3 is used. The anchor plate/wall stability is only checked for the
last stage as it is the most unfavorable stage for which the anchor is present. The geometry
of this situation is shown in below.
25.0
GL=0
-2.0 2.0
CLAY
-4.0
-6.0 PEAT
CLAY
AZ 13
-13.0
SAND
-16.0
Figure 15.1: Excavation showing anchor to be checked (tutorial 8)
1. Open the input file <Tutorial-3.shi>, and save it with a new name: <Tutorial-8>.
Deltares 239 of 416

15.2 Allowable anchor force

The verification of the anchor stability is performed using the Allowable Anchor Force tab in the
Start Calculation window. However, this option is available only if the Verification (EC7/CUR)
option in the Model window is selected.
2. Open the Model window from the Project menu.

window.
4. Fill in <Tutorial 8 for D-S HEET P ILING > and <Verify anchor stability (Kranz method)> for
5. In the window displayed, select the c, phi, delta model and the Verification (EC7/CUR)
option.
6. Click OK to close the window. A Confirm window appears. Click OK to confirm this choice.
7. In the Calculation menu, select Start to open the Start Calculation window or press the
function key F9.
8. Select the Allowable Anchor Force tab to check if the stability of the anchor is reached.
9. Select the last stage in the Construction stage sub-window and click the Start button.
Figure 15.2: Start Calculation window, Allowable Anchor Force tab
240 of 416 Deltares

Tutorial 8: Verify anchor stability (Kranz method)
According to the results (Figure 15.2), the actual representative anchor force is 135 kN
whereas the allowable anchor force is 196 kN. Therefore, the anchor wall is stable.
Note: The Actual anchor force CUR is not available because no verification calculation
according to CUR was previously performed.
There are different ways to increase the allowable anchor force in case of unstable anchors:
inclining the anchor downwards, increasing the sheet piling length, increasing the anchor
length, or lowering the application point of the anchor. To decrease the actual anchor force,
the anchor properties must be modified, or the spacing between anchors can be reduced
this will correspond to an increase in the cross sectional area per running meter (/m).
10. Click the Draw Results button. The window displayed (Figure 15.3) shows the active and
passive slip surfaces on the anchor wall.
For more details on the passive and active anchor wall pressures calculation, see chapter 31.
Figure 15.3: Allowable Anchor Force Results Diagram window
15.3 Conclusion
D-S HEET P ILING can calculate the allowable force in an anchor making it possible for the user
to compare this value to the actual force in the anchor. To increase the allowable anchor force
the sheet piling length can be increased, the anchor can be inclined, it can be made longer or
it can be applied lower down the wall.
Deltares 241 of 416

242 of 416 Deltares

16 Tutorial 9: Modeling of combi-walls
This example illustrates the analysis of a combined wall with a variable flexural stiffness. For
background information, see section 38.1.
To enter a combined pile and sheet piling wall using D-S HEET P ILINGs combined wall
wizard.
To make the necessary correction to the modulus of subgrade reaction to compensate
for arching of the piles below the depth of the sheet piling.

This example models a single stage excavation with a combined wall consisting of King piles
connected along the upper part by sheet piling, as show in Figure 16.1. It follows that the
flexural stiffness of the upper and lower parts is different. The soil profile consists of two clay
layers of thickness 5 m and 1 m respectively, with a sand layer below. The layer properties
are provided in Table 16.1.
GL=0
-1.0
CLAY HZ775C-12+PU12
-5.0
DEEP CLAY -6.0 DEEP CLAY
SAND
SAND
HZ775C-12
-10.0
Figure 16.1: One stage excavation with a combined wall
The center-to-center distance between the piles is 2.33 m. The King pile is an H-profile, by
Arbed, type HZ775C-12, has a diameter of 0.53 m, a wall thickness of 10 mm and a flexural
stiffness of 843759 kNm2 . The sheet piling between each pair of piles consist of three sheet
piling sections, type PU 12, each part having a width a 0.6 m and a flexural stiffness of
45360 kNm2 /m. The length of the piles is 10 m and the length of the sheet piling is 5 m.
Deltares 243 of 416

Clay Deep Clay Sand

3
Delta friction angle [deg] 10 10 20
Shell factor [-] 1 2 2.5
Mod. of sub. reaction: Virgin loading [kN/m3 ] 800 1600 25000
Plan view
sheet piling
(EI=45360 kNm2/m)
2,33m
RL 0m
clay
RL -5m
clay/2
0,6m RL -6m
5m
sand
RL -10m
0,53m Pile (EI=843759 kNm2)
Figure 16.2: Combined wall example: dimensions and soil profile
One section of the combined wall, consisting of one pile and three sheet-piling parts, will be
considered for calculation purposes. Output of discrete moments and forces is required for
this section. The calculation of the action width and the flexural stiffness per running meter
can be performed conveniently, by using the combined wall wizard (section 4.2.2).
The amount of soil that will react if pile displacement occurs is usually larger than the pile width
as a result of arching. Therefore the soil properties along the lower part of the combined wall
must be modified, using a shell factor s of 2 for clay and 2.5 for sand. These values are
obtained from tests or calculations. For more information, see section 38.1.2. A shell factor of
1 is applied for soils in contact with the sheet piling as the sheet piling prevents arching from
taking place.
244 of 416 Deltares

Tutorial 9: Modeling of combi-walls
16.2 General input

1. Create a new project by clicking New Project in the File menu, and save it with the name
<Tutorial-9>.
window.
3. Fill in <Tutorial 9 for D-S HEET P ILING > and <Modeling of combi-walls> for Title 1 and
Title 2 respectively in the Identification tab.
4. Open the Model window from the Project menu and select Ka, Ko, Kp soil parameters,
deselect the Check vertical balance and the Verification (EC7/CUR) options as they are
16.3 Combined Wall

Now the combined wall shown in Figure 16.2 can be modeled.
6. Click on the Combined Wall. . . button.
7. In the window displayed, select the appropriate pile and sheet pile types that will be used
in the wall by clicking the button: for the Piles, select the <HZ775C-12> type with
section S240 and for the Sheet pile select the <PU 12> type. The Name and the Stiffness
EI are automatically filled in. Enter the Number of sheet piles between each pair of piles
as 3. For the other values, see Figure 16.3 below or refer to Figure 16.2.
Figure 16.3: Design Combined Wall window
As a result, the acting width, flexural stiffness and bottom levels of the combined wall are au-
tomatically calculated by D-S HEET P ILING in the Sheet Piling window, as shown in Figure 16.4
Deltares 245 of 416

below.
The combination wall calculation process is also explained in section 38.1.
16.4 Soil
The following steps permit the definition of the soil materials, surfaces, profiles and water
levels for this tutorial:
9. Open the Surfaces window from the Soil menu and define two surfaces with names <Left>
and <Right> with levels 0 m and -5 m respectively.
10. Open the Soil Materials window from the Soil menu, and define the soils using the param-
eters given in Table 16.1, using the Mller-Breslau (straight slip surfaces) method for an
automatic calculation of the Earth pressure coefficients by D-S HEET P ILING. Select Tangent
with <1> as the Number of curves for spring characteristics in the Curve Settings window
to allow input of the modulus of subgrade reaction as given in Table 16.1.
Figure 16.5: Soil Materials window for Sand
11. Open the Profiles window from the Soil menu and define the soil profile shown in Fig-
ure 16.1, with the top levels of <Clay>, <Deep Clay> and <Sand> at 0 m, -5 m and
246 of 416 Deltares

Tutorial 9: Modeling of combi-walls
-6 m respectively.
12. Open the Water Levels window of the Soil menu, and define a water level named <WL>
at -1 m.
13. Open the Stages Overview window of the Stages menu to define the left and right surfaces.
14. In the Start Calculation window, click OK to calculate the results.
16.5 Results
The calculation results can be found in the report.
15. Start the calculation by selecting Start in the Calculation menu and clicking OK. When the
calculation is complete close the Calculation Progress window.
16. In the Results menu, click Report.
Figure 16.6: Report window, Sheet Piling Properties section
In the Input Data section of the report, the input data can be found. The stiffness EI of the
upper and lower sections is given in kNm2 in the column Corrected stiffness EI. This value
corresponds to the stiffness per running meter calculated in section 16.3, multiplied by the
acting width:
Upper section: EI = 3.9717 105 2.33 = 9.2541 105 kNm2

Lower section: EI = 1.5920 106 0.53 = 8.4376 105 kNm2
In the Modulus of Subgrade Reaction paragraph of the report (Figure 16.7), note that the
values of the moduli of subgrade reaction correspond to the user-defined values (Figure 16.5)
multiplied by the shell factor:
Deltares 247 of 416

For Clay: k = 800 1 = 800 kN/m3

For Deep Clay: k = 1600 2 = 3200 kN/m3
For Sand: k = 25000 2.5 = 62500 kN/m3
Figure 16.7: Report window, Modulus of Subgrade Reaction paragraph
The resulting moments and forces apply to one full section of the wall, consisting of one pile
and three sheet-piling parts. The maximum moment acting on the upper 5 m can be seen
by opening the Moment/Force/Displacement Charts from the Results menu and right clicking
over the moment graph to select the Chart Data. Scrolling down to a Depth of 5 m shows
that the maximum moment in this part is around 120 kNm at the level of -5 m. The maximum
moment acting on the lower 5 m is around 216 kNm. The pile therefore has to be able to resist
216 kNm. If the maximum is reached in the upper part, it is common practice to assume that
this maximum moment acts on the pile only. The dimensioning of the sheet piling is usually
based on the transmission of moments in the horizontal direction, and is therefore outside
the scope of this example. In this tutorial, the maximum allowable moment for the pile only is
2184 kNm (according to Figure 16.3). Therefore, this maximum is not reached.
Figure 16.8: Moment/Force/Displacement Chart window
16.6 Conclusion
The combined wall wizard is a useful tool for inputting a combined wall: it converts the con-
stituent parts into the correct D-S HEET P ILING model. Moduli of subgrade reaction need to be
modified for the soil materials where only the piles are present, to compensate for arching.
248 of 416 Deltares

17 Tutorial 10: Non-hydrostatic pore pressure distribution
In this example, the sheet pile wall has a water-retaining function in addition to the standard
soil-retaining function. The difference in water pressures on either side of the wall gives rise to
water seepage under the toe of the wall. This effect is taken into account in D-S HEET P ILING by
inputting appropriate additional pore pressures. For background information, see section 38.4.
To calculate and input the additional pore pressure distribution in order to model the
total pore pressures caused by the water flow under the toe of the sheet piling.
To analyze the effect of these pressures on the sheet pile wall.

This example involves a pit excavation in stratified soil. On the right hand side, the surface
level is 0 m. The water table is at -1 m. The pit is excavated on the left hand side to -
9 m. The pit excavation is kept dry by means of a dewatering systems. The water table in
the pit excavation is at -10 m. This means that there is a difference in water pressure of
9 10 = 90 kPa. Two struts at -2 m and -7 m support the sheet piling.
5.0m
GL=0
-1.0
-2.0
Strut 1
-7.0
Strut 2 CLAY
-9.0
-10.0 AZ 14
CLAY -12.0
-13.0
PEAT PEAT
SAND
-18.0
Figure 17.1: Pit excavation with water flow under the sheet pile wall (tutorial 10)
Deltares 249 of 416

Clay Peat Sand

3
Friction angle phi [deg] 17 20 32
Delta friction angle [deg] 11 0 21
Earth pressure coefficients Mller Mller Ktter
Mod. of sub. reaction (top side) [kN/m3 ] 800 500 10 000
Mod. of sub. reaction (bottom side) [kN/m3 ] 1 200 500 20 000
Permeability [m/s] 108 109 103
17.2 Additional pore pressure

The sand is relatively permeable. The pressure head differences occur, therefore, over the
clay layer and the peat layer. To determine the effect of the water flow, the additional pore
water pressures are calculated on both sides of the sheet piling using Equation 38.8 in sec-
tion 38.4:
di 1
Wi = h w P di (17.1)
ki k i
On the low side this leads to:

2 1
Wclay = 9 10 2 1
= 5.45 kN/m2 (17.2)
108 108
+ 109
+ 1019 + 10118
1 1
Wpeat = 9 10 9 2 1
= 27.27 kN/m2
10 108
+ 109
+ 1019 + 10118
(17.3)
On the high side this leads to:
11 1
Wclay = 9 10 2 1 1 11
= 30 kN/m2
108 108
+ 109
+ 109
+ 108
(17.4)
1 1
Wpeat = 9 10 2 1 1 11
= 27.27 kN/m2
109 108
+ 109
+ 109
+ 108
(17.5)
Note that the sum of the magnitudes of these additional pore pressures is 90 kN/m2 (ignoring
rounding errors) which is the same as the pressure difference between the levels of the two
phreatic surfaces. It can also be seen that the water pressure on both sides of the toe of the
sheet pile is the same: 8 10 + (5.45 + 27.27) = 17 10 - (30.00 + 27.27) = 112.7
250 of 416 Deltares

Tutorial 10: Non-hydrostatic pore pressure distribution
0.0
-1.0
clay
Wpeat
-9.0 Wclay
-10.0
Wpeat
-12.0
25.5 20.0 80.0 110.0
62.8 30.0 peat -13.0
62.7 120.0
Wclay sand
62.8 60.0 92.7 150.0
total hydrostatic total hydrostatic
pressure pressure pressure pressure
Figure 17.2: Water pressures distribution on both sides of sheet piling
Note: In general, this approximation method is sufficient. For cases with a major difference
in water pressure, or for very critical cases, a flow calculation should be performed using a
specialized program, such as Deltares Systems MSeep.
17.3 General input

The geometry of Figure 17.1 is inputted in D-S HEET P ILING.
1. Create a new file with the name <Tutorial-10>.

window.
3. Fill in <Tutorial 10 for D-S HEET P ILING > and <Non-hydrostatic pore pressure distribution>
17.3.1 Model
4. In the Model window, select the Ka, Ko, Kp soil parameters model.
not used in this tutorial.
17.3.2 Sheet Piling

6. In the Sheet Piling window, define a sheet pile with a stiffness of 44730 kNm2 /m by choos-
ing an <AZ 14> profile from <Arcelor> with a <S320> section in the Sheet Piling Pro-
files Library window.
7. Enter its top and bottom positions according to Figure 17.1.
17.3.3 Soil Surfaces

8. In the Surfaces window, define two surfaces with names <Left> and <Right> respec-
tively at level <-9 m> and <0 m>.
Deltares 251 of 416


9. In the Soil Materials window, define the three materials as shown in Table 17.1.
17.3.5 Soil Profiles

10. In the Soil Profiles window, enter the additional pore water pressures distribution as shown
in Figure 17.2 and calculated in section 17.2. The <Clay> layer is separated at the water
table level into two layers (as shown in Figure 17.3 for the left side and Figure 17.4 for
the soil profile on the right side). D-S HEET P ILING will assume a linear distribution between
these values.
Figure 17.3: Soil Profiles window with additional pore pressures on left side
Figure 17.4: Soil Profiles window with additional pore pressures on right side
17.3.6 Water Levels

11. In the Water Levels window, define two water levels with names <WL-1> and <WL-10>
respectively at levels <-1 m> and <-10 m>.
252 of 416 Deltares


12. In the Water Properties window, enter a unit weight of <10 kN/m3 > to be in accordance
with the previously calculated additional pore pressures.
17.3.8 Struts
13. In the Struts window from the Supports menu, define two struts at levels -2 m and -7 m
with properties as indicated in Figure 17.5. As only half of the problem is considered due
to symmetry, the length of the strut needs to be entered as 5.0 m. In this example buckling
is not taken into account, therefore a large value for the buckling force is entered.
Figure 17.5: Struts window
17.3.9 Stages Overview

14. In the Stages Overview window, activate these different inputs as indicated in Figure 17.1
by selecting them in the appropriate sub-window.
17.4 Water pressure results

The water pressure distribution calculated by D-S HEET P ILING can be checked.
15. In the Start Calculation window click Start.

16. In the Stress State Charts window of the Results menu (Figure 17.6), click the right mouse
button and select View Data.
Deltares 253 of 416

17. In the window displayed (Figure 17.7), read the water pressures values at different depths
at the left side in the Water Pressure Left tab. They are the sum of the excess pore
pressure and the hydrostatic water pressure (w depth).
Figure 17.7: Chart Data window, Water Pressure Left tab
18. Open the Moment/Force/Displacements window to view the effect of this seepage on the
construction.
254 of 416 Deltares

Figure 17.8: Moment/Force/Displacement Charts window including the effects of the ad-
ditional pore pressures
17.5 Conclusion
Water flow under the toe of a sheet pile wall causes a pore pressure distribution in the sur-
rounding soil that is not proportional to the depth below the water table. The correct total
pressure distribution can be modeled by calculating and inputting additional pore pressures
for each soil layer.
Deltares 255 of 416

256 of 416 Deltares

18 Tutorial 11: Modeling of loads with limited dimensions
This example illustrates the method used to calculate the effect on a sheet pile wall of a
surcharge load with limited dimensions in two directions. This could be, for instance, the load
from a crane near a harbor wall. For background information, see section 38.2.
To model a load with limited size in the directions parallel and perpendicular to the sheet
pile wall.

Culmann module

This tutorial example models a harbor wall construction, similar to the construction in Tutorial
3. The sheet pile wall is designed to resist a platform load (extending infinitely) of 20 kN/m2
In addition, there is a crane load of a total of F = 600 kN, acting over a surface area of
b = 1.5 m L = 1.5 m. The front of the crane is located at d = 1.5 m behind the wall, as
indicated in Figure 18.1. The lower part of Figure 18.1 also indicates how this load is to be
modeled.
Deltares 257 of 416

Top view Platform load = 20 kN/m2
Crane load F = 600 kN
1,5m
d1=1.5m
45o
d2=2.25m
q1
q2
Platform load = 20 kN/m2

GL=0
-1.5
-2.0
2.0
CLAY
PEAT
-7.0
CLAY AZ 13 CLAY
-13.0
SAND -16.0
Figure 18.1: Modeling a load with limited size parallel to the sheet piling (tutorial 11)
18.2 General input

1. Open <Tutorial-3.shi> by clicking Open in the File menu, and save it with the name
<Tutorial-11>.
window.
3. Fill in <Tutorial 11 for D-S HEET P ILING > and <Modeling of loads with limited dimensions>
4. Open the Model window from the Project menu and select the C, phi, delta soil parameters
model since surcharge loads are used in this example.
258 of 416 Deltares

Tutorial 11: Modeling of loads with limited dimensions
18.3 Modeling of load with limited size parallel to the sheet piling
The crane load has a limited size parallel to the sheet piling. In order to model it in D-S HEET P ILING,
this load is considered in two parts in order to roughly model the changing width of the load
spread as a function of its distance from the sheet pile wall. Each part is modeled as being
distributed over an assumed load spread angle of 45 (see Figure 18.1). This produces the
following distribution formula:
F L
qi = (18.1)
L b L + 2di
Therefore:
F 600
q1 = = = 88.89 kN/m2 (18.2)
b (L + 2d1 ) 1.5 (1.5 + 2 1.5)
(from 1.5 m to 2.25 m behind the wall)
F 600
q2 = = = 66.67 kN/m2 (18.3)
b (L + 2d2 ) 1.5 (1.5 + 2 2.25)
(from 2.25 m to 3 m behind the wall).
Note: This crane load could be treated as just one part, since it has a rectangular shape. It
has been considered in two parts for better accuracy. For more information on modeling loads
with limited dimensions see section 38.2.
The platform and crane loads can now be inputted:
6. Select Uniform Loads in the Loads menu, and enter a load of 20 kN/m2 on the right side.
Use the name <Platform load> for easy reference in the Stages Overview.
7. Select Surcharge Loads in the Loads menu to enter the crane load.
8. In the window displayed, add a surcharge with the name <Crane load> as shown in
Figure 18.1. The <Crane load> has the distribution given in Figure 18.2 below.
9. In the Stages Manager window, add a fourth stage, named <Platform load and crane
load>.
Deltares 259 of 416

10. In the Stages Overview window, activate the uniform load and the surcharge by selecting
them in the Surcharges right sub-window, as indicated in Figure 18.3.
11. Start the calculation by selecting Start from the Calculation menu.
18.4 Results
As a result of the platform load and the crane load the bending moments have increased, as
indicated in Figure 18.4.
12. Open the Moment/Force/Displacement Charts window to see the effect of the increased
loading. The maximum bending moment has increased to 514 kNm and exceeds now the
maximum allowable moment (dotted green line) of 351 kNm, as shown in Figure 18.4. That
means the selected sheet piling section must be changed to avoid failing in bending. By
selecting an AZ 13 profile with a yield stress of 430 N/mm2 (section S430), the maximum
moment for elastic behavior is raised to 559 kNm.
260 of 416 Deltares

Tutorial 11: Modeling of loads with limited dimensions
Figure 18.4: Moment/Force/Displacement Charts window, Results for the final stage
13. In the Sheet Piling window, click the . . . button to open the Sheet Piling Profiles Library
window and select <S430>.
14. Perform a new calculation and check that the magnitude of the maximum moment is now
less than this sections maximum moment for elastic behavior which means the wall will
not fail in bending (Figure 18.5).
Figure 18.5: Moment/Force/Displacement Charts window, Results for the final stage with
a new sheet piling profile
Deltares 261 of 416

18.5 Conclusion
Loads with a limited size parallel to the sheet pile wall need to be adjusted so their effect can
be correctly calculated. This modification is performed by assuming the load acts over the
wall within the limits of lines extending at 45 from the front of where the load is applied.
262 of 416 Deltares

19 Tutorial 12: Prediction of feasibility using experience data
This tutorial example looks at the risk of pile driving failure that may occur in practice. The
risk of pile driving failure largely depends on the sheet pile length, resisting moment, soil
conditions and of course the pile driving equipment. In general a sheet pile wall design is
checked according to design standards. Using the Feasibility module it is possible to check
the feasibility of the design as well.
To check the sheet pile installation feasibility using the Dutch NVAF-experience lines
and the experiences from the GeoBrain experiences database (GeoBrain).
To predict the feasibility using forecasting models in GeoBrain.
To compare the current design with experiences in the GeoBrain experience database.

Culmann module
Feasibility module
This tutorial is presented in the file Tutorial-12.shi and uses the CPT-GEF file Tutorial-12 CPT 02.gef.

This tutorial involves the three stages excavation as used in Tutorial 7 (chapter 14). The
groundwater level is located 2 meters below the initial ground level. The sheet piling is an
Arcelor AZ 19 profile, section S430. The top of the wall is located at ground level (GL) and the
toe of the wall is at GL -16 m.
In Tutorial 7a, the design was checked for stability according to the CUR 166 design proce-
dure. In this tutorial, the added value of the D-S HEET P ILING Feasibility module is used to
provide pile driving experience data to aid the user in feasibility decisions. Different checks
are performed:
(section 19.3.2) Results of the D-S HEET P ILING design are compared to (NVAF) charts
for different kind of piling driving vibrators and different soil conditions;
(section 19.3.1) Results of the D-S HEET P ILING design are displayed on graphs for com-
parison with the GeoBrain experiences;
(section 19.4) A prediction of the feasibility of the design is performed, using additional
data as a CPT in GEF format and some additional information concerning the equip-
ment, the foundation and the condition of the sheet piles;
(section 19.5) A prediction of the feasibility of the design is performed, by simply search-
ing experiences in the GeoBrain database similar to the D-S HEET P ILING project. Search
can be based either on sheet pile (section 19.5.1), on CPT (section 19.5.2) or on loca-
tion (section 19.5.3).
For more information on the Feasibility module, see chapter 7.
The soil profile is deduced from the results of the provided CPT-GEF file using the interpreta-
tion rule prescribed by CUR.
Deltares 263 of 416

Figure 19.1: CPT datas (Tutorial 12)
19.2 Changing input
19.2.1 Sheet Piling

Prediction of feasibility is based, among other things, on the resisting moment W of the sheet
piling. If Tutorial 7 was created without the Feasibility module, it is possible that the resisting
moment is not yet inputted. First check this in the Sheet Piling window:
1. Open <Tutorial-7a.shi> and save it with the name <Tutorial-12>.

2. In the Identification tab of the Project Properties window, change Title 1 and Title 2 to
respectively <Tutorial 12 for D-S HEET P ILING > and <Prediction of feasibility using experi-
ence data>.
3. In the Model window, deselect the option Verification (EC7/CUR) as it is not used.
5. If the last column Resisting Moment W (Feasibility) is not filled (i.e. 0), click the Browse
button in the Import profile from library column to open the Sheet Piling Profiles Library
window. If the resisting moment is already filled (i.e. 1665 cm3 /m), directly go to step 23.
6. Select Arcelor profile <AZ 19> with a steel quality <S430>.
7. Click the Select button to return to the Sheet Piling window (Figure 19.2). The resisting
moment should now be equal to 1940 cm3 /m.
8. Enter a Section bottom level of <-16 m>.
264 of 416 Deltares

Tutorial 12: Prediction of feasibility using experience data
19.2.2 Surcharge load

10. In the Surcharge Loads window, change the magnitude of the load called Temporary load
to <10 kN/m2 >.
19.2.3 Soil profile deduced from a CPT file

In this tutorial, the soil profile is deduced from the interpretation of the available CPT-GEF file.
12. Click Soil on the menu bar and then choose Profiles.
13. Click the Add from CPT button at the left-bottom of the Soil Profiles window. The Select
CPT window opens.
14. Click the Import from file button. In the Open window displays, select the CPT-GEF file
named <Tutorial-12 CPT 02.gef> from the Project/Tutorials directory where the program
was installed.
The CPTip window opens (Figure 19.3) where the CPT results (cone resistance, local friction
and friction ratio) are displayed. At the right of the window, D-S HEET P ILING automatically
interprets the imported CPT into a soil profile, based on the interpretation rule that is selected
by the user in the Rule selection box.
Deltares 265 of 416

15. Leave the CPT interpretation Rule and the Minimum layer thickness to their defaults and
click OK to go back to the Soil Profiles window (Figure 19.4) which now contains a new
profile named CPT 02 corresponding to the CPT.
Figure 19.4: Soil Profiles window after importation of the CPT 02 file
16. Select the previously manually added profile named <New Profile> and click the Delete
button to delete it as it is not used anymore.
17. Click OK to see the effect in the Input Diagram window.
18. Use the Zoom buttons in the Edit panel to enlarge the limits of the diagram and see the
different layers of the new soil profile imported from CPT (Figure 19.5).
266 of 416 Deltares

Figure 19.5: Input Diagram window with new soil profile from CPT
Note that the top layer of the new soil profile is now situated below the ground surface.
19. In the Soil Profiles window, increase the Top level of the top layer to <0 m>.
19.2.4 New calculation

20. In the Calculation menu, select Start to open the Start Calculation window or press the
function key F9.
21. Click Start to start the calculation.
22. In the Moment/Force/Displacement Charts window, check that the maximum moment of
834 kNm is not reached for all stages.
19.3 Sheet Pile Installation

To check the sheet pile installation feasibility, the corresponding window must first be dis-
played:
23. From the Feasibility menu, select the Sheet Pile Installation option. D-S HEET P ILING will
now contact, on-line, with the GeoBrain experience database (GeoBrain).
19.3.1 Sheet Pile Installation based on GeoBrain Experiences

A comparison with the experiences from the GeoBrain database is of interest:
24. In the Feasibility Sheet Pile Installation window, the option Show Experiences is by default
selected.
A screen similar to Figure 19.6 will appear. The number of experiences can be different
Deltares 267 of 416

from Figure 19.6 as the GeoBrain database continuously grows. Users without a license
for the Feasibility module will only see a limited number of experiences. Once again, the
D-S HEET P ILING design will appear as a blue dot.
Figure 19.6: E-consult Sheet Pile Installation window showing GeoBrain Experiences
For this tutorial example, the D-S HEET P ILING design is within range of experiences and seems
to be surrounded by different experiences labeled as Good project result (green crosses).
The user should check if these experiences are indeed comparable to the D-S HEET P ILING
design.
25. Select one of the nearby Good experiences, using the mouse. On the right hand side,
additional information, including a soil profile is shown.
Please refer to Sheet Pile Installation based on GeoBrain Experiences (section 7.2.2) for a
translation of the Dutch headings and a detailed description of this window.
19.3.2 Sheet Pile Installation based on NVAF Lines

A theoretical comparison with the Dutch NVAF lines can also be of interest:
26. In the Feasibility Sheet Pile Installation window, select the Show NVAF lines in the upper
left hand corner of the window.
In the window displayed (Figure 19.7), the LF 5 chart is selected by default for low frequency
driving in a soil with an average cone resistance of 5 MPa along the pile.
268 of 416 Deltares

Figure 19.7: E-consult Sheet Pile Installation window showing NVAF lines
The current sheet piling input is indicated by a blue mark. As this mark lies below the NVAF-
lines, successful pile driving should be guaranteed for this type of sheet piling with a length of
16 m and a resisting moment of 1940 cm3 /m.
By selecting different graphs from the Experience lines NVAF list it can be seen that the design
considered does not meet the feasibility criteria for all combinations of cone resistances and
frequencies. Hence some care should be taken. From the graphs one can also get an idea
of the capacity needed for successful pile driving. In this case (LF 5) a minimum capacity of
800 kN seems necessary.
Note: By selecting a different sheet pile profile (i.e. different resisting moment W ) and/or
by entering a different sheet pile length in the Sheet Piling window, the user must close and
re-open to the Feasibility Sheet Pile Installation window to see the influence on the feasibility.
19.4 GeoBrain Drivability Prediction

To predict the feasibility of the design, a CPT in GEF format needs to be imported and
some additional information concerning the equipment, the foundation and the condition of
the sheet-piles need to be known. All information is summarized in Table 19.1.
Table 19.1: Information for feasibility prediction (Tutorial 12)
Parameter 1st prediction 2nd prediction

CPT Tutorial-13 CPT 02.gef
Location Zuid-Holland
Type of stiff clay layers boulder clay
Thickness of the stiff clay layers 3m
Obstacles 0
Condition of subsurface Good
Deltares 269 of 416

Condition sheet piles Used-moderate New

Sheet piles installed in . . . Double Single
Installation Method Vibrating
Equipment known Yes
Type PVE 2323 VM PVE 110M
19.4.1 GeoBrain Drivability Prediction First prediction

Now a GEF-CPT file has been imported, the first prediction using GeoBrain can start:
27. In the Feasibility menu, choose GeoBrain Drivability Prediction. D-S HEET P ILING will now
contact, on-line, to the GeoBrain experience database.
Figure 19.8: GeoBrain Prediction window, First page
At the top of the GeoBrain Prediction window displayed (Figure 19.8), available data are in-
dicated: the name of the CPT previously imported (section 19.2.3), the Sheet piling length
and Resisting moment of this tutorial previously inputted in the Sheet Piling window (sec-
tion 19.2.1) and the Water level to surface of this tutorial previously inputted in the Water
Levels window. It is possible to make a rough prediction with only this information by clicking
Predict. To get a better prediction follow the steps from step 29 below.
28. In the GeoBrain Prediction window displayed (Figure 19.8), click Refine to add the infor-
mation given in Table 19.1.
270 of 416 Deltares

Figure 19.9: GeoBrain Prediction window, Introduction
29. In the window displayed (Figure 19.9), click Continue.
A main screen appears, showing the imported CPT amongst other information. Both ques-
tions 1 and 4 have been filled automatically, but questions 2, 3, 5 and 6 need to be filled using
the information of Table 19.1:
30. Select <boulder clay> as type of present stiff clay from the drop down for Question 2 and
enter a thickness of <3 m> for Question 3.
31. Enter <0> obstacle for Question 5 and select <good> as condition of the subsurface on
site from the drop down menu for Question 6 as shown in Figure 19.10.
Deltares 271 of 416

Figure 19.10: GeoBrain Prediction window, Geotechnics menu
Note: The soil profile determined in Figure 19.10 uses the 3-types with gravel from NEN rule
(section 30.2.3) as CPT interpretation rule and a minimum layer thickness of 0.2 m whereas
the soil profile determined in the Soil Profiles window (Figure 19.4) uses the CUR rule (sec-
tion 30.2.1) as CPT interpretation rule and a minimum layer thickness of 0.5 m. Those explain
the differences between both profiles.
32. To enter the Sheet pile information, click Next.
Question 7 has already been entered, but Questions 8, 13 and 14 need to be filled using the
272 of 416 Deltares

information of Table 19.1.
33. Select <ArcelorMittal> as producer and <Z-profiel AZ19> as type of sheet pile for Ques-
tion 8. Questions 9 to 12 are automatically filled in.
34. Select <used sheet piles, moderately repair> for Question 13 and select <Double> for
Question 14 from the drop down menus as shown in Figure 19.11.
Figure 19.11: GeoBrain Prediction window, Sheet pile menu
35. To enter the Installation information, click Next.
Questions 15 to 18 need to be filled using the information of Table 19.1.
36. Select <Vibrate> from the drop down menu for Question 15, select yes for Question 16
and select <PVE 2323VM> for Question 17 as shown in Figure 19.12.
Deltares 273 of 416

Figure 19.12: GeoBrain Prediction window, Installation menu
37. To access to the prediction results click Next.

38. The result is showed in a color bar (Figure 19.13), indicating no risk (green) to unaccept-
able risk (red).
Figure 19.13: GeoBrain Prediction window, Result menu (first prediction)
In this case the risk is Large to Not feasible. At the bottom of the window (Figure 19.13), five
274 of 416 Deltares

measures are indicated which might reduce the risk. For example, using a different vibra-
tory hammer with a centrifugal force exceeding 2000 kN and installing single new sheet pile
instead might reduce the risk.
19.4.2 GeoBrain Drivability Prediction Second prediction

To reduce the risk, a second prediction is performed using both measures indicated above.
To enter these changes follow the steps below:
39. Click on the Sheet pile menu.

40. Change Question 14 in option <Single>.
41. Change Question 13 in option <new sheet piles>.
42. Click on the Installation menu.
43. Change Question 17 in <PVE 110M> and note the force changes from 1350 kN into
2250 kN, which exceeds 2000 kN as recommended in Figure 19.13.
44. To perform a second prediction with those new measures, click on the Result menu.
Note that the risk decreased as it is now Small to Reasonably large. Fewer measures (two
instead of five) are indicated at the bottom, below the bars (Figure 19.14). They both concern
the choice of the sheet pile profile.
Figure 19.14: GeoBrain Prediction window, Result menu (second prediction)
It is possible to get a complete report in PDF format containing the input and results.
45. Click on the link Go to Report to download the input and results as a pdf-file at the bottom
of the Result menu of the GeoBrain Prediction window.
46. Click again on the link View the report here as a pdf-file.
The Prediction Report window opens (Figure 19.15) with the default Internet Explorer pro-
gram. Using the appropriate icon on the menu bar, this prediction report can either be printed
Deltares 275 of 416

and/or saved as a PDF document.
Figure 19.15: Prediction Report window
See section 7.3 for a detailed description of this window.
19.5 GeoBrain Drivability Experiences

To predict the feasibility of the design, the GeoBrain experience database can also be used.
47. In the Feasibility menu, choose GeoBrain Drivability Experiences.
276 of 416 Deltares

Figure 19.16: GeoBrain Experiences window, First page
Note: At the top of the GeoBrain Experiences window displayed (Figure 19.16), available
data are indicated: the name of the CPT previously imported (section 19.2.3) and the Sheet
piling length and Resisting moment of this tutorial, as previously inputted in the Sheet Piling
window (section 19.2.1).
To consult the GeoBrain database, three different searches can be performed:
(section 19.5.1) Search experiences based on similar sheet piling length and resisting
moment of the project;
(section 19.5.2) Search experiences based on a similar soil profile deduced from the
imported CPT;
(section 19.5.3) Search experiences close to the location of the current project, by using
a map.
Deltares 277 of 416

19.5.1 GeoBrain Experiences Search on Sheet Piling

To search in the experience database of GeoBrain projects with similar sheet piling length and
resisting moment:
48. Click on the Sheet piling button.
The GeoBrain Experiences window displays a list of 35 projects arranged alphabetically (Fig-
ure 19.17). The number of experiences can be different from Figure 19.17 as the GeoBrain
database continuously grows.
Figure 19.17: GeoBrain Experiences window, Search on Sheet piling
Using the Refine query table at the right side of the window (Figure 19.17), it is possible
to refine the search by selecting the appropriate requirement using the information given in
Table 19.1for the second prediction:
49. Select <Good> as quality of the Result.

50. Select <vibrate> as Drive method.
51. Select <very heavy, 2000 kN or more> as Vibratory hammer centrifugal force.
52. Select <Only sheet piles> as Sheet pile combination.
Those choices will result in decreasing the number of similar projects from 35 to 2, as shown
in Figure 19.18.
278 of 416 Deltares

Figure 19.18: GeoBrain Experiences window, Search on Sheet piling after refinement
Using the Refine Query table, it is also possible to change requirements by clicking the arrow
behind the requirement.
Detailed information on each project can also be displayed:
53. Click on the name of the first project.
Figure 19.19: GeoBrain Experiences window, Detailed information on a project
In the window displayed (Figure 19.19), all sort information on Situation, Geotechnics, Sheet
piling, Installation, Surroundings and Experiences are available by clicking the corresponding
name.
54. Click on Back to return to the projects list of Figure 19.18 and inspect other projects if
wanted.
See section 4.5 for a detailed description of this window.
Deltares 279 of 416

19.5.2 GeoBrain Experiences Search on CPT

To search in the GeoBrain database projects with similar soil profile:
55. Click on the Back button to return to the first search page.
56. Select <Moderate similarity> from the drop-down menu and click on the CPT button
(Figure 19.20).
Figure 19.20: GeoBrain Experiences window, First page
The GeoBrain Experiences window displays a list of 2 projects arranged alphabetically (Fig-
ure 19.21). The number of experiences can be different from Figure 19.21 as the GeoBrain
database continuously grows. As previously (section 19.5.1) it is possible to access to detailed
information on each project by clicking on its name. Selecting a less strict similarity condition
in the first page, for example <Moderate similarity>, will result in much more projects in the
resulting list.
280 of 416 Deltares

Figure 19.21: GeoBrain Experiences window, Search on CPT
19.5.3 GeoBrain Experiences Search on Location

To search in the GeoBrain experience database projects situated close to the location of the
tutorial project using a map:
57. Click on the Back button to return to the first search page.
58. Click on the Location button.
Deltares 281 of 416

Figure 19.22: GeoBrain Experiences window, Search on Location
In the map of the Netherlands displayed (Figure 19.22), a zoom on the desired location must
be performed:
59. Use the Zoom in button and the Hand cursor to reduce the map to the Zuid-Holland
(Figure 19.23 left) and then continue to the city of Rotterdam (Figure 19.23 right), for
example. Zuid-Holland (Figure 19.23 left) and then continue to the city of Rotterdam (Fig-
ure 19.23 right), for example.
282 of 416 Deltares

Figure 19.23: GeoBrain Experiences window, Search on Location after zoom
Depending on the zoom intensity, results will be displayed as pie (Figure 19.23 left) or as
separate points (Figure 19.23 right). Clicking on the pie or on the point(s) will display the
details of the corresponding project(s).
19.6 Conclusion
After checking a sheet pile wall for stability, the Feasibility menu can be used to check the
chosen sheet piling feasibility for driving. The chosen sheet piling can be compared to the
GeoBrain experience database and NVAF-lines. If the sheet piling is changed to give better
driving feasibility then it needs to be re-checked for stability.
Deltares 283 of 416

284 of 416 Deltares

20 Tutorial 13: Horizontally loaded pile (mooring post)
This tutorial example illustrates the use of the Single pile model in D-S HEET P ILING. The cal-
culation of forces and displacements for a mooring pile loaded by a ship is performed here.
To use the single pile model of D-S HEET P ILING to analyze a pile subjected to a horizontal
force.

Single pile module

In this example, the stability of a mooring post that is subject to a ship load is verified. The
maximum displacement of the pile is to be calculated in order to check that it is less than
10 cm. Figure 20.1 shows the problem geometry, and the relevant soil parameters are given
in Table 20.1.
Ship load 500 kN -0.5

-2.0
-4.5
CLAY -6.8
-8.3 SAND
-9.6
CLAY 2
-11.6 SAND 2
CLAY 3 -13.2
SAND 3 SAND 3
-20.5
Figure 20.1: Pile (mooring post) loaded horizontally (by a ship) Tutorial 13
Clay Sand Clay 2 Sand 2 Clay 3 Sand 3

Unsat. unit weight [kN/m3 ] 15 18 15 18 17 18
Sat. total unit weight [kN/m3 ] 15 20 15 20 17 20
(Drained) Cohesion [kN/m2 ] 0 0 10 0 10 0
Friction angle [deg] 22.5 32.5 22.5 32.5 17.5 32.5
E-Modulus Mnard [kN/2 ] 2000 2000 4000 4000 4000 9000
Soil type Mnard [-] Clay Sand Clay Sand Clay Sand
Deltares 285 of 416

20.2 Pile loaded by forces

1. Create a new project by selecting New in the File menu.
window.
3. Fill in <Tutorial 13 for D-S HEET P ILING > and <Horizontally loaded pile> for Title 1 and
Title 2 respectively in the Identification tab.
4. Select the Single pile model in the Model window from the Project menu.
5. Choose the first option for this model: Pile loaded by forces.
To enter the pile data:
7. Open the Pile window from the Construction menu or click on the Pile button on the
icon bar.
8. Enter a pile consisting of one single element named <Mooring post>, with a Pile top level
of <-0.5 m> and a Section bottom level of <-20.5 m>, i.e. a length of 20 m.
9. In this example a steel tubular pile is used, having a Diameter of 1200 mm, i.e. <1.2 m>,
a Stiffness EI of <4 000 000 kNm2 > and a Maximum moment for elastic behavior of
<3800 kNm>. Enter a Reduction factor for EI and for the maximum moment of <1> as
no reduction factor is used in this project.
Figure 20.3: Pile window
Note: The Pile window is similar to the Sheet Piling window for the Sheet Piling model,
but the parameters differ because of the dimensions of the input.Also the available options in
286 of 416 Deltares

Tutorial 13: Horizontally loaded pile (mooring post)
the main menu are slightly different. Note also that working with construction stages is not
possible for the single pile model.
20.3 Soil Profile

10. Open the Surfaces window from the Soil menu, and define a surface at -4.5 m.
11. Open the Soil Materials window from the Soil menu, and define the soils as given in Ta-
ble 20.1. Select Brinch-Hansen as the method to be used to calculate the earth pressure
coefficients.
12. Enter the Soil Profiles as shown in Figure 20.5.
13. Open the Water Levels window from the Soil menu, and enter a water level of <-2 m>.
Note: The Brinch-Hansen and Menard method automatically takes into account the effect of
arching (section 37.2), but if the user chooses to define their own coefficients then they must
modify them as described in section 37.1. When using the Brinch-Hansen method, the same
Deltares 287 of 416

soil layer should not be used at different depths in a profile, as the strength is a function of
depth. Instead a copy of the soil layer, with a different name, should be made for the second
depth. It is also recommended that thick soil layers are split into two or more thinner layers
section 37.2.1.
20.4 Horizontal Force

14. Open the Horizontal Forces window from the Loads menu and enter a horizontal force
named <Ship load> of <500 kN> at a level of <-0.5 m>.
Figure 20.6: Horizontal Forces window
15. Select these different inputs in the Stage Overview window, such as the <Ship load> to
activate them.
20.5 Results
16. Start a calculation and save the project using <Tutorial-13> as file name. Note that the
pile is stable as no message is displayed to the contrary.
17. Open the Moment/Force/Displacement Charts window to view the results of the calcula-
tion.
The maximum displacement of the pile is around 9 cm, which meets the condition that was
stated in the case description, of a maximum allowable displacement of 10 cm. The maximum
allowable bending moment of 3800 kNm is also not exceeded.
288 of 416 Deltares

Tutorial 13: Horizontally loaded pile (mooring post)
20.6 Conclusion
D-S HEET P ILING allows the modeling of simple single pile models, loaded by forces and mo-
ments. The single pile module allows the effect of arching to be taken into account, by ap-
plication of Brinch-Hansens theory. The input and calculation method is similar to that for a
sheet pile wall.
Deltares 289 of 416

290 of 416 Deltares

21 Tutorial 14: Horizontal pile deformation caused by embankment
This tutorial gives another example of using the Single pile model in D-S HEET P ILING. In this
example the option Pile loaded by soil displacements is used.
To define the behavior of the layers for soil displacements calculation;

To analyze a single pile that is loaded by soil deformations.

Single pile module

In this case, calculations will be made for a foundation pile below a building. The building is
situated near a site where a road embankment will be constructed. It needs to be verified that
the maximum moment experienced by the pile after the embankment is built does not exceed
the maximum allowable value of 1000 kNm.
For this project, the road embankment is implemented as a surcharge load and the soil dis-
placements caused by this road embankment are automatically calculated, by D-S HEET P ILING
using the De Leeuw tables (De Leeuw, 1963). De Leeuw tables (De Leeuw, 1963).
Note: An alternative to De Leeuw tables is to calculate the soil displacements at the location
of the pile caused by the road embankment using finite element program. In such case,
the output displacements of this FEM analysis are used as User defined displacements in
D-S HEET P ILING.
-0.5
-1.5
-2.5 SAND 1
CLAY 1
-4.5
CLAY 2
-6.5
CLAY 3
-8.5
CLAY 4
-10.5
-12.5
SAND 2
Figure 21.1: Horizontal pile loaded by (calculated) soil deformations caused by embank-
ment raise (tutorial 14)
Deltares 291 of 416

Sand1 Clay1 Clay2 Clay3 Clay4 Sand2

3
Unsat. unit weight [kN/m ] 18 15 15 15 15 18
Sat. unit weight [kN/m3 ] 20 15 15 15 15 20
Friction angle [deg] 30 25 25 25 25 35
Behavior Stiff Elastic Foundation
Note: Active and neutral earth pressure coefficients normally need to be set to zero for the
situation of a single pile loaded by soil displacement. This means that the input value for the
passive earth pressure coefficient leads to the effective resisting pressure, taking the effect
of arching into account. Selecting the option Pile loaded by calculated soil displacements
will cause this to happen automatically because in such case the Brinch-Hansen method is
automatically used for the calculation of the earth pressure coefficients.
21.2 Pile loaded by soil displacements

1. Create a new project and save it with the name <Tutorial-14>.
window.
3. Fill in <Tutorial 14 for D-S HEET P ILING >, <Horizontal pile deformation caused> and <by
soil embankment> for Title 1, Title 2 and Title 3 respectively in the Identification tab.
5. Choose the second option for this model: Pile loaded by soil displacements and the Cal-
culated displacements.
icon bar.
8. Enter a pile consisting of one single element, with a Pile top level of <-0.5 m> and a
Section bottom level of <-12.5 m>, i.e. a length of 12 m. The Stiffness EI of the pile is
<63900 kNm2 >, the Diameter is <40 cm> and the Maximum moment is <300 kNm>.
292 of 416 Deltares

Tutorial 14: Horizontal pile deformation caused by embankment
Enter a Reduction factor for EI and for the maximum moment of <1> as no reduction
factor is used in this project.
21.3 Soil input

9. Open the Surfaces window from the Soil menu, and define a surface at level <-0.5 m>.
10. Open the Soil Materials window from the Soil menu, and define the materials according
to Table 21.1. For Elastic materials, mark the Use default elasticity check-box to leave
D-S HEET P ILING estimate the elasticity using the unsaturated unit weight as explained in
section 37.1.1.
11. Open the Soil Profiles window from the Soil menu, and define manually the soil profile as
shown in Figure 21.1.
12. Open the Water Levels window from the Soil menu, and enter a water level of <-1.5 m>.
21.4 Surcharge Load

The road embankment is implemented as a surcharge load. D-S HEET P ILING will automati-
cally calculate the soil displacements caused by this road embankment using the De Leeuw
tables(De Leeuw, 1963).
13. Open the Surcharges Loads window from the Loads menu.
14. Enter the road embankment properties given in Figure 21.4 below.
Deltares 293 of 416

15. Active the surcharge load in the Stage Composer by selecting it.
21.5 Rigid Support

16. Open the Rigid Supports window from the Supports menu.
17. Enter a rigid support which suppresses Translation of the sheet piling at level <-0.5 m>.
This represents the resistance to translation provided by the connection of the pile to the
building.
18. Active the rigid support in the Stages Composer by selecting it.
The Input Diagram window confirms the entered Surcharge Load and Rigid Support.
294 of 416 Deltares

Tutorial 14: Horizontal pile deformation caused by embankment
21.6 Results
19. Start a calculation, and note that the pile is stable, as no message is displayed to the
contrary.
20. Open the Moment/Force/Displacement Charts window.
The Moment/Force/Displacement Charts window (Figure 21.7) shows that the maximum mo-
ment in the pile is around 182 kNm, which is much less than the allowable maximum (i.e.
1000 kNm), so constructing the road embankment should not cause problems for this pile.
In the Displacements chart, the dotted line corresponds to the calculated soil displacements.
The numerical values can be found in the report.
21. Open the Report window to see the Calculated Displacements with Tables from De Leeuw
section (Figure 21.8).
Deltares 295 of 416

Figure 21.8: Report window showing the calculated soil displacements
Note: The results of a calculation are highly influenced by the soil displacements and the
value of the horizontal subgrade modulus in the displacing soil layers.
21.7 Conclusion
D-S HEET P ILING also allows the analysis of single piles subjected to impose soil deformations.
Those soil displacements can either be user-defined or automatically calculated displace-
ments from De Leeuw tables.
296 of 416 Deltares

22 Tutorial 15: Design code checking acc. to EuroCode 7
In this tutorial, the Eurocode 7 design procedure is applied, using the prescribed partial fac-
tors. The same project as Tutorial 7 chapter 14 is used, except that the design code is now
different.
To verify the stability of a sheet pile wall according to Eurocode 7.

To determine the design moment according to Eurocode 7.

Culmann module

The same input file as Tutorial 7 chapter 14 is used, but the design of the sheet pile wall with
a single anchor and a temporary surcharge is performed by applying the EuroCode design
Code instead of the Dutch CUR 166 recommendation. The project geometry is illustrated in
Figure 22.1.
Figure 22.1: Construction stages (tutorial 15)
Deltares 297 of 416

22.2 Introduction to Eurocode 7

According to the Eurocode 7, three Design Approaches, with different partial factors are de-
fined for the Ultimate Limit State. The Design Approach used will depend on the choice of the
country where the verification is performed/the construction takes place, in order to conform
to their design methods. It should be verified that a rupture or excessive deformation will not
occur with the appropriate set of partial factors applied.
The partial factors recommended by Eurocode 7 (NEN-EN, March 2005) are given in Fig-
ure 22.2. These partial factors apply to actions or their effects, ground resistance and mate-
rial properties. In this tutorial, the verification is performed for three design approaches of the
Eurocode 7: design approaches 1, 2 and 3.
According to EuroCode 7, use of the Culmann method (delta, c, phi soil parameters) for
the calculation of the active and passive earth pressure coefficients is acceptable.For the
neutral earth pressure coefficient, the formula used in D-S HEET P ILING (k0 =
calculation of the
(1 sin ) OCR) is the one prescribed in the Eurocode for a horizontal ground surface.
22.3 Partial factors according to Eurocode 7

The stages are the same as for Tutorial 7:
1. Open the input file <Tutorial-7a.shi>, and save it with name <Tutorial-15>.
2. In the Project Properties window, fill in <Tutorial 17 for D-S HEET P ILING > and <Design
code checking acc. to Eurocode 7> for Title 1 and Title 2 respectively in the Identification
tab.
3. In the Sheet Piling window, modify the Section bottom level to <-14 m>.
4. Open the Default Partial Factors window from the Project menu, and select the EC7 Gen-
eral tab.
5. Click on the Reset button to reset all values to the default values prescribed by the Eu-
rocode 7 (NEN-EN, March 2005) (Figure 22.2).
Figure 22.2: User Defined Partial Factors window, EC7 General tab
298 of 416 Deltares

Tutorial 15: Design code checking acc. to EuroCode 7
Note: The default values of the User Defined Partial Factors window can be modified to be
in accordance with the values prescribed in the National Annex of the EuroCode 7 of each
European country. The EC7 NL tab prescribed the values given by the Dutch National Annex
(NEN, september 2009).
22.4 Determine the minimum length using partial factors from Eurocode 7
The minimum sheet pile length is first determined according to the Eurocode 7 for the four
design approaches. Level variations and partial factors given in Figure 22.2 are applied for all
stages.
22.4.1 Design Approach 1 set 1

7. In the Start Calculation window, select the Design Sheet Piling Length tab.
8. Select EuroCode and Design approach 1 set 1.
9. Select the last Construction stage <4: Load>.
10. Specify checks for the Pile Length ranging From <20 m> Down to <12 m> with a Decre-
ment of <1 m>.
11. Click the Start button.
Figure 22.3: Start Calculation window, Design Sheet Piling Length tab with an
AZ 17/S430 profile
The results (Figure 22.3) show that for a length of 20 m the maximum allowable moment is
reached. Therefore, a different sheet piling profile must be selected with a higher maximum
allowable moment.
13. Select an Arcelor <AZ 25> profile from the library, with a <S430> section.
14. In the Design Sheet Piling Length tab of the Start Calculation window perform a new design
calculation by clicking the Start button.
The results (Figure 22.4) show that for a length of 13 m the sheet piling becomes unstable
as the mobilized resistance reaches 100%. Therefore, the minimum length is approximately
14 m.
Deltares 299 of 416

Figure 22.4: Start Calculation window, Design Sheet Piling Length tab with an
AZ 25/S430 profile
15. Check that the last stage is indeed the most critical by repeating the above steps, selecting
each of the other stages. Note that the sheet piling does indeed become unstable in the
final stage earlier than in the others.
To get a more accurate result of when the piling becomes unstable or when the anchor yields,
the Pile length inputs at the top of the window must be adapted.
16. Select the final stage as this is the most critical, enter a pile length From <14 m> Down
to <13 m> with a Decrement of <0.25 m> and click Start again.
300 of 416 Deltares

Figure 22.5: Start Calculation window, Design Sheet Piling Length tab for DA 1 set 1
The results (Figure 22.5) show that the minimum stable length is approximately 13.25 m.
22.4.2 Design Approach 1 set 2

17. Repeat the design length procedure described above for design approach 1 set 2. The
minimum stable length (with anchor yielding) is 16.75 m as shown in Figure 22.6.
Figure 22.6: Start Calculation window, Design Sheet Piling Length tab for DA 1 set 2
Deltares 301 of 416

22.4.3 Design Approach 2

18. Repeat the design length procedure for design approach 2. The minimum stable length is
14 m as shown in Figure 22.7.
Figure 22.7: Start Calculation window, Design Sheet Piling Length tab for DA 2
Note: For design approach 2, the maximum allowable percentage of mobilization is not 100%
but 100%/1.40 = 71.7% as the partial resistance factor is 1.4 for this design approach instead
of 1.0 for the others (see Figure 22.2). Thats why for a length of 14 m with a mobilized
resistance of 75.6% (> 71.7%) the sheet piling is considered as unstable.
22.4.4 Design Approach 3

19. Repeat the design length procedure described above for design approach 3. The minimum
stable length (with anchor yielding) is 16.75 m as shown in Figure 22.8.
302 of 416 Deltares

Figure 22.8: Start Calculation window, Design Sheet Piling Length tab for DA 3
22.4.5 Results overview

The results obtained for each design approach are summarized in the following table.
Table 22.1: Overview of the Design Sheet Piling Length calculation for the different design
approaches
Design Design Mob. resist. Anchor Max. mo- Max. dis-

Approach length [%] force ment placem.
[m] [kN] [kNm] [mm]
DA 1 set 13.25 100.0 212.04 867.3 163.5
1
DA 1 set 16.75 77.4 240.00 667.8 2023.0
2
DA 2 14.25 70.9 212.42 910.4 109.6
DA 3 16.75 77.4 240.00 667.8 2023.0
For this project, the design sheet piling length can vary from 13.25 m to 16.75 m depending
on the chosen design approach: both design approaches DA 1 set 2 and DA 3 give the largest
sheet piling length (including anchor yielding) whereas design approach DA 1 set 1 gives the
smallest sheet piling length (without anchor yielding).
Results of DA 1 set 2 (Figure 22.6) and DA 3 (Figure 22.8) are identical because both ap-
proaches use the same default partial factors (Figure 22.2). Both approaches give the largest
design length.
For DA 2, the maximum allowable percentage of mobilization is not 100% but 100%/1.40 = 71.7%
as the partial resistance factor is 1.4 for this design approach instead of 1.0 for the others (see
Figure 22.2).
Deltares 303 of 416

22.5 Design calculation using Verify Sheet Piling

The sheet piling design calculation just performed (section 22.4) does not provide a lot of
results about the moments, shear forces and displacements of the wall. To get all of this
information, a Verify Sheet Piling calculation must be performed for the design length. In this
tutorial, only design approach 1 set 1 is verified but the same verification can be performed
for the other approaches.
22.5.1 Verification calculation

For design approach 1 set 1, the results (Figure 22.5) show that the minimum stable length
is approximately 13.25 m. It seems acceptable to reduce the sheet piling length from 14 m to
13.5 m, whilst still leaving a good safety margin.
21. Change the Section bottom level to <-13.5 m>.
23. Select the Start option from the Calculation menu or press the function key F9.
24. In the Start Calculation window, select the Verify Sheet Piling tab.
25. Choose EuroCode and then select Design approach 1.
26. Click Start to perform the design calculation.
At the end of the calculation, the message Calculation finished: sheet piling becomes unstable
appears in the Calculation Progress window (Figure 22.10), which means that the current
304 of 416 Deltares

length of the sheet piling is not acceptable according to Design Approach 1 of the EuroCode 7.
The report results must be therefore investigated.
27. Click on the Close button to close the Calculation Progress window.
22.5.2 Results overview

To view the results of this verification:
28. Select the Report option from the Results menu.
The Summary section of the Report window (Figure 22.11) shows that the sheet pile wall is
considered as stable according to Design Approach 1 set 1 but unstable according to Design
Approach 1 set 2 of Eurocode 7 for stage 3.
Figure 22.11: Report window, Summary section for Design Approach 1
22.5.3 Charts
29. Open the Moment/Force/Displacement Charts window from the Results menu.
Deltares 305 of 416

The maximum moment and the maximum shear force for stage 4 given at the bottom of the
Moment/Force/Displacement Charts window (Figure 22.12) are respectively 666.5 kNm and
210.0 kN. These are less than those given in the Summary section of the Report window,
respectively 899.8 kNm and 283.5 kN (Figure 22.11) while they should be equal. The reason
for this is that the Moment/Force/Displacement Charts window shows the intermediary calcu-
lated moments and forces before multiplying them with the partial factor on the effect of the
loads (1.35 in this tutorial) whereas the Summary section of the Report window shows the
final design moments and forces. Moreover, in the moment chart, two lines are represented:
The continuous line with a maximum value of 666.5 kNm corresponds to the interme-
diary calculated moments: black line corresponds to values below the maximum allow-
able moment whereas red line corresponds to values above the maximum allowable
moment;
The red dotted line with a maximum value of 899.8 kNm corresponds to the intermediary
calculated moments multiplied by the partial factor on the effect of the loads (i.e. 1.35
in this tutorial, therefore: 666.5 1.35 899.8);
The green dotted vertical line (1056 kNm) corresponds to the maximum allowable mo-
ment as inputted in the Sheet Piling window.
As part of the moment chart exceeds the maximum allowable moment (dotted green line), the
selected sheet piling section should be changed to avoid failing in bending.
22.6 Conclusion
D-S HEET P ILING allows the user to check a sheet pile wall according to the Eurocode 7, which
will become the only relevant design code for geotechnical projects in Europe within the next
few years. In this tutorial, the partial factors prescribed in EuroCode 7, Part 1: General rules
(NEN-EN, March 2005) have been used. However, each country can prescribed its own
design method and partial factors via the National Annex of the Eurocode. As information,
D-S HEET P ILING now supports the Dutch Annex.
306 of 416 Deltares

23 Tutorial 16: Prediction of surface settlements during sheet pile
installation
This tutorial example looks at the surface settlements during the installation of a sheet piling
by vibration.
To predict to surface settlements during the sheet pile installation.

Culmann module
Settlement by vibration

This tutorial involves the four stages excavation as used in Tutorial 7. The groundwater level
is located 2 meters below the initial ground level. The sheet piling is an Arcelor AZ 19 profile,
section S430. The top of the wall is located at ground level (GL) and the toe of the wall is at
GL -16 m.
Figure 23.1: Geometry of Tutorial 16
The soil parameters needed for a settlement by vibration calculation are given in Table 23.1.
Deltares 307 of 416

Table 23.1: Soil parameters for Tutorial 16
Clay Peat Sand

3
Relative density [%] 35 15 72.5
Horizontal permeability [m/s] 10-8 10-9 10-3
Soil type [-] Clay Peat Sand
23.2 Model
1. Open <Tutorial-7a.shi> and save it with the name <Tutorial-16>.
2. In the Identification tab of the Project Properties window, change Title 1 and Title 2 to re-
spectively <Tutorial 16 for D-S HEET P ILING > and <Prediction of settlements by vibration>.
3. In the Model window, deselect the option Verification (EC7/CUR) as it is not used and
select the Settlement by vibration option.
23.3 Sheet Piling

Prediction of settlement by vibration is based, among other things, on the geometry of the
sheet piling:

5. Click the Browse button in the Import profile from library column to open the Sheet Piling
Profiles Library window.
6. Select Arcelor profile <AZ 19> with a steel quality <S430>.
308 of 416 Deltares

Tutorial 16: Prediction of surface settlements during sheet pile installation
Figure 23.3: Sheet Piling Profiles Library window
7. Click the Select button to return to the Sheet Piling window (Figure 19.2). The needed
parameters are automatically filled in.
8. Enter a Section bottom level of <-16 m> and leave the Number of simultaneously installed
piles to <2>.
Deltares 309 of 416

23.4 Soil Materials

10. In the Soil menu, select Materials to open the Soil Materials window.
11. Enter the values given in Table 23.1for the Relative density, the Horizontal permeability
and the Soil layer type.
Figure 23.5: Soil Materials window for Clay material
23.5 Calculation
13. In the Feasibility menu, select Settlement by vibration to start the calculation.
A window appears showing the calculation progress. The calculation can take some time.
Figure 23.6: Calculation progress window
23.6 Results
14. To see the charts output, select Settlement by Vibration Charts from the Results menu.
The Settlement by vibration Charts window displays the settlement vs. the distance to sheet
pile. The settlements are calculated for the active side (i.e. right side in this example) of the
sheet pile and first step.
Three types of charts are displayed:
Settlements during installation of the sheet piling (Figure 23.7);

Settlements during removal of the sheet piling (Figure 23.8);
310 of 416 Deltares

Total settlements (Figure 23.9).
15. Choose During installation from the drop-down menu at the top left of the Settlement by
Vibration Charts window to display the settlements during installation of the sheet piling
(Figure 23.7).
Figure 23.7: Settlements by Vibration Charts window, Settlement during installation
16. Choose During removal from the drop-down menu at the top left of the Settlement by
Vibration Charts window to display the settlements during removal of the sheet piling (Fig-
ure 23.8).
Figure 23.8: Settlements by Vibration Charts window, Settlement during removal
Deltares 311 of 416

17. Choose Total settlement from the drop-down menu at the top left of the Settlement by
Vibration Charts window to display the settlements due to installation + removal of the
sheet piling (Figure 23.9).
Figure 23.9: Settlements by Vibration Charts window, Total settlement (installation + re-
moval)
For each chart, three lines are shown. The blue line corresponds to the settlements due to
sheet pile volume. The red line corresponds to the settlements due to densification. The black
line corresponds to the total settlement (sum of settlements due to sheet pile volume and soil
densification).
18. Click the right hand mouse button and select View Data to open the Chart Data window
(Figure 23.10).
In this window the data used to generate the charts can be viewed and copied, for example for
use in spreadsheets. For this tutorial, the maximum settlement after installation and removal
of the sheet pile wall is estimated to 23.5 mm, which is acceptable.
312 of 416 Deltares

Figure 23.10: Chart Data window for the Total settlement (installation + removal)
23.7 Conclusion
After checking a sheet pile wall for stability, the Settlement by vibration option from the Feasi-
bility menu can be used to evaluate the settlements due to vibratory installation and removal
of the sheet pile wall.
Deltares 313 of 416

314 of 416 Deltares

24 Tutorial 17: Design length of a synthetic wall
This example illustrates the modeling of a synthetic wall: a combination of a ProLock synthetic
profile and wooden piles. For background information, visit www.prolock.nl.
To enter a combined wall consisting of three sections

To make the necessary correction to compensate for arching of the piles below the
depth of the synthetic wall
To design manually the combined wall length with the allowable bending moment
For this example the following modules are needed:

Culmann module

This example models a single stage excavation with a combined wall consisting of a ProLock
Sigma profile and wooden piles. The wooden piles are inserted in the ProLock Sigma pro-
file. The wooden piles are longer than the profile. Because of decomposition of wood, the
contribution of the wooden piles above the water level is neglected (Figure 24.2).
The soil profile consists of a clayey sand land layer and a sand layer. The layer properties
are provided in Table 24.1. On the excavated site the surface is not horizontal. An occasional
uniform surcharge of 2 kPa can be present on the right surface.
Figure 24.1: One stage excavation with a ProLock Sigma combined wall (Tutorial 17)
Deltares 315 of 416

To start, the calculation is made for a synthetic profile length of 1.5 m, with 2 wooden piles
per meter and for a pile tip level of -2.5 m, as shown in Figure 24.1. This tutorial will show
that the calculated bending moment for such construction exceeds the allowable moment
(section 24.2.6). Thats why the synthetic profile must be lengthened from 1.5 m to 2 m
(section 24.2.7).
The question is to design the wall for two situations:
long term situation, without the surcharge (Tutorial-17a),

short term situation, with the surcharge (Tutorial-17b).
Figure 24.2: Dimensions of a ProLock Sigma wall
Sand, clayey Sand, moderate

3
Unsaturated total unit weight [kN/m ] 16 18
Saturated total unit weight [kN/m3 ] 18 20
(Drained) Cohesion [kN/m2 ] 0 0
Friction angle [deg] 27.5 32.5
Delta friction angle [deg] 18.33 21.67
Shell factor [-] 1 2
Over-consolidation ratio [-] 1 1
Grain type Fine Fine
Mod. of sub. reaction, first branch [kN/m3 ] 12000 20000
Mod. of sub. reaction, second branch [kN/m3 ] 6000 10000
Mod. of sub. reaction, third branch [kN/m3 ] 3000 5000
The properties of the ProLock Sigma profile are shown in Table 24.2. The properties of the
316 of 416 Deltares

Tutorial 17: Design length of a synthetic wall
(soft) wooden piles used in this project are provided in Table 24.3, per pile and per linear
meter (considering 2 wooden piles per linear meter).
Table 24.2: Properties of a ProLock Sigma profile (tutorial 17)
Flexural strength fm;char 60.0 N/mm2

Partial material factor M 1.20 -
Modification factor kmod 0.45 long term 0.50 short term
Section modulus W 223 cm3 /m
Allowed bending moment 5.02 kNm/m long term 5.58 kNm/m short term
Youngs modulus at SLS Erep 2 300 N/mm2
Youngs modulus at ULS Ed 697 N/mm2
Flexural stiffness at SLS EIrep 30.7 kNm2 /m
Flexural stiffness at ULS EId 9.3 kNm2 /m
Table 24.3: Properties of the round wooden piles (tutorial 17)
per pile per m

Number of piles [m] 1 2
Diameter D [mm] 100
Strength class C18
Flexural strength fm;rep [N/mm2 ] 18.0
Partial material factor m [-] 1.3
Modification factor long term kmod [-] 0.55
short term 0.70
Height factor kh [-] 1.084
Design flexural strength(1) long term fu;d [N/mm2 ] 8.26
short term 10.51
Modulus of elasticity SLS Erep [N/mm2 ] 9000
ULS Ed 6000
Resisting moment(2) W [cm3 ] 98 196
Allowed bending moment(3) long term Mmax [kNm] 0.81 1.62
short term 1.03 2.06
Bending stiffness SLS EIrep [kNm2 ] 44 88
ULS EId 29 59
(1)
fu;d = fm;rep kmod kh /m
(2)
also called section modulus
(3)
Mmax = W fu;d
Because the wooden piles are inserted in the ProLock Sigma profile, the properties of both
the synthetic profile and the wooden pile are added to get the properties of the wall, as shown
in Table 24.4.
Deltares 317 of 416

Table 24.4: Properties of the ProLock Sigma wall (tutorial 17)
ProLock Wooden ProLock Sigma wall

Sigma piles (2) with wooden piles
Resisting moment [cm3 /m] 223 196 419
Allow. moment long term [kNm/m] 5.02 1.62 6.64
Allow. moment short term [kNm/m] 5.58 2.06 7.63
Bending stiffness at SLS [kNm2 /m] 31 88 119
Bending stiffness at ULS [kNm2 /m] 9 59 68
24.2 Design at long term (Tutorial-17a)
24.2.1 Project
To create a new project, follow the steps described below:
1. Start D-S HEET P ILING from the Windows task bar (Start/All Programs/Deltares Systems/D-
Sheet Piling).
2. Click File and choose New on the D-S HEET P ILING menu bar to start a new project.
4. Select Sheet piling.
5. Select the Mixed model (Figure 24.3).
6. Deselect the option Check vertical balance as a vertical balance check is not part of this
exercise.
7. Select the option Verification (EC7/CUR) as a EuroCode design check will be performed.
8. Save the project with name <Tutorial-17a> by clicking Save in the File menu.
9. Open the Project Properties window from the Project menu or click on the Project Proper-
ties icon on the icon bar.
10. Fill in <Tutorial 17 for D-Sheet Piling> and <ProLock Sigma with 2 wooden piles per
meter> for Title 1 and Title 2 respectively in the Identification tab.
24.2.2 Synthetic wall with wooden piles

The combined wall shown in Figure 24.2 can be modeled.
12. In the window displayed, define the top part consisting of only sheet profiles as the con-
tribution of the wooden piles above the water level (i.e. -0.5 m) is neglected because of
decomposition of wood. Use the Import profile button to import the specifications of the
ProLock Sigma profile. Change the Modification factor into <0.45>. Enter a Reduction
factor EI and a Reduction factor maximum moment of <1> as no reduction factor is used
in this project.
13. In the second row, define the second part of the synthetic wall consisting of the ProLock
Sigma profile with 2 wooden piles per meter as given in Table 24.4 (Figure 24.3).
14. In the third row, define the lowest part consisting of only 2 wooden piles. The proper-
ties given in the last column of Table 24.3 correspond to a width of 200 mm (2 piles).
The request values in the Sheet Piling window are per running meter. All the values
of the table must therefore be divided by 0.2 m (i.e. the Acting width) to get an in-
put in running meter: W = 196/0.2 = 980 cm3 /m, Mmax =1.62/0.2 = 8.09 kNm/m and
318 of 416 Deltares

EI = 88/0.2 = 442 kNm2 /m.

Figure 24.3: Sheet Piling window at long term (Tutorial-17a)
Note: For the bending stiffness EI , the maximum value (between SLS and ULS) given in
Table 24.3 is used as it provides the maximum calculated bending moment.
Note: The use of the Combined Wall tool as in Tutorial 9 (chapter 16) is not applicable in this
tutorial because the wooden piles are inserted into the synthetic profile.
24.2.3 Soil
In the menu Soil, the soil materials, the surfaces, the soil profile and the water levels for this
tutorial can be specified.
24.2.3.1 Surfaces
On the excavated side, the surface is not horizontal. This can be defined in the Surfaces
window:
16. Open the Surfaces window from the Soil menu and define a surface with name <Right>
with level 0 m.
17. Define a second surface with name <Left> and fill in the values that are listed in the table
of Figure 24.4.
Deltares 319 of 416

Which surfaces should be applied on the left and right hand sides of the sheet piling may now
be selected. This selection is made using the Stage Composer located at the left side of the
18. In the upper box of the Stage Composer, click Surface left and select the surface with
description <Left> in the lower box (Figure 24.5). The effect can be directly seen in the
19. Repeat this for Surface right by linking it with the <Right> surface.
Figure 24.5: Stage Composer to assign the surface levels
320 of 416 Deltares

24.2.3.2 Soil Materials

20. Open the Soil Materials window from the Soil menu, and define the soils using the param-
eters given in Table 24.1, using the Mller-Breslau (straight slip surfaces) method for an
automatic calculation of the Earth pressure coefficients by D-S HEET P ILING. Select Tangent
with <3> as the Number of curves for spring characteristics in the Curve Settings window
to allow input of the modulus of subgrade reaction as given in Table 24.1.
Figure 24.6: Soil Materials window for Sand moderate
24.2.3.3 Soil Profiles

ure 24.1, with the top levels of <Sand, clayey> and <Sand, moderate> at 0 m and
-1.5 m respectively.
24.2.3.4 Water Levels

22. Open the Water Levels window of the Soil menu, and define a water level named <WL>
at <-0.5 m>.
24.2.4 Model selection

Slopes can only be analyzed if the c, phi, delta model is used, thats why the left side of the
construction is analyzed with the c, phi, delta model whereas the right side is analyzed with
the Ka , K0 , Kp model.
23. Click the Overview option in the Stages menu or click on the Stage overview button on the
icon bar.
24. Select method <C, phi, delta> for the Left side.
24.2.5 Calculation
The verification of the synthetic wall is made according to the Dutch Annex of the Eurocode 7.
Deltares 321 of 416

28. Choose EC7 NL and then select Partial factors (design values) in all stages (method A).
29. Select <RC 0> as Partial factor set.
24.2.6 Results
30. Click Start to perform the design calculation. When the calculation is complete, an error
message appears at the bottom of the window (Figure 24.8).
31. Close the Calculation Progress window and open the Report form the Results menu to get
more details about this error message.
32. Go to paragraph 2 named Summary using the Move to next page button.
322 of 416 Deltares

Figure 24.9: Report window - Summary for Tutorial-17a
The Calculation Errors section (Figure 24.9) indicates that the sheet piling becomes unstable.
For steps 6.3 and 6.4, the sheet piling is unstable and no results are available.
24.2.7 Manual design of the wall length

The bottom position of the middle part of the wall (i.e. synthetic profile with two wooden piles)
can be first lowered by 0.5 m and a new calculation must be performed to check the moments:
33. Open the Sheet Piling window form the Construction menu and change the Section bottom
level of the middle part of the wall into <-2 m>.
A shell factor of 1 is applied for soils in contact with the sheet piling as the sheet piling prevents
arching from taking place. As a consequence, the Sand, moderate layer must be divided into
2 layers, from -1.5 m to -2 m and below -2 m with a shell factor of 1 and 2 respectively.
34. Open the Materials window.

35. Select material named Sand, moderate.
36. Click the button.
37. Rename the created material with <Sand, moderate no shell> and change the Shell factor
into <1> (Figure 24.10).
Deltares 323 of 416

Figure 24.10: Materials window
38. Open the Soil Profile window and enter the new profile (Figure 24.11).
Figure 24.11: Soil Profile window
39. Perform a new calculation. No error message appears at the end of the calculation.
40. Open the Moment/Force/Displacement Chart window to inspect the results (Figure 24.12).
324 of 416 Deltares

Figure 24.12: Moment/Force/Displacement Chart window for long term situation - Step
6.3
The maximum calculated moment (2.2 kNm) is now situated in the middle part of the wall
(composed of the ProLock Sigma profile and 2 wooden piles per meter). In this part, the al-
lowable moment (5.56 m) is higher than in the lowest part (1.62 kNm), thats why the maximum
calculated moment now passes.
Note: Usually, to design the length of the wall, the option Design Sheet Piling Length is used
(section 5.2.2). However, in case of combined wall, this option can be used only to design the
lower part of the wall (i.e. wooden piles), but not the upper part. Thats why, the design length
will be determined manually, by changing the bottom level of the ProLock Sigma profile.
24.3 Design at short term (Tutorial-17b)

The design must also be verified at short term situation, where an occasional uniform sur-
charge can be present at the active side.
41. Save the current project with a new name by clicking Save As in the File menu and by
entering <Tutorial-17b> as project name.
24.3.1 Adapting the properties of the wall

The allowable bending moment at short term is higher than at long term, so it must be updated:
42. Open the Sheet Piling window from the Construction menu or click on the Sheet piling icon
on the icon bar.
43. In the window displayed, change the Maximum moment for the three parts using the values
given in Table 24.4.
Deltares 325 of 416

Figure 24.13: Sheet Piling window at short term (Tutorial-17b)
24.3.2 Adding a uniform load

For the short term, a uniform surcharge of 2 kPa is present on the right surface:
45. Click Loads in the menu bar and then choose Uniform Loads.
46. In the input window displayed, define a load with the name <Surface load>, with a mag-
nitude of <2 kN/m2 >. The load is defined as <Permanent> and <Unfavourable> as it
is on the active side.
Figure 24.14: Uniform Load window
48. Activate the Surface load in the Stage Composer by selecting Uniform loads in the upper
box and by marking Surface load in the lower box (see Figure 24.15).
326 of 416 Deltares

Figure 24.15: Stage composer to assign the uniform load
24.3.3 Results
The verification calculation at short term can now be performed:
49. Start the calculation by pressing the function key F9 and clicking Start. No error message
appears at the end of the calculation.
50. Open the Moment/Force/Displacement Chart window to inspect the results (Figure 24.16):
the allowable moment is not exceeded in all calculation steps.
Figure 24.16: Moment/Force/Displacement Chart window for short term situation - Step
6.3
Deltares 327 of 416

24.4 Conclusion
A design calculation at long and short term for a combined wall consisting of a ProLock Sigma
profile and wooden piles has been performed. The maximum calculated bending moments
per section of the wall are reported in Table 24.5, for two different lengths of the ProLock
profile. With a length of 2 m, the maximum calculated moments do not exceed the allowable
moments; the strength of the wall is therefore enough.
Table 24.5: Maximum calculated bending moments, per wall section (tutorial 17)
First case Second case

Section Allowable Length Max. Length Max.
moment moment moment
[kNm] [m] [kNm] [m] [kNm]
Long term situation (Tutorial-17a):
ProLock Sigma profile 5.02 0.5 - 0.5 0.11
ProLock Sigma + 2 wooden piles 5.56 1 - 1.5 2.19
2 wooden piles 1.62 1 - 0.5 1.17
Short term situation (Tutorial-17b):
ProLock Sigma profile 5.58 0.5 - 0.5 0.19
ProLock Sigma + 2 wooden piles 6.64 1 - 1.5 3.01
2 wooden piles 2.06 1 - 0.5 1.91
Note: The stability of the wall is secured. A shorter length of the piles (i.e. a tip level at -2 m
instead of -2.5 m) is not possible as this will lead to an unstable wall.
328 of 416 Deltares

25 Tutorial 18: Modeling of synthetic wall with anchorage
This example illustrates the modeling of a ProLock anchored combined wall. This wall is
a combination of a synthetic profile and wooden piles. For background information, visit
www.prolock.nl.
To enter a combined wall consisting of three sections;

To make the necessary correction to compensate for arching of the piles below the
depth of the synthetic wall;
To design manually the combined wall length with the allowable bending moment;
To apply an oblique anchor;
To determine the input data of the anchor form the technical specifications given by the
manufacturer.
For this example the following modules are needed:

Culmann module

This example models a single stage excavation with an anchored combined wall consisting
of a ProLock Omega profile and wooden piles. The wooden piles are inserted in the ProLock
Omega profile. The wooden piles are longer than the profile. Because of decomposition of
wood, the contribution of the wooden piles above the water level is neglected (Figure 25.2).
The soil profile consists of a clayey sand land layer, a clay layer and a sand layer. The layer
properties are provided in Table 25.1. An occasional uniform surcharge of 5 kPa can be
present on the right surface.
Deltares 329 of 416

Figure 25.1: One stage excavation with a ProLock Omega combined wall (Tutorial 18)
To start, the calculation is made for a synthetic profile length of 3 m, with 2 wooden piles per
meter and for a pile tip level of -4 m, as shown in Figure 25.1. A row of inclined anchors is
installed at level -0.25 m, with one anchor every 2 m. This tutorial will show that the calculated
bending moment for such construction does not exceed the allowable moment.
Note: As the construction is loaded by the vertical component of the anchor force, the bearing
capacity of the piles has to be verified. This verification is not part of this tutorial.
The question is to design the wall for two situations:
long term situation, without the surcharge (Tutorial-18a),

short term situation, with the surcharge (Tutorial-18b).
330 of 416 Deltares

Tutorial 18: Modeling of synthetic wall with anchorage
Figure 25.2: Dimensions of a ProLock Omega wall
Table 25.1: Soil properties (Tutorial 18)
Sand, Clay Sand,

clayey moderate,
shell
Unsaturated total unit weight [kN/m3 ] 16 15 18
Friction angle [deg] 27.5 25 32.5
Delta friction angle [deg] 18.33 16.67 21.67
Shell factor [-] 1 1 or 1.5 2
Over-consolidation ratio [-] 1 1 1
Mod. of sub. reaction, 1st branch [kN/m3 ] 12000 2000 20000
Mod. of sub. reaction, 2nd branch [kN/m3 ] 6000 800 10000
Mod. of sub. reaction, 3rd branch [kN/m3 ] 3000 500 5000
The properties of the ProLock Omega profile are shown in Table 25.2. The properties of the
(soft) wooden piles used in this project are provided in Table 25.3, per pile and per linear
meter (considering 2 wooden piles per linear meter).
Deltares 331 of 416

Table 25.2: Properties of a ProLock Omega profile (Tutorial 18)
Table 25.3: Properties of the round wooden piles (Tutorial 18)
per pile per m

Number of piles [m] 1 2
Diameter D [mm] 150
Strength class C18
Flexural strength fm;rep [N/mm2 ] 18.0
Partial material factor m [-] 1.3
Modification factor long term kmod [-] 0.55
short term 0.70
Height factor kh [-] 1
Design flexural strength(1) long term fu;d [N/mm2 ] 7.62
short term 9.69
Modulus of elasticity SLS Erep [N/mm2 ] 9000
ULS Ed 6000
Resisting moment(2) W [cm3 ] 331 662
Allowed bending moment(3) long term Mmax [kNm] 2.52 5.04
short term 3.21 6.42
Bending stiffness SLS EIrep [kNm2 ] 224 447
ULS EId 149 298
(1)
fu;d = fm;rep kmod kh /m
(2)
also called section modulus
(3)
Mmax = W fu;d
Because the wooden piles are inserted in the ProLock Omega profile, the properties of both
the synthetic profile and the wooden pile are added to get the properties of the wall, as shown
in Table 25.4.
332 of 416 Deltares

Table 25.4: Properties of the ProLock Omega wall (Tutorial 18)
ProLock Wooden ProLock Omega wall

Omega piles (2) with wooden piles
Resisting moment [cm3 /m] 315 662 977
Allow. moment long term [kNm/m] 7.09 5.04 12.13
Allow. moment short term [kNm/m] 7.88 6.42 14.29
Bending stiffness at SLS [kNm2 /m] 91 224 538
Bending stiffness at ULS [kNm2 /m] 28 149 326
The anchor is chosen from the JLD anchor systems: a MK-SR anchor wall with the char-
acteristics given in Figure 25.3 and a GEWI anchor bar of 16 mm diameter and 6 m length
(Table 25.5).
Figure 25.3: Technical data for the MK-SR anchor wall (Tutorial 18)
Deltares 333 of 416

Table 25.5: Technical data for the GEWI Threadbar (Tutorial 18)
25.2 Design at long term (Tutorial-18a)
25.2.1 Project
This tutorial is based on the previous tutorial (chapter 24) as the input is quite similar:
1. Open the previous tutorial by clicking Open in the File menu and selecting <Tutorial-
17a.shi>.
2. Save the project with a new name by clicking Save As in the File menu and by entering
<Tutorial-18a> as project name.
3. Open the Project Properties window from the Project menu or click on the Project Proper-
ties icon on the icon bar.
4. Fill in <Tutorial 17 for D-Sheet Piling> and <ProLock Omega with 2 wooden piles per
meter> for Title 1 and Title 2 respectively in the Identification tab.
25.2.2 Synthetic wall with wooden piles

The combined wall shown in Figure 25.2 can be modeled.
6. In the window displayed, define the top part consisting of only sheet profiles as the con-
tribution of the wooden piles above the water level (i.e. -0.5 m) is neglected because of
decomposition of wood. Use the Import profile button to import the specifications of the
ProLock Omega profile. Change the Modification factor into <0.45>.
7. In the second row, define the second part of the synthetic wall consisting of the ProLock
Omega profile with 2 wooden piles per meter as given in Table 25.4.
8. In the third row, define the lowest part consisting of only 2 wooden piles. The proper-
ties given in the last column of Table 24.3 correspond to a width of 300 mm (2 piles).
The request values in the Sheet Piling window are per running meter. All the values
of the table must therefore be divided by 0.3 m (i.e. the Acting width) to get an input
334 of 416 Deltares

in running meter: W = 662/0.3 = 2207 cm3 /m, Mmax =5.04/0.3 = 16.80 kNm/m and
EI = 224/0.3 = 1491 kNm2 /m.
Figure 25.4: Sheet Piling window at long term (Tutorial-18a)
Note: For the bending stiffness EI , the maximum value (between SLS and ULS) given in
Table 25.3 is used as it provides the maximum calculated bending moment.
Note: The use of the Combined Wall tool as in Tutorial 9 (chapter 16) is not applicable in this
tutorial because the wooden piles are inserted into the synthetic profile.
25.2.3 Soil
In the menu Soil, the soil materials, the surfaces, the soil profile and the water levels for this
tutorial can be specified.
25.2.3.1 Surfaces
On the excavated side, the surface is horizontal, on the contrary of the previous tutorial. This
can be changed in the Surfaces window:
10. Open the Surfaces window from the Soil menu and define the surface named <Left> with
<-2.5 m>.
25.2.3.2 Soil Materials

Both clay layers (with and without arching effect) are added to the list of materials:
11. Open the Soil Materials window from the Soil menu, and add the <Clay> material by
clicking the button. Enter the parameters given in Table 24.1, using the Mller-
Breslau (straight slip surfaces) method for an automatic calculation of the Earth pressure
coefficients by D-S HEET P ILING and using a Shell factor of <1>.
12. Click again the button to duplicate this layer and rename the created material with
<Clay, shell>. Change the Shell factor into <1.5>.
Deltares 335 of 416

25.2.3.3 Soil Profiles

ure 25.1, with the top levels of <Sand, clayey>, <Clay>, <Clay, shell> and <Sand,
moderate, shell> at 0 m, -2 m, -3 m and -3.5 m respectively.
25.2.4 Anchor
For this project, an anchor wall type MR-SR in combination with a GEWI bar 16 mm are
chosen and represented in Figure 25.6.
The input parameters for the anchor needed by the program first have to be determined (per
running meter) using the datas given in Figure 25.3 and Table 25.5:
the Youngs modulus is that one of steel: E = 2.05 108 kN/m2 ;

the cross sectional area must include the effect of possible corrosion (1.75 mm after 50
2
year): A = ((16 1.75) /2) = 123 mm2 .
Per running meter, the section becomes: A = 123 10-6 /2 = 6.136 10-5 m2 /m.
the height of the MR-SR wall is 317.5 mm. But the wall height as input value in
D-S HEET P ILING in the vertical projection of the wall height:
336 of 416 Deltares

H = 317.5 cos 35 = 0.26 m;

the length is the total length of the anchor system (bar + anchor):
L = 6 m + 436.9 mm = 6.44 m;
the (representative) yield force Fy is determined using the tensile strength ft = 550 N/mm2 :
Fy = ft A = 550 123 = 67.50 kN.
To get the design yield force, a safety factor of 1.4 is applied according to CUR 166
recommendations: Fy;d = Fy /1.4 = 48.21 kN.
Per running meter, the force becomes: Fy;d = 48.21 kN/2 m = 24.11 kN/m.

15. Enter <JLD MR-SR anchor + GEWI d16> as name (Figure 25.7).
16. Specify the anchor parameters as determined above.
To activate the anchor:
18. In the upper box of the Stage Composer, click Anchors and select the anchor <JLD MR-
SR anchor + GEWI d16> in the lower box (Figure 25.8). The effect can be directly seen in
the Input Diagram window.
Figure 25.8: Stage composer to activate the anchor
Deltares 337 of 416

25.2.5 Calculation
The verification of the synthetic wall is made according to the Dutch Annex of the Eurocode
7, with safety class RC1.
21. Choose EC7 NL and then select Partial factors (design values) in all stages (method A).
22. Select <RC 1> as Partial factor set.
23. Click Start to perform the calculation.
25.2.6 Results
No error occurred. The charts of the bending moment can be inspected:
24. In the Results menu, click Moment/Force/Displacement Chart.

25. Inspect the results for the available steps (i.e 6.3, 6.4 and 6.5) using the Next step
button.
For the middle section of the wall (ProLock Omega with 2 wooden piles, the maximum calcu-
lated moment (10.0 kNm) does not exceed the allowable moment (12.10 kNm), likewise for
the lowest section of the wall composed of 2 wooden piles per meter (Figure 25.10).
338 of 416 Deltares

Figure 25.10: Moment/Force/Displacement Chart window for long term situation - Step
6.3
26. The Summary section of the Report window (Figure 25.11) shows that the anchor is elastic
in all CUR steps.
Figure 25.11: Report window, Summary section for long term situation (Tutorial-18a)
Deltares 339 of 416

25.3 Design at short term (Tutorial-18b)

The design must also be verified at short term situation, where an occasional uniform sur-
charge can be present at the active side.
27. Save the current project with a new name by clicking Save As in the File menu and by
entering <Tutorial-18b> as project name.
25.3.1 Adapting the properties of the wall

The allowable bending moment at short term is higher than at long term, so it must be updated:
28. Open the Sheet Piling window from the Construction menu or click on the Sheet piling icon
on the icon bar.
29. In the window displayed, change the Maximum moment for the three parts using the values
given in Table 25.4.
Figure 25.12: Sheet Piling window at short term (Tutorial-18b)
25.3.2 Adding a uniform load

For the short term, a uniform surcharge of 5 kPa is present on the right surface:
31. Click Loads in the menu bar and then choose Uniform Loads.
32. In the input window displayed, define a load with the name <Surface load>, with a mag-
nitude of <5 kN/m2 >. The load is defined as <Permanent> and <Unfavourable> as it
is on the active side.
34. Activate the Surface load in the Stage Composer by selecting Uniform loads in the upper
box and by marking Surface load in the lower box.
340 of 416 Deltares

25.3.3 Results
The verification calculation at short term can now be performed:
35. Start the calculation by pressing the function key F9 and clicking Start. No error message
appears at the end of the calculation.
36. Open the Moment/Force/Displacement Chart window to inspect the results (Figure 25.13):
the allowable moment is not exceeded in all calculation steps.
Figure 25.13: Moment/Force/Displacement Chart window for short term situation - Step
6.3
In the three sections of the combined wall, the maximum calculated moment does not exceed
the allowable moment (Figure 25.13).
25.4 Conclusion
A design calculation at long and short term for an anchored combined wall consisting of
a ProLock Omega profile and wooden piles and a JLD anchor has been performed. The
maximum calculated bending moments per section do not exceed the allowable moment. The
stability of the anchored wall is therefore enough.
Deltares 341 of 416

342 of 416 Deltares

26 Tutorial 19: Horizontal pile deformation with elasto-plastic
behaviour
This tutorial gives an example of using the Plastic module in D-S HEET P ILING for a single pile.
In this example the option Pile loaded by soil displacements is used.
To define the elasto-plastic behavior of cross-section;

To define the behavior of the layers for soil displacements calculation;
To analyze a single pile that is loaded by soil deformations.

Single pile module
Plastic module

In this case, calculations will be made for a foundation piles (composed of pre-tensionned
concrete piles) below a building. The building is situated near a site where a pond will be
digged. It needs to be verified that the maximum moment experienced by the piles after the
pond is digged does not exceed the maximum allowable value of xxx kNm.
Figure 26.1: Horizontal pile loaded by soil deformations caused by pond digging (tutorial
19)
The soil displacements at the location of the pile caused by the digging of the pond were
calculated using a finite element program. In such case, the output displacements of this
FEM analysis are used as User defined displacements in D-S HEET P ILING. The modulus of
subgrade reaction in the soft layers is also derived from the results of this FEM analysis.
Deltares 343 of 416

Port Clay1 Clay2 Clay3 Peat Sand

mud
Unsat. unit weight [kN/m3 ] 14 16 16 16 10 17
Sat. unit weight [kN/m3 ] 14 16 16 16 10 20
Friction angle [deg] 20 20 20 20 20 30
Modulus of subgrade reaction [kN/m3 ] 538 269 538 1615 269 10000
Table 26.2: Horizontal soil displacements after 30 years (tutorial 19)
Level Horizontal soil displacements

[m NAP] [m]
-1.55 0.091
-5.5 0.139
-7 0.287
-9 0.307
-16 0.045
-18 0
The flexural stiffness of the pre-tensionned concrete pile is based on M-N-Kappa diagrams
(Figure 26.2). In those diagrams, four branches are distinguished:
Branch 1: the pile is in an uncracked state;

Branch 2: the pile cracks in the concrete section;
Branch 3: the steel reinforcement is in yielding state;
Branch 4: the stress remains constant but strain keeps increasing.
Figure 26.2: M-N-Kappa diagrams for cross-sections 1 and 2 (tutorial 19)
Two cross-sections of the pile are distinguished:
Cross-section 1 for the pile head, see Table 26.3

Cross-section 2 for the rest of the pile, see Table 26.4
344 of 416 Deltares

Tutorial 19: Horizontal pile deformation with elasto-plastic behaviour
Table 26.3: Moment and curvature values of the M-N-Kappa diagram of cross-section 1
(tutorial 19)
Point My EIpoint
[kNm] [10-3 /m] [kNm2 ]
Point 0 0.0 0.000
Point 1: Concrete starts cracking 54.0 2.296 23522
Point 2: Steel starts yielding 118.5 13.048 9082
Point 3: Start plasticity 169.2 31.564 5361
Table 26.4: Moment and curvature values of the M-N-Kappa diagram of cross-section 2
(tutorial 19)
Point My EIpoint
-3
[kNm] [10 /m] [kNm2 ]
Point 0 0.0 0.000
Point 1: Concrete starts cracking 89.1 3.574 24929
Point 2: Steel starts yielding 141.6 6.634 21341
Point 3: Start plasticity 186.3 17.438 10686
26.2 Pile loaded by user defined soil displacements

1. Create a new project and save it with the name <Tutorial-19>.
window.
3. Fill in <Tutorial 19 for D-S HEET P ILING >, <Horizontal pile deformation> and <with elasto-
plastic behaviour> for Title 1, Title 2 and Title 3 respectively in the Identification tab.
5. Choose the second option for this model: Pile loaded by soil displacements and the User
defined displacements.
6. Unmark the Elastic calculation option in order to perform an elasto-plastic calculation.
Deltares 345 of 416

26.3 Pile
icon bar.
Enter a pile consisting of two elements:
9. For the first element, enter <Head> as Name, a Material type as <User defined>, a Pile top
level of <-1.55 m>, a Section bottom level of <-2.05 m> and a Diameter of <35 cm>.
10. Click on Edit moment-curvature diagram to open the Moment-Curvature Diagram (M-N-
Kappa) window (Figure 26.4).
11. Enter the moments given in Table 26.3 and use the flexural stiffness per point to calculate
the flexural stiffness per branch, see Note below.
12. Mark Symmetric to use the same values in traction and in compression.
13. Click OK to return to the Pile window.
14. Enter a Max.
Note: The flexural stiffness given in Table 26.3 and Table 26.4 is a value at a point, but in the
Moment-Curvature Diagram (M-N-Kappa) window the flexural stiffness of a branch must be
given:
EIbranch 1 = EIpoint 1 = 23522 kNm2
M2 M1 118.5 54
EIbranch 2 = = 118.5 2.296 = 5999 kNm2
M2
1
EIpoint 2 9082 1000
M3 M2 169.2 118.5
EIbranch 3 = = 169.2 13.048 = 2739 kNm2
M3
2
EIpoint 3 5361 1000
346 of 416 Deltares

Figure 26.4: Moment-Curvature Diagram (M-N-Kappa) window for cross-section 1 (top)
15. For the second element, enter <Rest> as Name, a Material type as <User defined>, a
Section bottom level of <-25.5 m> and a Diameter of <35 cm>.
16. Click on Edit moment-curvature diagram to open the Moment-Curvature Diagram (M-N-
Kappa) window (Figure 26.5).
17. Enter the moments given in Table 26.4 and use the flexural stiffness per point to calculate
the flexural stiffness per branch (see equations below).
18. Mark Symmetric to use the same values in traction and in compression.
19. Click OK to return to the Pile window.
EIbranch 1 = EIpoint 1 = 24929 kNm2
M2 M1 141.6 89.1
EIbranch 2 = = 141.6 = 17151 kNm2
M2 3.574
1
EIpoint 2 21341 1000
M3 M2 186.3 141.6
EIbranch 3 = = 186.3 = 4139 kNm2
M3 6.635
2
EIpoint 3 10686 1000
Deltares 347 of 416

Figure 26.5: Moment-Curvature Diagram (M-N-Kappa) window for cross-section 2 (bot-

tom)
20. Click OK to return to the Pile window (Figure 26.6).

21. The Allow. elas. charac. moment and the Allow. plas. charac. moment are set equal to
Moment point 1 and Plastic moment respectively.
Figure 26.6: Pile window
348 of 416 Deltares

26.4 Soil input

22. Open the Surfaces window from the Soil menu, and define a surface at level <-1.55 m>.
23. Open the Soil Materials window from the Soil menu, and define the materials according to
Table 26.1.
24. Open the Soil Profiles window from the Soil menu, and define manually the soil profile as
shown in Figure 26.1.
25. Open the Water Levels window from the Soil menu, and enter a water level of <-2.2 m>.
26.5 Spring Support

The pile is at the top horizontally supported. In the calculation, this is modelled by a horizontal
spring with a translation stiffness. The measurements show that the building has a displace-
ment of 0.035 m. The stiffness of the spring is determined in such a way that the displacement
of the pile top is equal to the displacement of the building. This happens for a spring stiffness
of about 1500 kN/m.
26. Open the Springs Supports window from the Supports menu.
27. Enter a spring support at level <-1.55 m> with a Translation stiffness of <1500> kN/m.
Deltares 349 of 416

Figure 26.8: Spring Supports window
28. Active the spring support in the Stages Composer by selecting it.
26.6 Rigid Support

29. Open the Rigid Supports window from the Supports menu.
30. Enter a rigid support which suppresses the Rotation of the pile at level <-1.55 m> as the
pile is at the top completely stuck.
31. Active the rigid support in the Stages Composer by selecting it.
350 of 416 Deltares

26.7 Soil Displacements

32. Open the Soil Displacements window from the Loads menu.
33. Enter the soil displacements given in Table 26.2 (Figure 26.10).
The Input Diagram window (Figure 26.11) confirms the entered Rigid Supports, Spring Sup-
ports and Soil Displacements.
Deltares 351 of 416

26.8 Results
34. Start a calculation, and note that the pile is stable, as no message is displayed to the
contrary.
35. Open the Moment/Force/Displacement Charts window.
The Moment/Force/Displacement Charts window (Figure 26.12) shows that the maximum
moment in the pile is around 181.3 kNm in the Rest section. This is more than the allow-
able elastic moment (89.1 kNm), but less than the allowable plastic moment (186.3 kNm), so
digging the pond should not cause problems for this pile.
26.9 Conclusion
D-S HEET P ILING allows the plastic analysis of a single pile. This tutorial shows that the maxi-
mum calculated moment can be reached for an elastic analysis, but not for a plastic analysis.
352 of 416 Deltares

27 Governing Equation
The retaining wall is modeled as an elasto-plastic beam on a foundation of uncoupled springs
(representing the soil). D-S HEET P ILING applies the assumption of Bernoulli; this means that
cross-sections of the beam are assumed to remain straight and perpendicular to the beam
axis. The behavior of such a beam can be described by the following differential equation:
d4 w d2 w
b EI + N = b f (x, w) (27.1)
dx4 dx2
where:
w is the horizontal displacement of the beam, in m;

f is the total pressure on the beam per running meter, including the reaction of the
soil springs, in kN/m;
EI is the flexural stiffness of the beam (E = Youngs modulus, I = moment of inertia) in
kNm2 /m. If a Plastic calculation is performed, the flexural stiffness EI is variable,
deduced from the inputted moment-curvature relationship in Figure 4.24;
x is the co-ordinate along the axis of the beam, in m;
N is the normal force in the beam, in kN;
b is the acting width of the beam, in m.
D-S HEET P ILING solves Equation 27.1 numerically using the finite element method. This means
that the wall is divided into a number of sub-sections (called elements) that are connected at
the edges. These connections are called nodes. At these nodes, the displacements and
rotations of both connected elements are equal, thus creating a continuous beam.
D-S HEET P ILING automatically defines the position of the nodes. Nodes are always created at:
boundaries of soil layers

boundaries of water pressures
boundaries of wall segments with different properties
points with discontinuities (for example, an anchor point).
The length of an element never exceeds 1/20 of the total wall length. For an Elastic cal-
culation, each element is further sub-divided into 5 sections. For a Plastic calculation, the
number of nodes is multiplied by 5 compare to the Elastic calculation, but the elements are
not sub-divided. Displacements, shear forces, bending moments and horizontal water and
soil pressures are determined for each boundary of a section.
Deltares 353 of 416

354 of 416 Deltares

28 Lateral Earth Pressure Ratio
The lateral earth pressure ratio K is defined as the ratio between the horizontal and vertical
effective stresses.
h0
K= (28.1)
v0
This ratio depends on the stress state:
Initial Stress (section 28.1): D-S HEET P ILING uses Jkys formula to determine the lateral
stress ratio at initial stress;
Yield (section 28.2): D-S HEET P ILING uses slip surface theories to determine the lateral
stress for active and passive yielding. Passive yielding occurs when the ultimate soil
stress under compression is reached. Active yielding occurs when the ultimate soil
stress under extension is reached.
Surcharge
When a surcharge is present, D-S HEET P ILING determines an additional lateral pressure ratio,
using Boussinesqs formula (see Equation 28.7 in section 28.3), to obtain the neutral earth
pressure. The Culmann method is used to determine the active and passive earth pressures.
28.1 At rest earth pressure coefficient

D-S HEET P ILING determines the neutral coefficient of earth pressure (at rest) for a horizontal
soil surface using Jky formula (Jky, 1948) for coarse grain:

OCR (1 sin ) for coarse grain
K0 = (28.2)
OCRsin (1 sin ) for fine grain
28.2 Passive and active earth pressures coefficients

D-S HEET P ILING uses slip surface theories to determine the lateral stress for active and passive
yielding. Passive yielding occurs when the ultimate soil stress under compression is reached.
Active yielding occurs when the ultimate soil stress under extension is reached.
The assumed shape of the slip surface will influence the calculated earth pressure values.
Theoretically, straight slip surfaces only occur when wall friction is absent. Since wall friction
is always present in reality, actual slip surfaces will always be curved. However, when deter-
mining the active lateral earth pressure there is just a minor difference between values based
on straight and curved slip surfaces. On the other hand, a passive lateral earth pressure
based on a straight slip surface can considerably exaggerate the real value. This is espe-
cially true for soils with high friction angles (). The Mller-Breslau and Culmann methods of
determining earth pressure coefficients are based upon straight slip surfaces. Using straight
slip surfaces has limitations, as described in the NEN 6740, art. 12.4.2 (NEN, 2006) and
CUR 166 (CUR, 2005). Generally the Mller-Breslau (and Culmann) method is used when
the soils friction angle, phi, is equal or less than 30 . The Ktter method is generally used for
larger friction angles. The method selected also has an impact on the way the delta friction
angle is determined. Suggestions for correlations between the friction angle and the delta
friction angle are available in literature.
The information in the following sections describes how D-S HEET P ILING determines the yield
values of the lateral stress ratio for the following methods:
Deltares 355 of 416

section 28.2.1 Culmann: straight slip surfaces with arbitrary directions;

section 28.2.2 Mller-Breslau: straight slip surface, assuming zero weight and horizon-
tal surface;
section 28.2.3 Ktter: curved slip surface, assuming zero weight and horizontal surface.
28.2.1 Culmann
For non-horizontal soil surfaces, values of the coefficients of active and passive lateral earth
pressure (Ka and Kp ) can be found using Culmanns formulas (Culmann, 1866).
N Q
Q N T
T B
Figure 28.1: Lateral earth pressure using Culmanns method
The method is based on the equilibrium between the applied surcharge B , the soil weight
W , the total force from the sheet piling Q, the normal force N and the shear force T along
one straight slip surface, as illustrated below. The Culmann method takes the stratification of
soil along the slip surface into account. D-S HEET P ILING iteratively determines a slip surface
that results in the maximum active pressure and the minimum passive pressure. From this
calculated pressure, D-S HEET P ILING determines different coefficients in each point from the
top to the toe of the sheet pile wall.
The slip surfaces resulting in the maximum active pressure and the minimum passive pressure
are available in the Slide Planes C, Phi, Delta Calculation window (section 6.7).
28.2.2 Mller-Breslau (straight slip surface)

The formula of Mller-Breslau (Mller-Breslau, 1906) assumes a straight slip surface with an

angle in homogeneous soil: 4 2 .
D-S HEET P ILING uses the following equations, which have been simplified by assuming a ver-
tical sheet pile wall and horizontal ground surface:
cos2
Ka = q 2 (28.3)
sin sin(+)
1+ cos
and
cos2
Kp = q 2 (28.4)
sin sin(+)
1 cos
where is the angle of wall friction and is the soil friction angle.
356 of 416 Deltares

Lateral Earth Pressure Ratio
The validity of Equation 28.4 is limited to the following conditions for sheet pilings with a rough
surface:
30 for rough steel sheet pilings and comparable walls

35 for rough concrete sheet pilings.
Negative values cannot be entered. D-S HEET P ILING will add a negative sign to when
determining Kp .
28.2.3 Ktter (curved slip surfaces)

For calculations based on curved slip surfaces, D-S HEET P ILING uses formulas based on Kt-
ters equations (Ktter, 1903). These equations assume the following:
an unloaded horizontal soil surface

homogeneous soil with a volumetric weight of zero
a slip plane consisting of a logarithmic spiral and a straight part.
1 sin sin (2 + ) n o
Ka = exp + + 2 tan (28.5)
(1 + sin ) 2
sin
with : cos (2 + ) = sin
1 sin sin (20 + ) n o

Kp = exp + + 20 tan (28.6)
(1 + sin ) 2
with : cos (20 + ) = sin

sin
28.3 Surcharge according to Boussinesq

D-S HEET P ILING uses Boussinesqs formula to determine the additional horizontal earth pres-
sures due to the surcharge loads (Boussinesq, 1885). D-S HEET P ILING also models a non-
horizontal surface as a horizontal surface with an applied surcharge load.
Note: If the distance between the surcharge and the wall exceeds 5 times the height of the
wall, D-S HEET P ILING does not take the surcharge into account.
The formula is based on the principle of superposition. A specific surcharge can therefore be
achieved by applying multiple line loads. Since the original formula is valid for a homogeneous,
semi-infinite solid, some adaptation is needed in order to include the influence of the sheet
pile wall. Therefore, a multiplication factor f is applied to the Boussinesq stress, resulting in
the following formula:
2P x2 y
H = f (28.7)
(x2 + y 2 )2
where:
Deltares 357 of 416

H is the additional horizontal earth pressure due to line load;

f is themultiplication factor (influence of the sheet pile wall):
1 if x > L
f = 2 x /L if xi L
i i
L is the length of the sheet pile in m;
P is the line load in kN/m;
x, y are the horizontal and vertical coordinates in m.
Note: If Kp < Ka and/or K0 < Ka , then D-S HEET P ILING will calculate new K0 and/or Kp
ratios: Kp = Ka and/or K0 = Ka . The additional horizontal earth pressure due to load q
becomes:
KP
H = [(1 2 ) + sin 1 cos 1 sin 2 cos 2 ] (28.8)

Figure 28.2: Stress distribution under a load column
358 of 416 Deltares

29 Soil Strength and Stiffness
D-S HEET P ILING uses an elasto-plastic description to model the strength and the stiffness of
soil. In an elasto-plastic description, the equivalent stiffness during virgin loading differs from
the elastic stiffness during unloading/reloading. The strength and stiffness can be changed
between different construction stages.
29.1 Strength
When applying the calculation formulas of Mller-Breslau or Ktter, D-S HEET P ILING uses the
equations below to determine the yield stresses from the active and passive lateral effective
earth pressures:
p
a0 = Ka v0 2c Ka (29.1)
0 0
p
p = Kp v + 2c Kp (29.2)
with v 0 and p 0 a 0.
The linear distribution of vertical stress that D-S HEET P ILING assumes in order to apply these
formulas is only accurate for zero or uniform loads and horizontal surfaces.
Wall Friction
The values given in Table 29.1 Angle of wall friction values for clay, loam, sand and gravel
(acc. to Table 4 of NEN 6740:2006) for the angle of wall friction are prescribed by
NEN 6740:2006 (Table 4) for clay, loam, sand and gravel. In the case of peat, the angle of
wall friction should be set to zero.
Table 29.1: Angle of wall friction values for clay, loam, sand and gravel (acc. to Table 4 of
NEN 6740:2006)
Wall surface Roughness for straight slip surface for curved slip surface
Very rough > 10 d50 0.67
Rough 0.5 10 d50 0.67 2 - 2.5 with a maxi-
mum of 7.5
Semi-rough 0.1 - 0.5 d50 0.33 0.5
Smooth < 0.1 d50 0 0
29.2 Stiffness
The modulus of subgrade reaction, k describes the ratio between an increment of horizontal
stress and an increment of sheet pile wall displacement.
dH
k= (29.3)
dWH
The modulus of subgrade reaction is not a constant value, but actually depends on the depth
in the soil and the magnitude of the deformation. Correlation with other data is commonly
used (for example, with a cone penetration resistance qc or a Youngs modulus). General
guidelines on how to determine the modulus of subgrade reaction are contained in Terzaghi
(Terzaghi, 1955) and Mnard (Mnard, 1971). For Dutch conditions, additional guidelines are
provided in CUR publication 166 (CUR, 2005). Fortunately, the influence of a change in the
value of k on the resulting moments, forces and displacements is relatively small, since the
effect of k is only to the power of 1/4 (see Equation 27.1 in chapter 27).
Deltares 359 of 416

Unloading in D-S HEET P ILING results in elasto-plastic behavior, as shown in Figure 29.1, below.
h D A p
a C
B
displacement w
Figure 29.1: Elasto-plastic behavior
29.3 Construction Stages

In D-S HEET P ILING, a calculation may involve several construction stages. From stage to
stage soil pressures can change due to excavation, a change in the water table, etc.
In such a case, D-S HEET P ILING uses the following calculation procedure to determine the soil
stress and stiffness.
If the vertical stress changes, D-S HEET P ILING performs a shift in the diagram that relates
the horizontal stress to the displacement. The horizontal stress increment is related to
the vertical stress increment by means of H = K0 V (see Figure 29.2 below).
New horizontal soil pressures acting on the wall (h *) are determined on the basis of
the new spring characteristics (k *) and the wall displacement from the previous stage
(w0 in the illustration).
These new pressures mean that there is no longer equilibrium for the wall displacement
w0 . Therefore, new displacements are calculated (based on the new spring character-
istics).
Note: In Figure 29.2 the new spring (i.e. modulus of subgrade reaction k ) is usually identical
to the spring of the previous stage k , except in few cases:
When arching occurs, the modulus of subgrade reaction k must be multiplied by the
shell factor s. This is done automatically by the program, see Equation 38.3 in sec-
tion 38.1.2;
When a slope is present, k must be reduced compare to the horizontal situation. This
is not done by the program, the user has to determine and enter the new value in the
Soil Materials window (section 4.3.2.4);
When excavation occurs, the modulus of subgrade reaction can be slightly reduced.
This is not done by the program.
360 of 416 Deltares

Soil Strength and Stiffness
horizontal earth
pressure
p
*h
arctan k* p
h
arctan k h= Ko v

a
W displacement w
o
Figure 29.2: Shift of horizontal stress values between stages
Deltares 361 of 416

362 of 416 Deltares

30 CPT Interpretation
When a soil profile is determined from the results of a CPT, different interpretation rules are
available in D-S HEET P ILING based on the soil classification of Dutch recommendations or
standards (section 30.2). The properties of the materials from those soil classifications are
determined using Table 1 of NEN 6740 for the general parameters and using an extrapolation
of Table 3.3 of CUR 166 for the secant moduli of subgrade reaction (section 30.3).
30.1 CPT Filtering Method

Before the interpretation rules presented below are applied, a filtering of the CPT datas is
performed. The brut CPT datas are first averaged every 3 depth-points to get the average
value Xmean3 . Then the depth is divided into sub-layers of thickness equal to the Minimum
layer thickness Hmin inputted in the Soil Profiles window (section 4.3.4). For each sub-layer,
a filtered data Xf ilter equal to the average of the Xmean3 contained in the sub-layer. This
method is illustrated in Figure 30.1. A soil material is then deduced from the filtered data using
one of the available CPT interpretation rules (section 30.2).
Figure 30.1: Schematization of the CPT filtering method
30.2 CPT Interpretation Rules

For the CPT interpretation, two different rules can be used in D-S HEET P ILING to determine the
soil profile from the cone resistance and the friction ratio values:
section 30.2.1: CUR rule based on the CUR 162 recommendations;

section 30.2.2: NEN (Stress dependent) rule based on the NEN 6740 standard.
Moreover, when using the Feasibility module, a different simplest rule is used, called 3-type
rule with gravel from NEN (section 30.2.3), based on a simplification of the interpretation rule
prescribed by NEN 6740.
Deltares 363 of 416

30.2.1 CPT interpretation acc. CUR 162

The CUR rule is based on the soil classification from CUR 162 recommendations and in-
cludes 6 soil material types as shown in Figure 30.2.
Figure 30.2: CPT interpretation according to CUR 162
30.2.2 CPT interpretation acc. NEN 6740

The NEN (Stress dependent) rule is based on the soil classification in Table 1 of the old
Dutch standard NEN 6740 (now known as Table 2.b of NEN 9997-1+C1:2012) and includes
14 soil material types as shown in Figure 30.3. The cone resistance measured by the CPT
is adapted to take into account the actual effective stress at the measured depth using the
following formula:
0.67
100
qc;N EN = qc;meas
v
Figure 30.3: CPT interpretation according to NEN 6740
364 of 416 Deltares

CPT Interpretation
30.2.3 CPT interpretation for Feasibility module

The soil profile displayed in the GeoBrain Drivability Prediction (section 7.3) and Experiences
(section 7.4) windows uses a special interpretation rule called the 3-type with gravel from
NEN rule. This rule is based on the CUR 166 recommendations and includes 4 soil material
types as shown in Figure 30.4.
Figure 30.4: 3-type rule with gravel from NEN
30.3 Soil Materials Properties
30.3.1 General soil properties acc. NEN 6740

The general soil parameters automatically filled by D-S HEET P ILING are the high representative
values prescribed in Table 1 of NEN 6740 (Table 30.1).
Deltares 365 of 416

Table 30.1: General soil parameters from Table 1 of NEN 6740
Material unsat sat c

3
[kN/m ] [kN/m ]3
[kN/m ] 2
[ ]
Gravel, slightly silty, loose 18 20 0 35
Gravel, slightly silty, moderate 19 21 0 37.5
Gravel, slightly silty, stiff 20 22 0 40
Gravel, very silty, loose 19 21 0 32.5
Gravel, very silty, moderate 20 22 0 35
Gravel, very silty, stiff 21 22.5 0 40
Sand, clean, loose 18 20 0 32.5
Sand, clean, moderate 19 21 0 35
Sand, clean, stiff 20 22 0 40
Sand, slightly silty, moderate 19 21 0 32.5
Sand, very silty, loose 19 21 0 30
Loam, slightly sandy, weak 20 20 1 30
Loam, slightly sandy, moderate 21 21 2.5 32.5
Loam, slightly sandy, stiff 22 22 3.8 35
Loam, very sandy, stiff 20 20 1 35
Clay, clean, weak 17 17 5 17.5
Clay, clean, moderate 19 19 13 17.5
Clay, clean, stiff 20 20 15 25
Clay, slightly sandy, weak 18 18 5 22.5
Clay, slightly sandy, moderate 20 20 13 22.5
Clay, slightly sandy, stiff 21 21 15 27.5
Clay, very sandy, stiff 20 20 1 32.5
Clay, organic, weak 15 15 1 15
Clay, organic, moderate 16 16 1 15
Peat, not preloaded, weak 12 12 2.5 15
Peat, moderate preloaded, moderate 13 13 5 15
30.3.2 Secant moduli of subgrade reaction acc. CUR 166

The values of the secant modulus of subgrade reaction automatically filled by D-S HEET P ILING
are extrapolated from Table 3.3 of CUR 166 and given in Table 30.2.
366 of 416 Deltares

CPT Interpretation
Table 30.2: Secant moduli of subgrade reaction from Table 3.3 of CUR 166
Material kh;1 kh;2 kh;3

3 3
[kN/m ] [kN/m ] [kN/m3 ]
Gravel, slightly silty, loose 20000 10000 5000
Gravel, slightly silty, moderate 40000 20000 10000
Gravel, slightly silty, stiff 54000 27000 13500
Gravel, very silty, loose 14000 7000 3500
Gravel, very silty, moderate 20000 10000 5000
Gravel, very silty, stiff 40000 20000 10000
Sand, clean, loose 12000 6000 3000
Sand, clean, moderate 20000 10000 5000
Sand, clean, stiff 40000 20000 10000
Sand, slightly silty, moderate 16000 8000 4000
Sand, very silty, loose 14000 7000 3500
Loam, slightly sandy, weak 4000 2000 1000
Loam, slightly sandy, moderate 6000 3000 1500
Loam, slightly sandy, stiff 8000 4000 2000
Loam, very sandy, stiff 6000 3000 1500
Clay, clean, weak 2000 1000 500
Clay, clean, moderate 4000 2000 1000
Clay, clean, stiff 6000 3000 1500
Clay, slightly sandy, weak 3000 1500 750
Clay, slightly sandy, moderate 5000 2500 1250
Clay, slightly sandy, stiff 7000 3500 1750
Clay, very sandy, stiff 5000 2500 1250
Clay, organic, weak 1000 500 250
Clay, organic, moderate 2000 1000 500
Peat, not preloaded, weak 1000 500 250
Peat, moderate preloaded, moderate 2000 1000 500
Deltares 367 of 416

368 of 416 Deltares

31 Allowable Anchor Force
D-S HEET P ILING checks if the stability of the anchor wall is influenced by the stability of the
sheet piling. D-S HEET P ILING assumes straight slip planes for this check and uses the Culmann
method to determine the active slip plane from the rotation point of the sheet pile wall and the
passive plane from the toe of the anchor wall. The rotation point of the sheet pile wall is taken
to be the first point above the toe of the wall for which the shear force is zero.
If the slip planes intersect, the anchor is treated as a short anchorage (section 31.1)
and a slip plane from the rotation point of the sheet piling to the toe of the anchor wall
is assumed according to Kranz theory (Kranz, 1953).
If the slip planes do not intersect, the anchor is treated as a long anchorage (sec-
tion 31.2) and the plate is analyzed as a stand-alone anchorage plate.
Grout anchors are always considered as a short anchorage.
31.1 Short anchorage

For a short anchorage, the active and passive slip planes intersect, as shown in Figure 31.1.
The analysis is therefore performed assuming a deep slide plane between the retaining wall
rotation point and the toe of the anchor wall.
passive slip active slip

plane plane

T
Eo
L
H Ec
Ea
Er
H -T
= arc tan
L cos B
rotation point
Figure 31.1: Stability of anchor wall for a short anchor (Kranz theory)
Note: The angle of the active slip plane and the positions of the rotation point in Figure 31.1
are automatically determined by the program. The rotation point is the first point below the
excavation level for which the calculated shear force in nil.
The equilibrium of the forces from the sheet piling, the anchor plate, the slip plane, the weight
of vertical soil slices and the loads lead to the allowable anchor force:
Ea (E0 + Er ) + Ec
P = (31.1)
Es
where:
Deltares 369 of 416

Ea is the active pressure on the

sheet pile:
Ea = 21 Ka H 2 2c Ka H + Ka q H ;
E0 is the active pressure on the
anchor wall:
Eo = 12 Ka T 2 2c Ka T + Ka q T ;
Er is the horizontal pressure on deep
slide plane:
Er = L cos 0 H+T
2
+ q tan ( );
Ec is the horizontal cohesive force along the slide plane:
EC = c L cos ;
Es is the factor due to the anchor inclination:
ES = cos beta sin tan( )
Ka is the lateral earth pressure ratio at active yielding:
1sin
Ka = 1+sin
is the effective soil unit weight, in kN/m3 ;
q is the surface load in kN/m2 ;
H is the distance between the level of the top of the sheet pile wall and the level at
which the maximum bending moment occurs.
Note: Calculation of the allowable anchor force P is performed for two cases: Ea and Er
calculated with and without loads, and the minimum is used.
31.2 Long anchor

For a long anchorage, the active and passive slip planes do not intersect, as indicated in
Figure 31.2.
Ep
E0 T
Figure 31.2: Stability of anchor wall for a long anchor
The equilibrium of the forces from the sheet piling and the anchor plate lead to the allowable
anchor force:
P = Ep E0 (31.2)
where:
Ep is the passive pressure on

pthe anchor wall:
Ep = 1/2Kp T 2 2c Kp T + Kp qT
E0 is the active pressure on
the anchor wall:
E0 = 1/2Ka T 2 2c Ka T
Ka is the lateral earth pressure ratio at active yielding:
1 sin
Ka =
1 + sin
370 of 416 Deltares

Allowable Anchor Force
Kp is the lateral earth pressure ratio at passive yielding:

1 + sin
Kp =
1 sin
Note: The applicability of the method for long anchorage is limited to anchor walls where
T is smaller than approximately twice the height of the anchor wall. If this is not the case, a
warning message will be displayed.
Note: Calculation of the allowable anchor force P is performed for two cases: Ep calcu-
lated with and without loads, and the minimum is used. Moreover, only Surcharge loads
(section 4.4.2) are taken into account (not Uniform Loads section 4.4.1).
Note: For long anchorage, the anchor force P is also checked for a short anchor (Kranz the-
ory) because it has been noticed that for long anchorage in some cases de Kranz verification
can be decisive.
Deltares 371 of 416

372 of 416 Deltares

32 Overall Stability
D-S HEET P ILING uses the Bishop method with circular slip planes to estimate the overall soil
stability (Janbu et al., 1956).
A stability analysis according to Bishop assumes a circular slip surface, defined by a center
point and a tangent line. D-S HEET P ILING uses a grid of trial center points for the center of the
slip surface. The initial center points range from 4 m above to 4 m below the top of the sheet
piling in the vertical direction, and from 1 m to 7 m from the sheet piling on the passive side
in the horizontal direction. The grid spacing is 1 meter in each direction. Twelve trial tangent
lines are used, ranging from 1 m below the toe of the sheet piling to half the length of the
sheet piling below the toe. D-S HEET P ILING iteratively moves the grid of trial center points in
the direction of the lowest safety factor. D-S HEET P ILING assumes that all uniform loads end at
a distance from the wall of 5 times the length of the sheet piling. D-S HEET P ILING does not take
into account any stability reduction due to an intersection of the slip plane with the anchorage
plate.
peat peat
AZ 13
clay clay
sand sand
Figure 32.1: Circular slip surface according to Bishop method
Optionally an input file and geometry file can be written for further stability analysis with
D-G EO S TABILITY (formerly known as MStab), see section 5.2.5. Cohesion and phi are writ-
ten as representative values. A non-uniform surcharge from D-S HEET P ILING is written to the
D-G EO S TABILITY input file as a mean value. This may create a small difference between the
stability results from D-G EO S TABILITY and D-S HEET P ILING.
Deltares 373 of 416

374 of 416 Deltares

33 Vertical Force Balance
The vertical force balance check checks that the sum of the forces acting downwards on the
sheet pile wall does not exceed the resistance of the soil at the toe of the wall. D-S HEET P ILING
determines the resulting vertical force in the upward direction. Usually a negative value will
result, meaning the actual force is acting downward and will be transmitted to the soil at the
toe of the sheet piling.
D-S HEET P ILING considers the following contributions to the vertical force acting on the sheet
pile wall:
Normal forces acting on the wall;

The vertical component of anchor forces multiplied by a factor of 1.1 according to article
9.7.5(a) of NEN (2012) and according to step 9.3 of CUR 166;
The resulting force downwards from friction on the active side;
The resulting force upwards from friction on the passive side.
The dead weight of the sheet piling is neglected. The resulting vertical force by friction
is determined by integration along the sheet piling, assuming that the vertical stress is
equal to the horizontal stress times the tangent of the wall friction angle .
D-S HEET P ILING cannot determine the vertical forces caused by soil friction in detail, because
the required knowledge of the relative vertical displacement history is not produced as a result
of D-S HEET P ILING analysis. By default D-S HEET P ILING uses the safe assumption that friction
acts downwards on the active side, and upwards on the passive side (Figure 33.1). This
assumption is only useful if the default direction of the friction along the sheet piling is mainly
caused by the effect of the excavation itself. This may not be the case when normal force
loading also occurs.
Figure 33.1: Assumed vertical friction forces
The calculated design axial compression load on the (sheet) pile Fv is compared to the design
value of the base resistance of the (sheet) pile Rb;d :
If Fv Rb;d , the vertical force capacity is sufficient

If Fv > Rb;d , the vertical force capacity is not sufficient
qb;max Ab b
Rb;d = (33.1)
b
Deltares 375 of 416

with:
Rb;k
Rb;d = according to article 7.6.2.3(4) of Eurocode 7 (33.2)
b
Rb;cal
Rb;k = according to article 7.6.2.3(5) of Eurocode 7 (33.3)

Rb;cal = Ab qb;max according to article 7.6.2.3(5) of Eurocode 7 (33.4)
where:
is a correlation factor as defined in article 7.6.2.3(5) of Eurocode 7 (NEN-EN,

2005). For n = 1, =1.40 acc. to Table A.10 of the general Eurocode 7 (NEN-
EN, March 2005) and =1.39 acc. to the Dutch Annex of the Eurocode 7 (NEN,
2012). For n 6= 1, must be derived from Rc;k using Equation 33.5 below.
Rc;k is the characteristic compressive resistance of the ground;
Rb;k is the characteristic value of the base resistance;
Rs;k is the characteristic value of the shaft resistance;
3 , 4 are correlation factors depending on the number n of CPTs;
qb;max is the maximum representative point resistance (see below);
Ab is the cross-sectional area (unplugged pile only, plugged pile and soil), see
below;
b is the acting width;
b is the partial factor for the base resistance of the (sheet) pile. If a Verification cal-
culation is performed, the value given in the User Defined Partial Factors window
is used but if a Standard calculation (or a Verification calculation with representa-
tive values, CUR step 6.5 for example) is performed, a fixed value of 1.2 is used.

Rb;cal + Rs;cal Rc;cal (Rc;cal )mean (Rc;cal )min
Rc;k = Rb;k + Rs;k = = = min ;
3 4
(33.5)
For the calculation of the vertical force capacity of the soil Fmax , D-S HEET P ILING performs
this check for the case where plugging does not occur and also where it does (Figure 33.2).
In this latter case the area is taken to be the cross-sectional area of the sheet piling plus
the area of the plugged soil. However, for the calculation of the resulting vertical force Fv
in the unplugged case, a wall surface of 1 m2 /m is used instead of the paint surface (Acoat )
in accordance with the CUR 166 recommendations (part 1), leading therefore to the same
results for both plugged and unplugged cases.
Figure 33.2: Plugged and unplugged sheet piling
The maximum point resistance, qb;max is a special average cone resistance, as defined in the
376 of 416 Deltares

Vertical Force Balance
Dutch annex of the Eurocode NEN-EN 9997-1:2012 article 7.6.2.3(e)(NEN, 2012):

1 qc;I;mean + qc;II;mean
qb;max = p s + qc;III;mean (33.6)
2 2
where:
qc;I;mean is the mean cone resistance over trajectory I, that runs from the pile point level
to a level that is at least 0.7 times and at most 4 times the equivalent diameter
(Deq ) deeper (with this lower depth selected to make qb;max a minimum). If
b > 1.5 a, then Deq is equal to a.
qc;II;mean is the mean cone resistance over trajectory II, starting at the bottom of trajec-
tory I and ending at the pile point, with this value not larger than the previous
value in the trajectory;
qc;III;mean is the mean cone resistance over trajectory III, between the pile point level to
a level 8 times the equivalent diameter higher, with this value not larger than
the previous value in the trajectory;
Deq is the equivalent pilep diameter:
Deq = 1.13 a b/a
where a and b are respectively the smallest and the largest dimensions of the
largest cross-section of the pile point;
p is the pile factor, ranging from 0.5 for some bored piles types to 1.0 for some
driven piles;
is the pile base shape factor;
s is the pile base cross-section shape factor.
For special exceptions and further definition of factors, see the Dutch Annex of Eurocode 7
citepNEN9997-1+C1:2012.
The CUR method allows some modifications to be made should the vertical balance not be
met, as described below:
If the vertical balance is not met, assuming wall friction upwards on the passive side and
downwards on the active side, then the wall begins to move downwards (relative to the soil on
both sides of the wall). This means that the friction on the active side will now also be acting
upwards. The user can therefore enter a negative value for , the wall friction angle, in the
bottom layer on the active side only (a new soil type will need to be defined with this new wall
friction value, and the active and passive sides will need different profiles). This will have the
effect of reversing the friction direction on the side with this negative . If the vertical force
balance is still not met with this different friction direction in the bottom layer then the friction
direction in the second layer up on the active side can also be reversed in the same manner,
and so on.
Note: The vertical balance cannot be calculated correctly under combined walls. It is not pos-
sible to indicate CPT resistances for both toe levels. The calculation only takes into account
the lower toe resistance, the upper toe resistance is neglected.
Deltares 377 of 416

378 of 416 Deltares

34 The CUR 166 step-by-step design procedure
In general, sheet piling design involves the analysis of all relevant Ultimate Limit States (Fail-
ure) and Serviceability Limit States during each stage of construction. The CUR step-by-step
procedure described in CUR publication 166 (CUR, 2005) was developed to design a sheet
pile wall with a single anchorage, using a semi-probabilistic method. As described below,
D-S HEET P ILING supports specific parts of the CUR design procedure.
34.1 Semi-probabilistic approach

A probabilistic design is based on a particular required safety level that is related to the proba-
bility of an occurrence. In this semi-probabilistic approach, variations of soil properties, sheet
piling properties, loading and geometry are taken into account by dividing representative val-
ues (also called characteristic values) by so-called partial safety factors. A representative
value can be a low value, a nominal (average/mean) value or a high value. The low and high
values are usually defined as the values that will be exceeded by 5 % of the samples during
testing.
The values of the partial safety factors are determined by the mechanism being considered,
by the variation of the parameter, and by the required safety level. The value of a partial safety
factor for a certain parameter is usually indicated by design codes or guidelines. The partial
safety factors are determined by the mechanism being considered, by the variation of the
parameter, and by the required safety level. The value of a partial safety factor for a certain
parameter is usually indicated by design codes or guidelines.
The use of representative values in combination with partial factors yields a high and/or low
design value for each parameter. Analysis of different combinations of the high and low val-
ues of parameters inside a variation study can be used to check whether failure is always
prevented or if serviceability is still ensured at the required safety level.
Probability
of this value
occuring
5% 5%
low normal high value
Figure 34.1: Low, nominal and high representative values
The partial safety factors provided in design guidelines are in turn derived from the required
values of a reliability index . The equation below, for example, produces the low design value
Deltares 379 of 416

for a normally distributed parameter X with mean and standard deviation .
X = (34.1)
The in this expression is used as an influence parameter to model the predominance of the
parameter in relation to the considered failure mechanism.
The CUR design procedure distinguishes the following three safety classes, with correspond-
ing reliability indexes:
Class I Relatively simple constructions, no personal safety risks and relatively minor
damage in the case of overall failure. = 2.5
Class II Considerable damage in the case of overall failure; minor personal safety
risks. = 3.4
Class III Major damage in the case of overall failure and/or considerable personal
safety risks. = 4.2
34.2 Support of the CUR 166 step-by-step procedure by D-S HEET P ILING
In CUR publication 166 (CUR, 2005), the design of a sheet piling with single anchorage is
summarized by defining 11 steps. D-S HEET P ILING supports particular parts of the following
steps:
Step 5: Determine the minimum length of the sheet piling using a stability analysis
(section 5.2.2) including modified soil properties, surface levels and water
levels. Modification is performed according to sub-step 6.3 (as described
below)
Step 6: Determine the design values for sheet piling dimensions
Five combinations of modified soil properties, surface levels and water lev-
els. Those five combinations are referred as sub-steps 6.1, 6.2, 6.3, 6.4 and
6.5.Modified soil properties are calculated by applying partial factors on the
input low representative values for cohesion, friction and modulus of subgrade
reaction of the soil. Modified ground and water levels are calculated by apply-
ing level variations on the input water levels at the active and passive sides
and on the input ground level at the passive side. Figure 34.2 to Figure 34.6
gives a schematic representation of the modifications for each sub-steps and
Table 34.1gives an overview of the design values for each sub-steps.If safety
classes I, II or III are selected, the values of the partial factors and level vari-
ations defined in the User Defined Partial Factors window (section 4.1.2) are
used.
The design values for the Surcharges (section 4.4.2) and Uniform Loads
section 4.4.1 are calculated using the input partial factor in the correspond-
ing window. Values of partial factors for permanent or temporary loads are
prescribed in table 3.7 of (CUR, 2005). Mean values of bending stiffness
section 4.2.1 and anchor stiffness (section 4.5.1) must be entered. See ta-
bles 3.1 and 3.3 of (CUR, 2005) for representative values of soil parameters.
D-S HEET P ILING offers the Lowest values of the modulus of subgrade reac-
tion according to table 3.3 in section 4.3.2. If the Highest values are re-
quired the user needs to input them manually, multiplying the Lowest value
by 2.25.For a given length of the sheet piling, D-S HEET P ILING calculates the
maximum moment and the maximum displacement obtained from the five
sub-steps. If 100% of the mobilized resistance or if a displacement of 25%
of the sheet piling length are reached, the sheet piling is considered to be
unstable.
380 of 416 Deltares

The CUR 166 step-by-step design procedure
Step 7: Determine the design moment (section 5.2.3) in the sheet piling by performing
analysis for the five combinations of Step 6 presented above. The design
moment corresponds to the maximum moment determined from the five sub-
steps.
Step 9: Determine the design anchor force (section 5.2.3) by performing analysis for
the five combinations of Step 6 presented above using a higher value for the
anchor stiffness. This new stiffness is determined using a multiplication factor
specified by the user (see the Verify Sheet Piling tab of the Start Calculation
window in section 5.2.3) according to the selected safety class. The design
anchor force corresponds to the maximum anchor force determined from the
five sub-steps.
Step 9.7: Check vertical force balance (section 6.2) with the simplified assumption of
total friction on the active and passive sides. If the vertical balance is not met
then reversal of the wall friction force direction in the lower layers is permitted.
See chapter 33 for background information.
Step 10: Determine the design displacements (section 5.2.3) from the Serviceability
Limit calculation which corresponds to Step 6.5. This means that the input
low representative values for the cohesion, friction and modulus of subgrade
reaction are used to find the design value, with no modification on the input
ground and water levels needed.
Step 11.1: Check anchor wall stability (section 5.2.4) using the Kranz method. See chap-
ter 31 for background information.
Step 11.3: Check overall sheet piling stability (section 5.2.5) using the Bishop method.
The strength parameter of cohesion and the friction angle phi are divided by
1.5 and 1.2 respectively, for all safety classes (for safety classes see sec-
tion 34.1). The driving moment is multiplied by 0.9 (class I), 1.0 (class II)
or 1.1 (class III) as prescribed in table 3.11 from CUR 166. For background
information, see chapter 32.
Table 34.1: Design values of soil properties according to Step 6 of the CUR 166 proce-
dure
Step Limit kd(1) cd tan d tan d

6.1 ULS klow,rep /k clow,rep /c tan low,rep /tan tan low,rep /tan
6.2 ULS khigh,rep / 1.0 clow,rep /c tan low,rep /tan tan low,rep /tan
6.3 ULS klow,rep /k clow,rep /c tan low,rep /tan tan low,rep /tan
6.4 ULS khigh,rep / 1.0 clow,rep /c tan low,rep /tan tan low,rep /tan
6.5 SLS klow,rep clow,rep tan low,rep tan low,rep
(1)
The high representative value of the modulus of subgrade reaction khigh,rep is determined
by multiplying the input low representative value klow,rep by 2.25.
Table 34.2: Design values of ground and water levels according to Step 6 of the CUR 166
procedure
Step Limit Ground (GL) Water level (WL)

Passive side Passive side Active side
6.1 ULS GLrep - GLpas WLrep + WLpas WLrep + WLact
6.2 ULS GLrep - GLpas WLrep + WLpas WLrep + WLact
6.3 ULS GLrep - GLpas WLrep - WLpas WLrep + WLact
6.4 ULS GLrep - GLpas WLrep - WLpas WLrep + WLact
6.5 SLS GLrep WLrep WLrep
Deltares 381 of 416

step 6.1
Figure 34.2: Schematic representation of the soil stiffness, surface levels and water levels
modifications according to step 6.1 of the CUR 166 design procedure
step 6.2
step 6.3
382 of 416 Deltares

The CUR 166 step-by-step design procedure
step 6.4
step 6.5
step 9.1
Figure 34.7: Schematic representation of the anchor stiffness modification according to

step 9.1 of the CUR 166 design procedure
Note: For steps 6.1 to 6.4, if the water level exceeds the ground level when increased, then
it is set equal to the ground level.
Deltares 383 of 416

34.3 Partial Safety Factors
34.3.1 Partial safety factors On all stages (method A) or one stage (method B)
The CUR 166 procedure itself does not prescribe whether partial factors on strength and load
should be applied to all construction stages, or just to the stage that is checked. Application of
partial factors during only one stage can be beneficial, because it allows lower safety factors to
be applied during previous stages. D-S HEET P ILING supports the application of partial factors
to both individual stages (method B) and to all construction stages (method A) (section 34.2).
Method A applies the partial factor set to all construction stages. Method B checks all stages
as a final stage. Method B assumes low representative values, with no partial factors, for
all stages apart from the final stage being checked. The partial factors corresponding to the
selected safety class are only applied to the final stage. Using method B allows each stage
to be checked (as a final stage) using a different safety class, which can result in a more
economical design. Method A, however, gives a more conservative approach and requires
less calculation.
34.3.2 Partial safety factors and Geometry modifications

Table 34.3: Partial factors applied to soil parameters according to Table 3.7 of the
CUR 166 design procedure
Parameter Class I Class II Class III

Cohesion c 1.00 1.00 1.10
Tangent Phi tan 1.05 1.15 1.20
Tangent Delta
Table 34.4: Level variations according to Table 3.7 of the CUR 166 design procedure
Level Class I Class II Class III

Surface level (passive side) GLpas 0.20 0.30 0.35
Phreatic line (passive side) WLpas 0.15 0.20 0.25
Phreatic line (active side) WLact 0.05 0.05 0.05
Table 34.5: Partial factors applied to loads according to CUR 166
Load effect Class I Class II Class III

Permanent unfavorable 1.00 1.00 1.00
Permanent favorable 1.00 1.00 1.00
Temporary unfavorable 1.00 1.00 1.25
Temporary favorable 0.000 0.00 0.00
384 of 416 Deltares

35 Design according to Eurocode 7
D-S HEET P ILING allows designing a sheet piling wall according to the European standard Eu-
rocode 7, using either the methods and partial factors prescribed in:
section 35.1: The general Eurocode 1997 - Part 1: General rules (NEN-EN, March
2005);
section 35.2: The Dutch annex of the Eurocode 7 (NEN, september 2009) which pre-
scribes the same design procedure as the CUR 166 design procedure (CUR, 2005),
except that the default partial factors are different;
section 35.3: The Belgian annex of the Eurocode 7 (NBN-EN, january 2011).
35.1 General Eurocode 7 (EN 1997-1)
35.1.1 General EC 7 Design approaches

According to the General Eurocode 7, four Design Approaches, with different partial factors
are defined for the Ultimate Limit State.
Design Approach 1, set 1

Design Approach 1, set 2
Design Approach 2
Design Approach 3
The Design Approach used will depend on the choice of the country where the verification is
performed/the construction takes place, in order to conform to their design methods. It should
be verified that a rupture or excessive deformation will not occur with the appropriate set of
partial factors applied.
35.1.2 General EC 7 Partial factors

For the design of the retaining wall, the verification of structural (STR) and geotechnical (GEO)
limit states is applied, considering the procedure described in section 2 of Eurocode 1997-1
(NEN-EN, March 2005). The partial factors can be found in Annex A.3 of Eurocode 7:
Table A.3 gives the recommended partial factors on actions or on the effects of actions;
Table A.4 gives the recommended partial factors for soil parameters;
Table A.13 gives the recommended partial resistance factors for retaining structures.
For design approaches DA 1 combination 2 and DA 3, the partial factors are applied on
the loads whereas for design approaches DA 1 combination 1 and DA 2, the partial factors
are applied on the effect of the loads. In this second case, D-S HEET P ILING multiplies the
calculated moments and shear forces with a factor of 1.35 and applies a partial factor of only
1.1 (= 1.5/1.35) instead of 1.5 to the temporary unfavorable loads.
The partial resistance factor R;e has an effect on the maximum percentage of mobilized
resistance by decreasing it to a limited value of 100%/R;e instead of 100%.
Deltares 385 of 416

Table 35.1: Partial factors for retaining structures acc. to the general Eurocode 7
DA 1 DA 1 DA 2 DA 3
set 1 set 2
Partial factors on actions (F ) or the effects of actions (E ):
Permanent, unfavorable G;dst 1.35 1 1.35 1
Permanent, favorable G;stb 1 1 1. 1
Temporary, unfavorable Q;dst 1.5 1.3 1.5 1.3
Temporary, favorable Q;stb 0 0 0 0
Partial factors on soil parameters (M ):
Tangent of the angle of shearing resis. 1 1.25 1 1.25
Effective cohesion c0 1 1.25 1 1.25
Undrained shear strength cu 1 1.4 1 1.4
Unconfined strength qu 1 1.4 1 1.4
Weight density 1 1 1 1
Partial resistance factors (R ):
Bearing capacity R;v 1 1 1.4 1
Sliding resistance R;h 1 1 1.1 1
Earth resistance R;e 1 1 1.4 1
35.1.3 General EC 7 Geometrical data
Ground surfaces
According to Eurocode 7, the level of the resisting soil is lowered below the nominally expected
level by an amount a equal to 10% of the distance between the lowest support and the
excavation level, limited to a maximum of 0.5 m.
Water levels
The design input value for the position of the phreatic surfaces and the free water is defined
by the user.
35.1.4 General EC 7 Determination of earth pressures
At rest values of earth pressure

For the calculation of theneutral earth pressure coefficient, the formula used in D-S HEET P ILING
(K0 = (1 sin ) OCR) is the one prescribed in the EuroCode 7.
Limiting values of earth pressure

According to the general EuroCode 7, the active and passive earth pressure may be calcu-
lated using the Culmann method (delta, c, phi soil parameters) as it takes into account the
relative movement of the soil and the wall at failure and the corresponding shape of the failure
surface.
Intermediate values of earth pressure

According to the general EuroCode 7, the intermediate values of earth pressure may be cal-
culated using a spring constant method, which is the case in D-S HEET P ILING.
386 of 416 Deltares

Design according to Eurocode 7
35.1.5 General EC 7 Overall Stability

To check that an overall stability failure of the sheet piling will not occur, the verification of
structural (STR) and geotechnical (GEO) limit states is applied, considering the procedure
described in section 11 of Eurocode 1997-1 (NEN-EN, March 2005). The partial factors can
be found in Annex A.3 of Eurocode 7:
Table A.3 gives the recommended partial factors on actions or on the effects of actions;
Table A.4 gives the recommended partial factors for soil parameters;
Table A.14 gives the recommended partial resistance factors for overall stability.
Note: D-S HEET P ILING is not a program dedicated to overall stability and performs therefore a
quick stability check by applying partial factors only on soil parameters. For a complete overall
stability check, the user has to divide the calculated resisting moment by R;e . Besides,
if approaches DA 1,1 or DA 2 are used, the user has to multiply the driving moment (i.e.
resulting effect of the actions on the failure surface) by E . If approaches DA 1,2 or DA3 are
used, the user has to enter a design magnitude for loads.
The soil parameters of cohesion and friction angle are divided by the prescribed partial factors.
For the unit weight, low and high design values are used (i.e. input representative values are
respectively divided and multiplied by the prescribed partial factor. The minimum calculated
overall stability factor of both calculations is kept.
Table 35.2: Partial factors for overall stability acc. to Eurocode 1997-1
DA 1 DA 1 DA 2 DA 3
set 1 set 2
Permanent, unfavorable G;dst 1.35 1 1.35 1
Permanent, favorable G;stb 1 1 1. 1
Temporary, unfavorable Q;dst 1.5 1.3 1.50 1.3
Temporary, favorable Q;stb 0 0 0 0
Tangent of the angle of shearing resis. 1 1.25 1 1.25
Effective cohesion c 0 1 1.25 1 1.25
Undrained shear strength cu 1 1.4 1 1.4
Unconfined strength qu 1 1.4 1 1.4
Weight density 1 1 1 1
Earth resistance R;e 1 1 1.1 1
The overall sheet piling stability is checked using the Bishop method (chapter 32). According
to Eurocode 1997-1, circular slip surfaces where ground or embankment material is relatively
homogeneous and isotropic can be assumed.
35.2 Dutch Annex of the Eurocode 7 (NEN-EN 1997-1/NB)

The Dutch Annex of the Eurocode prescribed the same step-by-step design procedure as
in the Dutch recommendations CUR 166 (section 34.2) applying partial factors on either all
stages (method A) or only one stage (method B) except that the safety classes, partial safety
factors and geometrical modifications are different.
Deltares 387 of 416

35.2.1 Dutch Annex EC 7 Reliability Classes

The Dutch Annex of the Eurocode 7 distinguishes the following three reliability classes, with
corresponding reliability indexes:
Reliability Class 1: Low consequence for loss of human life, and economic, social or
environmental consequences small or negligible. = 3.3
Reliability Class 2: Medium consequence for loss of human life, economic, social or
environmental consequences considerable. = 3.8
Reliability Class 3: High consequence for loss of human life, or economic, social or
environmental consequences very great. = 4.3
Note: Another Reliability Class called RC 0 is also available in D-S HEET P ILING (see Figure 4.3
in section 4.1.2.2) corresponding to Class I of the CUR procedure (section 34.1) for the design
a simple constructions ( = 2.5).
35.2.2 Dutch Annex EC 7 Step-by-step procedure

The Dutch Annex of Eurocode 7 (NEN, september 2009) prescribed the same step-by-step
procedure as the CUR 166 procedure. Refer to section 34.2 for a completed description.
35.2.3 Dutch Annex EC 7 Partial factors and Geometry modifications

The partial factors recommended by the standard NEN 9097-1 (complementary standard to
Eurocode 7) (NEN, september 2009) are given in Table 35.3and used as default values in
D-S HEET P ILING (section 4.1.2). These partial factors apply to loads and material properties.
Table 35.3: Partial factors according to the Dutch Annex of Eurocode 7
RC1 RC2 RC3

Partial factors on loads:
Permanent, unfavorable 1.00 1.00 1.00
Permanent, favorable 1.00 1.00 1.00
Temporary, unfavorable 1.00 1.10 1.25
Temporary, favorable 0.00 0.00 0.00
Partial factors on soil materials:
Cohesion 1.15 1.25 1.40
Tangent phi and tangent delta 1.15 1.175 1.20
Modulus of subgrade reaction 1.30 1.30 1.30
The Dutch annex the level of the resisting soil is lowered below the nominally expected level by
an amount a equal to 10% of the distance between the lowest support and the excavation
level, limited to a maximum of 0.5 m.
Table 35.4: Level variations according to the Dutch Annex of Eurocode 7
Parameter RC1 RC2 RC3

Increase retaining height max(10% H; GLpas )
Max. increase retaining height GLpas 0.50 0.50 0.50
Change in phreatic line on passive side WLpas 0.20 0.25 0.25
Raise in phreatic line on active side WLact 0.05 0.05 0.05
388 of 416 Deltares

Design according to Eurocode 7
35.2.4 Dutch Annex EC 7 Overall Stability

The prescribed safety factor for soil parameters (Table 32-5) are given in article A.3.2(1)P of
NEN 1997-1/NB. The cohesion and friction angle are divided by the prescribed partial factors.
For the unit weight, low and high design values are used (i.e. input representative values are
respectively divided and multiplied by the prescribed partial factor. The minimum calculated
overall stability factor of both calculations is kept.
Table 35.5: Partial factors (for overall stability) on soil parameters acc. to the Dutch Annex
of Eurocode 7
Soil parameter Symbol RC1 RC2 RC3

Effective cohesion c0 1.30 1.45 1.60
Friction angle 0 1.20 1.25 1.30
Unit weight 1.00 1.00 1.00
35.3 Belgian Annex of the Eurocode 7 (NBN-EN 1997-1 ANB)
35.3.1 Belgian Annex EC 7 Limit States

In its national annex NBN-EN 1997-1 ANB, Belgium selected Design Approach DA 1 for verifi-
cation at Ultimate Limit and prescribed partial factors equal to 1 for verification at Serviceability
Limit State.
35.3.2 Belgian Annex EC 7 Partial factors

In its national annex NBN-EN 1997-1 ANB, Belgium adopted the recommended partial factors
and geometry modifications of Annex A of the general Eurocode 7-1 except for the variable
action in set 2 which is reduced to 1.10. The partial factors can be found in Annex A.3 of the
Belgian annex:
Table A.3 ANB gives the recommended partial factors on actions or on the effects of
actions;
Table A.4 ANB gives the recommended partial factors for soil parameters;
Table A.13 ANB gives the recommended partial resistance factors for retaining struc-
tures.
Table 35.6: Partial factors acc. to the Belgian annex NBN-EN 1997-1 ANB
Combination 1 Combination 2
Permanent, unfavorable G;dst 1.35 1
Permanent, favorable G;stb 1 1
Temporary, unfavorable Q;dst 1.5 1.1
Temporary, favorable Q;stb 0 0
Tangent phi 0 1 1.25
Effective cohesion c0 1 1.25
Undrained strength cu 1 1.4
Unit weight 1 1
Bearing capacity R;v 1 1
Sliding resistance R;h 1 1
Earth resistance R;e 1 1
Deltares 389 of 416

For combination 2, the partial factors are applied on the loads whereas for combination 1,
the partial factors are applied on the effect of the loads. In this second case, D-S HEET P ILING
multiplies the calculated moments and shear forces with a factor of 1.35 and applies a partial
factor of only 1.1 (= 1.5/1.35) instead of 1.5 to the temporary unfavorable loads.
35.3.3 Belgian Annex EC 7 Geometrical data

Belgium adopted the recommended geometrical data of the general Eurocode 7-1, as given
in section 35.1.3.
35.3.4 Belgian Annex EC 7 Determination of earth pressures

In its national annex, Belgium added an extra article to paragraph 9.5.3 regarding cohesive
soils: the cohesion of the first meter below the excavation level is limited. A linear increase of
the cohesion is assumed from 0% at the excavation level to 100% one meter below that level.
35.3.5 Belgian Annex EC 7 Overall Stability

As the Belgian annex NBN-EN 1997-1 ANB doesnt provide alternative information about
overall stability, the design procedure as given in the general Eurocode 1997-1 is used. Refer
to section 35.1.5 for a detailed description. Concerning the partial factors, Belgium adopted
the recommended values of Annex A of the general Eurocode 1997-1 except for the variable
action in combination 2 which is reduced to 1.10.
Table 35.7: Partial factors for overall stability acc. to Eurocode 1997-1
Combination 1 Combination 2
Permanent, unfavorable G;dst 1.35 1
Permanent, favorable G;stb 1 1
Temporary, unfavorable Q;dst 1.5 1.1
Temporary, favorable Q;stb 0 0
Tangent of the angle of shearing resis- f 1 1.25
tance
Effective cohesion c0 1 1.25
Undrained shear strength cu 1 1.4
Unconfined strength qu 1 1.4
Weight density 1 1
Earth resistance R;e 1 1
390 of 416 Deltares

36 Initial Stage
D-S HEET P ILING offers a special option to deal with initially non-horizontal surfaces, or initial
surcharges. A previously existing sheet pile wall will deform if a surcharge is later applied or
the surface profile altered, whereas if there is a surcharge already present or if the ground
surface is not horizontal at the time of installation, the sheet pile wall will not deform until a
change is made at a later time.
Without the initial stage option

When this option is not used, a non-horizontal surface or surcharge in the first stage will cause
deformations of the sheet piling. It is assumed that a non-horizontal surface or surcharge on
one side of the sheet piling will only cause additional horizontal stresses on that side of the
sheet pile wall.
loading of sheet pile

wall as as result of
a non-horizontal
surface or a surcharge
Figure 36.1: Effect of a surcharge when not using the initial stage
h.load.lef t = fh.lef t h.boussinesq.lef t (36.1)

h.load.right = fh.lef t h.boussinesq.right (36.2)
The stress following from the Boussinesq assumption is multiplied by a factor f to account for
the existence of the sheet piling, see section 28.3.
With the initial stage option

When the initial stage option is used, D-S HEET P ILING simply assumes that the initial stress
contribution resulting from a non-horizontal surface or an initial surcharge is transferred to
both sides of the sheet piling, see Equation 36.3.
loading of left hand

side of sheet pile wall loading of left hand
as the result of a side of sheet pile wall
non-horizontal surface or as the result of a
a surcharge non-horizontal surface or
a surcharge
Figure 36.2: Effect of a surcharge when using the initial stage option
Deltares 391 of 416

h.load.left = h.load.right = h.boussinesq.left + h.boussinesq.right (36.3)
The neutral stress changes when the initial stage option is used, whilst the active and passive
yield stresses remain the same as when the initial stress option is not used. This is illustrated
in Figure 36.3 below.
same side as surcharge side without surcharge
horizontal p horizontal p
stress stress
with initial
n without initial
a
n without initial a
with initial
displacement displacement
Figure 36.3: Soil stresses on both sides of the sheet pile wall, with and without the initial
stage option being used
On both sides of the sheet piling, the same value of initial neutral horizontal stress will result,
as long as the theoretical neutral stress is within the yield limits (a < n < p ). If this
condition can not be satisfied on a certain side however, the neutral stress will be set equal to
the yield limit, and deformation of the sheet piling will occur.
The load correction by the initial option remains active during all following stages, as long as
the soil is not excavated. See Equation 36.4 and Equation 36.5.
h.correction.left = (1 fh.left ) h.boussinesq.left + h.boussinesq.right (36.4)

h.correction.right = (1 fh.right ) h.boussinesq.right + h.boussinesq.left (36.5)
392 of 416 Deltares

37 Analysis of Single Piles
D-S HEET P ILINGs single pile module calculates the bending moment and deformation of a
single pile, due to lateral deformations of the soil or due to discrete forces and moments
applied to the pile itself.
The solution method for single piles used by D-S HEET P ILING is the same as the solution
method for a sheet pile wall chapter 27 although some changes have been made to account
for the differences between a long wall and a single pile (where arching occurs).
37.1 Loading by soil deformations

When surcharges are applied to a soil surface (for example, when creating a dam or when
making excavations), there will be both vertical and horizontal movements of the soil. If piles
are present, these soil displacements will cause pressure against the piles. This results in
additional bending moments and displacements to those generated by the loads at the pile
head. Since piles are usually only designed for axial loading, these lateral loads could quite
easily become a critical factor in the design.
To calculate the effect of soil displacements on a pile, the following steps should be performed:
Determine the soil displacements which would exist at the location of interest, where
the pile not presents, using one of both options:
Calculated soil displacements by D-S HEET P ILING using the De Leeuw tables (section 37.1.1);
User defined soil displacements calculated from an other program, for example a finite
element program;
Use D-S HEET P ILING to determine the displacements, moments and forces in the pile as
a result of these input undisturbed soil displacements (section 37.1.2).
37.1.1 Calculation of the soil displacements using the De Leeuw method
Principles of De Leeuw method

The De Leeuw method (De Leeuw, 1963) estimates the horizontal displacements based on an
elastic solution for a single elastic incompressible layer, characterized by the Youngs modulus
E , and loaded by a uniform load with a certain width. The solution assumes that the horizontal
deformations of the elastic layer are always constrained at the bottom by a stiff foundation
layer. Optionally the deformations can also be constrained by a stiff layer at the top.
The method considers the following two situations (Figure 37.1):
I: elastic layer on a rigid base;

II: elastic layer on a rigid base with a stiff layer on top.
Deltares 393 of 416

Figure 37.1: Situations considered by De Leeuw method
Note: In case of an inputted embankment load, D-S HEET P ILING schematizes it as an equiv-
alent uniform load with a certain width as illustrated in Figure 37.2.
Figure 37.2: Non-uniform load schematized as a uniform load
Limitations
The method has the following limitations:
As Poisson ratio = 0.5 is used (i.e. incompressible layer), this gives the elastic re-
sponse of the soil in an undrained situation, so in fact directly after applying the load;
additional horizontal deformations due to consolidation are not accounted for;
The thickness of the stiff top layer is not taken into account.
The horizontal distance of the pile to the boundaries of the surcharge load is limited to
6 times the thickness of the elastic layer.
Elasticity modulus
The Youngs modulus of the elastic layer can either be directly prescribed by the user or au-
tomatically estimated by D-S HEET P ILING from the average unit weight of the elastic layers.
D-S HEET P ILING determines the average unit weight avg of several soft layers using the fol-
lowing formula:
n
P
i hi
i=1
avg = (37.1)
H
where:
394 of 416 Deltares

Analysis of Single Piles
i is the unit weight of elastic layer i;

n is the number of elastic layers;
hi is the thickness of elastic layer i;
H is the total thickness of the elastic layers.
The elasticity modulus is then derived from the dry unit weight by linear interpolation in the
table below, according to De Leeuw & Timmermans.
Table 37.1: E-modulus vs. unit weight (De Leeuw & Timmermans)
E
[kN/m3 ] [kN/m2 ]
10 575
13 1000
18 1500
19 2800

The modulus of subgrade reaction can either be directly prescribed by the user or automati-
cally estimated by D-S HEET P ILING using the following formula:
h0
k= (37.2)
uh
where:
h is the effective horizontal stress against a not-moving pile:

In the foundation layer: h = 0;
In the elastic layer, h is calculated with De Leeuw tables (De Leeuw, 1963);
If a stiff layer is present, h = 0 in the stiff layer and surface.
uh is the horizontal soil displacement calculated with De Leeuw tables (De Leeuw,
1963).
37.1.2 Determination of the displacements, moments and forces in the pile

D-S HEET P ILING determines the displacements and forces in the pile by assuming that the soil
reaction is caused by the difference between the pile displacements and soil displacements if
the pile were not present (Figure 37.3).
Figure 37.3: Lateral earth pressure and pile deformation by soil deformation
Deltares 395 of 416

D-S HEET P ILING does not consider geometrical non-linearity while the prescribed soil displace-
ments are being applied. A normal force (such as the weight of a building supported by the
pile) will therefore not affect the bending moment during analysis of prescribed displacements.
Soil reaction
D-S HEET P ILING uses Equation 29.1 and Equation 29.2 to determine the active and passive
lateral pressures from the input of the lateral earth pressure coefficients. The soil stiffness is
determined from the input of the modulus of subgrade reaction. When performing single pile
calculations based upon soil displacements the user needs to take the effect of arching into
account by suitable modification of the earth pressure coefficients. Ka and K0 are usually
modeled as zero, whilst Kp needs to be determined specially:
In soil layers with soil displacements a calculation has to be made for the situation without
a pile. This calculation gives the soil displacements, U , and change in soil pressure ( )
on the location of the pile. The horizontal subgrade modulus can then be calculated in this
way: Khor = s 2 /U . In this formula s is the shell factor (in soft layers mostly 1.5).
Alternatively, the passive earth pressure coefficient, Kp can be calculated automatically by
selecting the Brinch-Hansen method (see section 37.2.1) in which case Ka and K0 will be
set to zero.
When calculating for piles loaded by soil displacements, the results of the calculation are
highly influenced by the soil displacements and the value of the horizontal subgrade modulus
in the displacing soil layers.
37.2 Loading by forces and moments

For a single pile loaded by forces, D-S HEET P ILING offers the following alternatives for the direct
input of the soil strength and stiffness by forces.
37.2.1 Brinch-Hansen
D-S HEET P ILING uses Equation 37.3 to determine the passive pressure against the pile ac-
cording to Brinch-Hansen (Brinch-Hansen and Christensen, 1961).
p = Kq v0 + Kc c, a = 0, n = 0 (37.3)
Kq and Kc are factors of Brinch-Hansen for piles:

D
Kq0 + Kq q
Kq = B (37.4)
D
1 + q
B
D
Kc0 + Kc c
Kc = B (37.5)
D
1 + c
B
396 of 416 Deltares

Analysis of Single Piles
where:

Kq0 = e( 2 +)tan cos tan + e( 2 +)tan cos tan
h 4 2 i 4 2
0
Kc = e 2 ( + ) tan
cos tan + 1 cot
4 2
Kq = Kc K0 tan
Kc = Nc d c
d
c = 1.58 + 4.09 tan4
2
h i
tan
Nc = e tan + 1 cot
4 2
K0 = 1 sin for OCR = 1
Kq0 K0 sin
q =
sin 4 + 2
0

Kq Kq
K0
c = c 0 2 sin +
Kc Kc 4 2
D is the average depth at the middle of the layer [m].
By identification with the usual

p formula for the calculation of the passive earth pressure
0
p = Kp v + 2c Kp , it can be deduced:
Kp = Kq Passive earth pressure coefficient [-]

c Kc
c = p Adapted cohesion [kN/m2 ]
2 Kq
This method automatically takes the effect of arching into account.
As the pressure is a function of depth, the same soil material cannot be used in D-S HEET P ILING
at different depths. Instead, if the same soil type occurs at different depths then a copy of the
soil type needs to be made for each instance of the soil type. It is also recommended that
thick layers are split into two or more layers for better representation of the change in passive
pressure with depth.
37.2.2 Mnard
D-S HEET P ILING uses Equation 37.6 to determine the modulus of subgrade reaction according
to Mnard (Mnard, 1971). This method automatically takes the effect of arching into account.
( h i
1
1 3Em
1.3R0 2.65 rR0 + R if R R0
= (37.6)
kh 2R
4(2.65) +3
if R < R0
Em 18
where:
kh is the modulus of horizontal subgrade reaction;

Em is the pressiometric modulus, in kN/m2 .
R0 is a constant: R0 = 0.3 m.
R is half width of the pile, in m;
is the rheological coefficient depending on the kind of the soil and the soil conditions.
In Table 37.3 some general values are presented. D-S HEET P ILING uses the values
of normally consolidated soil.
Deltares 397 of 416

Table 37.3: Values of the rheological coefficient
Peat Clay Loam Sand Gravel

Over consolidated - 1 2/3 1/2 1/3
Normally consolidated 1 2/3 1/2 1/3 1/4
Decomposed, weathered - 1/2 1/2 1/3 1/4
The following correlation between Em and qc (cone resistance) can be used:

Peat: Em = (3-4) qc
Clay: Em = (2-3) qc
Loam: Em = (1-2) qc
Sand: Em = (0.7-1) qc
Gravel: Em = (0.5-0.7) qc
398 of 416 Deltares

38 Special Cases
D-S HEET P ILING can be used to make calculations for a number of situations that deviate from
standard daily practice.
38.1 Combination with piles

In the case of combinations of long piles with shorter sheet piling elements, the acting width
can be used to influence the soil pressures and other loads that act on the upper (long piles
and sheet piling) and lower (long piles only) parts of the wall. Using the acting width allows
direct output of the discrete bending moments in the piles. For the part with only piles, the soil
reaction data must be modified in order to model arching.
38.1.1 Acting width
Berlin Walls. Berlin Walls are a combination of I-shaped piles, with horizontal planks
inserted in the upper part. If the bending stiffness of the planks is negligible then
direct output of the true bending moment of each pile can be produced. The Com-
bined Wall wizard (section 4.2.2) automatically converts the wall into the appropriate
D-S HEET P ILING model. For example, if the piles of a Berlin wall are positioned 3 m
center-to-center and the width of the flange is 0.4 m, for the upper part an acting width
of b = 3 m is used and the stiffness of a pile is divided by 3: EI = EIpile /3. For the
lower part with only piles, the width of the soil that acts on a single pile is b = 0.4, the
stiffness is divided to give EI = EIpile /0.4.
Combined walls. The Combined Wall wizard (section 4.2.2) automatically converts
a combined wall, which is made from a combination of regular sheet piling parts with
tubular piles, into the appropriate D-S HEET P ILING model. For instance, for piles posi-
tioned 3 m center-to-center, with an outer diameter of 0.8 m with the sheet piling parts
contributing to the bending stiffness: For the upper part, an acting width of b = 3 m is
used, and the stiffness of the section is divided by 3: EI = EIsection /3. For the lower
part with only piles, the acting width is b = 0.8 m and the pile stiffness is again by the
acting width: EI = EIpile /0.8
38.1.2 Modified soil reaction

The equivalent width of the soil that will react if pile displacement occurs is usually larger than
the pile width, as a result of arching. Guidelines for the determination of the discrete active
and passive soil reaction on piles are given for example by Brinch-Hansen (Brinch-Hansen
and Christensen, 1961).
A simplified way to deal with the effects of arching is, given a certain pile width bpile , to
assume an equivalent soil width beq . Then the passive lateral earth pressure coefficient and
the modulus of subgrade reaction per running meter should be multiplied by the shell factor
beq
b
, and active lateral earth pressure coefficient should be divided by this factor (Figure 38.1).
pile
Deltares 399 of 416

p = K*p v
k*
p = Kp v
k
a = Ka v
a = K*a v
Figure 38.1: Soil reaction
The resulting equations for the soil pressure (per unit area) are:
beq
s= (38.1)
bpile

Kp = s Kp (38.2)
k = s k (38.3)
Ka
Ka = (38.4)
s
The shell factor s is a user defined input value in the Soil Materials window (see section 4.3.2).
D-S HEET P ILING modifies automatically the passive and active earth pressure coefficients Kp
and Ka according to Equation 38.2 and Equation 38.4 respectively and the modulus of sub-
grade reaction according to Equation 38.3.
Tutorial 10 (chapter 16) gives an example of the application of this method.
Note: The vertical balance cannot be calculated correctly under combined walls. It is not pos-
sible to indicate CPT resistances for both toe levels. The calculation only takes into account
the lower toe resistance, the upper toe resistance is neglected.
38.2 Surcharge with limited size parallel to the sheet piling

D-S HEET P ILING assumes that a surcharge will act until infinity in the direction parallel to the
sheet piling. In practice, there will be situations in which the size of the surcharge is limited in
the direction parallel to the sheet piling.
There are various approximation methods available which take account of the load distribution.
The method outlined below is very common.
400 of 416 Deltares

Special Cases
38.2.1 Simple load (constant dimensions in both directions)

sheet piling
1
q' = q 1+2d
load
surface level
l + 2d d
l
b
45o
sheet piling
Figure 38.2: Load distribution
The influence of a top load q (with constant dimensions b l) on the sheet pile wall can be
calculated in the following way:
The top load is assumed to be distributed over an angle of 45 from the front of the load
(see Figure 38.2, left). This produces the following load formula:
l
q0 = q (38.5)
l + 2d
The load q calculated in this way is then entered as being applied over the distance
between d and d + b behind the wall (see Figure 38.2, right). The influence of this load
can now be calculated using D-S HEET P ILING.
Deltares 401 of 416

38.2.2 Complex load

If the dimensions of the top load in both directions are not constant, the load can be divided
into n sub-loads with constant dimensions. The formula for the calculated load is given in
Figure 38.3. Load distribution should always be assumed to start from the side that is closest
to the sheet pile wall.
sheet piling
load q
d1
l3 l2 l1
d2
d3
ln
q'n = q
q'2 ln + 2dn
q'1
q'3
Figure 38.3: Calculated load (bottom) for a load shape that is not constant (top)
This method can also be used if the load in the direction perpendicular to the wall is indeed
constant, but it extends so far away from the wall that division into a number of sub-loads is
more economical. It must always be assumed that load distribution starts from the side that is
closest to the sheet piling.
See chapter 18 for a tutorial example of the application of this method.
38.3 Modeling concrete under water

Concrete is often used at the base of a pit excavation. The concrete helps to keep the pit
dry (once existing water has been removed from the pit) and it can also function as strutting
between the walls enclosing the pit excavation.
The presence of this impermeable layer of concrete maintains the water level below it. How-
ever, if the water table on the other side of the sheet pile wall is higher than the floor of the
pit then the water pressures on the excavated side will not start at zero at the water level, and
the floor will experience uplift. The concrete floor will need to be piled in order to resist this
402 of 416 Deltares

Special Cases
uplift force. These effects can be modeled in different ways. One of the methods is described
below, and consists of the following steps:
The underwater concrete is modeled as a soil layer. This means that the concrete is
considered as a system of vertically unlinked elasto-plastic springs, in the same way as
other soil layers. Fixed values should be used for the characteristics of the soil layer.
The water pressure against the bottom of the underwater concrete can be modeled in the
following way:
The soil water table is set at the level of the bottom of the concrete floor.
A uniform load acting on the top of the concrete layer is entered, with a size equal to
the direct water pressure under the floor. This load represents the forces acting on the
floor from the floors piles.
For all soil layers under the floor, an excess pore water pressure is entered which is the
same as the top load. This causes the water pressure distribution to be correct.
d = n = 0 is used for the concrete, assuming that the uplift forces on the floor and
the weight of the floor are transmitted to piles and therefore do not act on the soil layer
directly below the concrete.
See chapter 13 for a detailed tutorial example of the application of this method.
38.4 Difference in pressure heads on both sides of the sheet pile wall
In addition to a soil-retaining function, sheet pile walls also often have a water-retaining func-
tion. In this case, the water pressure on both sides of the sheet piling will be different. The
difference in water pressure gives rise to a water flow under the toe of the sheet piling.
This flow affects the pressure against the sheet piling in two ways:
The water flow changes the water pressure that is directed immediately against the wall.
Because of this, the pressure on the side of the wall with the highest water pressure will
decrease, while the pressure on the other side will increase. At the toe of the wall, the
pressure difference is zero.
Due to the change in the water pressures, the effective stress in the soil mass around
the wall also changes. This will cause the effective stress against both sides of the wall
to change.
Deltares 403 of 416

sheet piling
p2 - p1
d2
hydrostatic pressure
d1
w1 w2
hydrostatic pressure
p1 p2
Figure 38.4: Water pressure on both sides of sheet piling
In general, the approximation methods described below will be sufficient. For cases with a
major difference in water pressure, or for very critical cases, a flow calculation should be
performed using a specialized flow program, such as Deltares Systems MSeep.
Approximation method for sheet pile wall in homogenous soil

For homogenous soil, the following method can be used (in accordance with EAU 1990, article
2.10.3.2, page 65):
A pore water under-pressure is entered on the side with the highest pressure:
0.7 h
w = Y2 (38.6)
d2 + d1 d2
On the other side, an excess pore water pressure is entered in accordance with:
0.7 h
w = + Y1 (38.7)
d1 + d1 d2
where:
h is the maximum pressure difference;

d1 , d2 is the thickness of soil through which the water flows on low/high side;
Y1 , Y2 is the distance from water table on low/high side to toe of wall.
It should be noted that when using this method, a minor difference in water pressure remains
at the toe.
404 of 416 Deltares

Special Cases
Approximation method for sheet pile wall in stratified soil

When the soil structure is stratified, the pressure head differences mostly occur over the layers
that have low permeability. The flow resistance of the relatively permeable layers is negligible.
The jump in pore water pressure over layer i can be calculated using the following formula:
di 1
wi = h w P di (38.8)
ki k i
where:
di is the layer thickness in m;

ki is the permeability of the layer in m/s;
h is the difference in phreatic levels.
Figure 38.5 is a diagram of the pressure in a stratified soil, as calculated using the equation
given above.
d1, k1
hydrostatic
pressure
d3, k3 d2, k2
flow
Figure 38.5: Pressure diagram
See chapter 17 for a tutorial example of the application of this method.
38.5 Stiffness of particular sheet pile walls
38.5.1 Contiguous bored-pile wall

The contiguous bored-pile wall is either tangent to the adjacent pile (Figure 38.6) or spaced
incrementally greater than the pile diameter (Figure 38.7). In the case where the pile is spaced
to provide a gap, the soil must be suitable so as not to slough during excavation of the struc-
ture. The gaps are eventually grouted to provide a water barrier.
Figure 38.6: Tangent bored-pile wall
Deltares 405 of 416

Figure 38.7: Spaced bored-pile wall
A contiguous bored-pile wall can be modeled in D-S HEET P ILING by inputting an equivalent
stiffness of:
D4
EI = Epile (38.9)
64 d
For tangent bored-pile wall for which D = d, Equation 38.9 becomes:
D3
EI = Epile (38.10)
64
38.5.2 Secant bored-pile wall

Secant bored-pile walls are formed by constructing intersecting concrete piles (Figure 38.8).
Figure 38.8: Secant bored-pile wall
They can be modeled in D-S HEET P ILING by inputting an equivalent stiffness of:
D4
EI = (6 sin 4 + 8 sin 2 12) Epile (38.11)
384 d
and an equivalent section of:
D2
S= ( + sin 2 2) (38.12)
4d
with: = arccos (d/D)
38.5.3 Pile walls with reinforced concrete piles

In contiguous or secant bored-piles walls, the piles can be reinforced with either steel rebar or
with steel beams and are constructed by either drilling under mud or augering.
In case of reinforced concrete piles, Equation 38.9 and Equation 38.11 given above must be
adapted to take the reinforcement effect into account.
406 of 416 Deltares

Special Cases
For tangent pile wall:
D3
EI = Econcrete + Isteel (Esteel Econcrete ) (38.13)
64
For spaced pile wall:
1 D4

EI = Econcrete + Isteel (Esteel Econcrete ) (38.14)
d 64
For secant bored-pile wall:
D4
EI = (6 sin 4 + 8 sin 2 12) Econcrete
384 d
+ Isteel (Esteel Econcrete ) (38.15)
where:
Econcrete is the elastic modulus of the concrete in kPa;

Esteel is the elastic modulus of the steel in kPa;
Isteel is the inertia of the steel section in m4 /m.
Deltares 407 of 416

408 of 416 Deltares

39 Settlements by vibration
39.1 Model description

Settlements due to vibratory installation and removal of sheet piles are mainly caused by
densification of the sand and by installation or removal of a sheet pile volume. The model
implemented in D-S HEET P ILING is based on the model developed by Meijers (Meijers and Tol,
Juli 2010) (Meijers, december 2007). This model calculates the densification and excess pore
pressures during the installation and removal of the sheet pile.
The densification or generation of excess pore pressures is calculated from the shear strain
amplitude and the number of loading cycles. The used model is the so called C/L model. The
propagation of vibrations is calculated using a stress attenuation formulation. Dissipation of
excess pore pressures is calculated with a standard consolidation equation with both vertical
and radial dissipation. For a more detailed description of the modeling reference is made to
the literature (Meijers and Tol, Juli 2010) (Meijers, december 2007).
For the calculation of the densification an axial symmetric geometry is used. The dimensions
are among others determined by the cross section area
The program calculates the situation for installation of the sheet piles. For the situation of
removal it is taken that the densification at the not-excavated site amounts 20% of the densi-
fication during installation. With this the settlements during removal and the total settlement
are calculated. The used expressions are:
Installation: z (r) = zdensif ication (r) zsheet volume (r)

Removal: z (r) = 0.2 zdensif ication (r) zsheet volume (r)
Total (installation + removal): z (r) = 1.2 zdensif ication
Please be aware that for the excavated and back-filled site the settlements during removal are
not predicted with the present implementation of the model.
39.2 Parameters
The model uses a large number of parameters. In the implementation in D-S HEET P ILING, one
part of them is fixed parameters whereas the other part is user-defined parameters.
The user-defined parameters are:
Soil layer type,

Relative density;
Permeability;
Ground water level;
Ground level, defined in the Surface Level window;
The tip level of the sheet pile.
The other soil parameters are derived from a correlation with the relative density.
The fixed parameters are:
Frequency of the vibrator: f = 38 Hz;
Deltares 409 of 416

Installation speed 2 m/min (in this parameters also the effect of multiple sheet piles on
the densification is accounted for);
Minimum and maximum porosity (nmin = 0.33 and nmax = 0.45);
Ratio angle of interface friction and angle of internal friction (/ = 1 is used);
Parameter for the stress attenuation with distance (n = -1 is used).
410 of 416 Deltares

40 Benchmarks
Deltares Systems commitment to quality control and quality assurance has led them to de-
velop a formal and extensive procedure to verify the correct working of all of their geotechnical
engineering tools. An extensive range of benchmark checks have been developed to check
the correct functioning of each tool. During product development these checks are run on a
regular basis to verify the improved product. These benchmark checks are provided in the
following sections, to allow the user to overview the checking procedure and verify for them-
selves the correct functioning of D-S HEET P ILING.
The benchmarks are subdivided into five separate groups as described below.
Group 1 Benchmarks from literature (exact solution) Simple benchmarks for which
an exact analytical result is available from literature.
Group 2 Benchmarks from literature (approximate solution) More complex bench-

marks described in literature for which an approximate solution is known.
Group 3 Benchmarks from spread sheets Benchmarks which test program features
specific to D-S HEET P ILING.
Group 4 Benchmarks generated by D-S HEET P ILING Benchmarks for which the ref-
erence results are generated using D-S HEET P ILING.
Group 5 Benchmarks compared with other programs Benchmarks for which the
results of D-S HEET P ILING are compared with the results of other programs.
The number of benchmarks in group 1 will probably remain the same in the future. The reason
for this is that they are very simple, using only the most basic features of the program.
The number of benchmarks in group 2 may grow in the future. The benchmarks in this chapter
are well documented in literature. There are no exact solutions available for these problems,
however in the literature estimated results are available. When verifying the program, the
results should be close to the results found in the literature.
The number of benchmarks in groups 3, 4 and 5 will grow as new versions of the program are
released. These benchmarks are designed so that (new) features specific to the program can
be verified. The benchmarks are kept as simple as possible so that only one specific feature
is verified from one benchmark to the next.
As much as software developers would wish they could, it is impossible to prove the correct-
ness of any non-trivial program. Re-calculating all the benchmarks in this report, and making
sure the results are as they should be, proves to some degree that the program works as it
should. Nevertheless, there will always be combinations of input values that will cause the
program to crash or to produce wrong results. Hopefully by using the verification procedure
the number of ways this can occur will be limited.
The benchmarks are all described in detail in the Verification Report available in the installa-
tion directory of the program.
The input files can be found on CD-ROM or can be downloaded from our website:
www.deltaressystems.com.
Deltares 411 of 416

412 of 416 Deltares

Bibliography
Boussinesq, J., 1885. Application des Potentiels lEtude de lEquilibre et du Mouvement des
Solides Elastiques. Gauthier-Villars, Paris.
Brinch-Hansen, J. and N. H. Christensen, 1961. The Ultimate Resistance of Rigid Piles

Against Transversal Forces. Brinch-Hansen, J. and Christensen, N.H.; The Ultimate Resis-
tance of Rigid Piles Against Transversal Forces, Bulletin no. 12 of the Geoteknisk Institut,
1961.
Culmann, K., 1866. Die Graphische Statik. Zrich.
CUR, 2005. Publikatie 166: Damwanconstructies. 4e druk (Design Guide Sheet Piling, in
Dutch) .
De Leeuw, E. H., 1963. Tabellen ter bepaling van horizontale spanningen en verplaatsingen
in een homogene elastische laag van eindige dikte. Laboratorium voor Grondmechanica,
Delft (The Netherlands). SE-58-IX-b.
DINO. URL http://www.dinoloket.nl, database (Data en Informatie van de Nederlandse

Ondergrond), Data and Information of the Subsurface of The Netherlands.
GeoBrain. URL http://www.geobrain.nl/funderingstechniek, database.
Harderwijk and NVAF/PSW, 2002. Schadevrij installeren van stalen damwand in Nederland.
.
Jky, J., 1948. Minimum value of earth pressure. Proc. 2nd Int. Conf. Soil Mech. Found.
Eng. I, Rotterdam.
Janbu, N., L. Bjerrum and B. Kjaernsli, 1956. Veiledning ved lsing av fundamenteringsopp-
gaver (Soil mechanics applied to some engineering problems). Norwegian Geotechnical
Institute Publ. 16. Oslo.
Ktter, F., 1903. Die Bestimmung des Druckes an gekrmmten Gleitflchen. Sitzungsbericht
Kn. Preu. Ak. d. Wissenschaften, Berlin.
Kranz, E., 1953. ber die Verankerung von Spundwnden. Verlag Wilhelm Ernst & Sohn.
Meijers, P., december 2007. Settlement during vibratory sheet piling Dissertatie TU Delft. .
Meijers, P. and A. F. v. Tol, Juli 2010. Voorspelling maaiveldzakking door het in en uittrillen
van damwanden. GEOtechniek pages 40-45.
Mnard, L., 1971. Mthode gnrale de calcul d'un rideau ou d'un pieu sollicit horizon-
talement en fonction des rsultats pressiomtriques. Sols-soils VI: 22-23. Mnard, L., Et.
Al.
Mller-Breslau, H., 1906. Erddruck auf Sttzmauern. Verlag Krner, Stuttgart.
NBN-EN, january 2011. NBN-EN 1997-1 ANB:2011 Ontw (Belgian Design Code). Eurocode
7: Geotechnisch ontwerp Deel 1: Algemne regels (National Annex of Eurocode 7:
Geotechnical design Part 1: General rules), 1st edition, Draft.
NEN, 2006. NEN 6740:2006. Geotechniek - TGB 1990 - Basiseisen en belastingen (Geotech-
nics - TGB 1990 - Basic requirements and loads), in Dutch.
NEN, 2012. NEN 9997-1+C1:2012 (nl). Geotechnisch ontwerp van constructies - Deel 1:
Algemene regels (Geotechnical design of structures - Part 1: General rules), in Dutch.
Deltares 413 of 416

NEN, september 2009. NEN 9997-1:2009 Ontw (Dutch Design Code). Geotechnisch ontwerp
van constructies - Samenstelling van NEN-EN 1997-1, NEN-EN 1997-1/NB Nationale bi-
jlage en NEN 9097-1 Aanvullingsnorm bij NEN-EN 1997-1 (Geotechnical design of struc-
tures - Composition of NEN-EN 1997-1 and NEN-EN 1997-1/NB national annex and NEN
9097-1 complementary standard to NEN-EN 1997-1), Draft.
NEN-EN, 2005. NEN-EN 1997-1:2005. Eurocode 7: Geotechnisch ontwerp U Deel 1: Al-

gemene regels (Eurocode 7 - Geotechnical design, Part 1: General rules), in Dutch.
NEN-EN, March 2005. NEN-EN 1997-1:2005 (Dutch Design Code). Eurocode 7: Geotech-
nisch ontwerp Deel 1: Algemne regels (Eurocode 7 - Geotechnical design, Part 1: Gen-
eral rules).
SB260, 2012. Standaardbestek 260 voor Kunstwerken en Waterbouw ver-

sie 1.0. URL http://www.vlaanderen.be/nl/publicaties/detail/
standaardbestek-260-voor-kunstwerken-en-waterbouw.
Terzaghi, K., 1955. Evaluation of coefficients of subgrade reaction. Gotechnique Vol. 5, no.
4.
414 of 416 Deltares

PO Box 177 +31 (0)88 335 81 88
2600 MH Delft sales@deltaressystems.nl
Rotterdamseweg 185 www.deltaressystems.nl
2629 HD Delft
The Netherlands

Pile Man

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Pile Man

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Design of diaphragm and sheet pile walls

Design of diaphragm and sheet pile walls

Published and printed by:

For sales contact: For support contact:

Copyright 2016 Deltares

3.3.3 Deltares Systems Website . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29

6 View Results 121

6.6 Settlement by Vibration Charts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136

8 Tutorial 1: Excavation using Ka , K0 and Kp 163

9 Tutorial 2: Excavation using c, phi and delta 181

9.6 Calculation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 189

10 Tutorial 3: Staged excavation with pre-stressed anchor 195

11 Tutorial 4: Applying loads 203

12 Tutorial 5: Design of required sheet piling length 209

13 Tutorial 6: Submerged construction of concrete floor 213

14 Tutorial 7: Design code checking acc. CUR 166 223

15 Tutorial 8: Verify anchor stability (Kranz method) 239

16 Tutorial 9: Modeling of combi-walls 243

17 Tutorial 10: Non-hydrostatic pore pressure distribution 249

18 Tutorial 11: Modeling of loads with limited dimensions 257

19 Tutorial 12: Prediction of feasibility using experience data 263

19.2.3 Soil profile deduced from a CPT file . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 265

20 Tutorial 13: Horizontally loaded pile (mooring post) 285

21 Tutorial 14: Horizontal pile deformation caused by embankment 291

22 Tutorial 15: Design code checking acc. to EuroCode 7 297

24 Tutorial 17: Design length of a synthetic wall 315

25 Tutorial 18: Modeling of synthetic wall with anchorage 329

26 Tutorial 19: Horizontal pile deformation with elasto-plastic behaviour 343

27 Governing Equation 353

28 Lateral Earth Pressure Ratio 355

28.2.2 Mller-Breslau (straight slip surface) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 356

29 Soil Strength and Stiffness 359

30 CPT Interpretation 363

31 Allowable Anchor Force 369

32 Overall Stability 373

33 Vertical Force Balance 375

34 The CUR 166 step-by-step design procedure 379

35 Design according to Eurocode 7 385

36 Initial Stage 391

37 Analysis of Single Piles 393

38 Special Cases 399

39 Settlements by vibration 409

2.1 Modules window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13

3.1 Program Options window, View tab . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24

4.1 Model window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31

4.27 Moment-Curvature Diagram (M-N-Kappa) window for a diaphragm wall calcu-

5.1 Calculation Options window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97

5.4 Calculation Progress window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100

6.1 Report Selection window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121

7.1 Positions Vibration Settlement window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142

7.5 Experience lines NVAF drop-down menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143

8.1 Single stage excavation (tutorial 1) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 163

9.1 Single stage excavation with a non-horizontal surface (Tutorial 2) . . . . . . . 181

9.3 Model window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 183

12.1 Single stage excavation as in tutorial 1 (tutorial 5) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 209

13.1 Final situation after construction (tutorial 6) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 213

14.1 Construction stages (tutorial 7) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 224

15.1 Excavation showing anchor to be checked (tutorial 8) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 239

16.1 One stage excavation with a combined wall . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 243

19.1 CPT datas (Tutorial 12) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 264

21.1 Horizontal pile loaded by (calculated) soil deformations caused by embank-

22.1 Construction stages (tutorial 15) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 297

23.1 Geometry of Tutorial 16 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 307

D-S HEET P ILING Standard module (earth pressure coefficients)

Geometrical Non-linear. A compressive normal force will introduce additional bending.

Construction: Excavation or elevation of soil (see staged construction).

Moments: Discrete bending moments directed out-of-plane.

the Dutch design code CUR publication 166 (chapter 34)

2 branches for sheet piling

Open the program.